SA) Incorporating Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA

The Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan

Sustainability Appraisal (SA) incorporating Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)

Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report

July 2011

CONTENTS Page 1. INTRODUCTION 1

Background The Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan (JLDP) Sustainability Appraisal and Strategic Environmental Assessment Habitats Regulations Assessment Other Appraisals and Assessments This Report

2. METHODOLOGY 6

Introduction Stages in the SA/SEA Process The Scoping Stage Data Limitations Consultation

3. BIODIVERSITY 12

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

4. COMMUNITIES 15

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

5. CLIMATIC FACTORS 19

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

6. CULTURAL HERITAGE 21

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

7. ECONOMY 23

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

8. HOUSING 26

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

9. LANDSCAPE 29

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

10. SOILS, MINERALS, WASTE 30

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

11. TRANSPORT 33

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

12. WATER 34

Summary of current situation and trends Key issues from baseline analysis Sustainability issues and opportunities Key messages from plans and programmes review

13. THE SA/SEA FRAMEWORK 39

Background Methodology Internal compatibility of SA/SEA objectives

14. CONSULTATION AND NEXT STEPS 46

Consultation Next Steps

List of Figures

Figure 2.1: The relationship between the SA/SEA and the LDP process Figure 2.2: Relationship of key tasks in the Scoping stage Figure 13.1: Key to Compatibility Assessment

List of Tables

Table 2.1: Key Stages and tasks in the SA process Table 2.2: Key Tasks in Stage A of the SA Process Table 13.1: Draft SA Framework of Objectives Table 13.2: Compatibility of SEA/SA Objectives Table 14.1: Outline of next stages in the SA/SEA process

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

1. INTRODUCTION

Background

1.1 This Scoping Report represents the first component of the Sustainability Appraisal (SA) of Anglesey and Gwynedd’s emerging Joint Local Development Plan (JLDP). In accordance with government guidance, the SA also incorporates the requirements for Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) under the EU Directive 2001/42/EC.

The Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan (JLDP)

1.2 The requirement for each Local Planning Authority (LPA) to produce a Local Development Plan (LDP) is set out in Part 6 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004. A LDP is a land use plan that is subject to independent examination, which will form the statutory development plan for a local authority area for the purposes of the Act. It includes a vision, strategy, area- wide policies for development types, land allocations, and where necessary policies and proposals for key areas of change and protection. Policies and allocations are shown geographically on the Proposals Map forming part of the plan.

1.3 In accordance with the Planning Act (2004) all LDPs are required to be subject to a Sustainability Appraisal (SA). A Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) is also required under European Directive 2001/42/EC ‘on the assessment of certain plans and programmes on the environment’. This Scoping Report covers the statutory requirements for both SA and SEA.

Sustainability Appraisal (SA) and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)

1.4 Sustainability Appraisal for LDPs is mandatory under the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004. SA covers social and economic effects of the LDP as well as environmental ones. Sustainability Appraisal seeks to ensure that the LDPs policies and proposals are consistent with the principles of sustainable development.

1.5 The five key principles of the UK Government’s current sustainable development strategy ‘Securing the Future’ (March 2005) are:

living within environmental limits ensuring a strong, healthy and just society achieving a sustainable economy promoting good governance using sound science responsibly.

1.6 For Wales these aims are reflected in the Welsh Assembly Government’s (WAG) sustainable development scheme ‘One Wales, One Planet;’ (May

1 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

2009) which defines sustainable development in the following terms: “Development which meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”.

Sustainable Development in Wales

In Wales, sustainable development means enhancing the economic, social and environmental wellbeing of people and communities, achieving a better quality of life for our own and future generations:

In ways which promote social justice and equality of opportunity; and In ways which enhance the natural and cultural environment and respect its limits – using only our fair share of the earth’s resources and sustaining our cultural legacy.

Sustainable development is the process by which we reach the goal of sustainability

1.7 In addition to the requirement to undertake a SA of the LDP, under European Directive 2001/42/EC, which is implemented in the UK via the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004, Local Development Plans should also be subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA). SEA is a process to ensure that the significant environmental effects arising from plans and programmes are identified, assessed, mitigated, communicated to decision makers and monitored.

1.8 The SEA Directive came into force on 21 July 2004. The Directive makes it necessary for every public body to hold a SEA of its plans and programmes where there is a likelihood of a substantial impact on the environment and/or where a framework has been set up for development in the future. This means that it is necessary for the JLDP to be the subject of the Assessment.

1.9 It aims: “…to provide for a high level of protection of the environment and to contribute to the integration of environmental considerations into the preparation and adoption of plans and programmes with a view to promoting sustainable development, by ensuring that, in accordance with this Directive, an environmental assessment is carried out of certain plans and programmes which are likely to have significant effects on the environment” (Article 1).

1.10 The SEA Regulations require that defined environmental issues are covered in the assessment process, namely:

• Biodiversity • Population • Human health • Fauna • Flora • Soil

2 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

• Water • Air • Climatic factors • Material assets • Cultural heritage • Landscape • The inter-relationship between the above

1.11 The Welsh Assembly Government (WAG) advises that for development plans, the requirements of the SEA Directive are best incorporated into Sustainability Appraisal. The statutory requirements of both assessments can be satisfied through the single but integrated Sustainability Appraisal process. In order to satisfy Sustainability Appraisal requirements this report has a wider focus than merely environmental aspects and includes, in addition, social and economic data.

Habitats Regulations Assessment

1.12 Under Article 6(3) of the Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC), an appropriate assessment also needs to be undertaken in respect of any plan or project which:

• Either alone or in combination with other plans or projects would be likely to have a significant effect on a site designated within the Natura 200 network; • Is not directly connected with the management of the site for nature conservation.

1.13 This requirement is transposed into national legislation in the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations, 2010.

1.14 The overarching aim is to determine, in view of a site’s conservation objectives and qualifying features, whether the plan, either in isolation and/or in combination with other plans would have an adverse effect on the integrity of the designated site.

1.15 Within the Gwynedd and Anglesey Plan Area, there are 25 sites that are designated at European level for their importance for nature conservation under the Habitats Directive. In addition the Council will ascertain whether there are European Sites within neighbouring authorities whose integrity may be adversely affected by the LDP.

1.16 The consultation draft Annex to TAN 5 (October 2006), which outlines how the Habitats Regulations should be implemented in respect to LDPs, states:

“[Habitats Regulations Assessments] should not be incorporated into the SA or SEA. It should be run parallel with these processes...”

3 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

1.17 However, the guidance does note that the reporting can be done alongside the SA provided it is clearly signposted. As the plan develops, the SA and HRA will be linked in order to ensure that the LDP policies are developed so as to consider the impacts of the Plan on the Natura 2000 sites.

Other Appraisals and Assessments

1.18 The guidance ‘Sustainability Appraisal of Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development Documents’ (ODPM, 2005), states that where possible, links should be made with other types of appraisals. It is considered good practice to integrate other types of appraisal such as Health Impact Assessment and Equality Impact Assessment into the Sustainability Appraisal document.

1.19 Health Impact Assessment (HIA) is a means of assessing the health impacts of policies, plans and projects in diverse sectors using a variety of different techniques. Health Impact Assessment is not a statutory requirement for SEA; however, health considerations should be, and will be, progressively integrated with this assessment where relevant. For this SA/SEA the integration of health concerns has focused on ensuring that the main health issues are well represented in the SA/SEA Framework (objectives and decision-aiding questions) against which the emerging JLDP will be assessed (see chapter 13).

1.20 Equalities Impact Assessment (EqIA) is a tool for identifying the potential impact of a Council’s policies, services and functions on its residents and staff. It can help staff provide and deliver excellent services to residents by making sure that these reflect the needs of the community. On the whole, EqIAs should make sure that equality is placed at the centre of policy development and review. Anglesey County Council and Gwynedd Council will be undertaking a separate EqIA for the JLPD. However, equalities issues are also considered in the SA/SEA under the Population topic and where possible, the processes will inform one another.

1.21 Allocations and policies of the JLDP have the potential to significantly affect the Welsh language (e.g. by encouraging growth and the influx of people from elsewhere) or by supporting the establishment of new employment uses. Welsh Language Impact Assessment (WLIA) allows for the identification of possible impacts on the Welsh language that may result from development. The Consultation draft of TAN20: Planning and the Welsh Language states that WLIA should be an integral part of Sustainability Appraisal (SA) and site assessment processes that take place during plan preparation.

1.22 For this SA/SEA, WLIA will be integrated within the SA process and consideration of the Welsh language will be clearly identifiable. The SA framework will include a clear objective for the Welsh Language with appropriate decision aiding questions which will act as an assessment tool for the Welsh language. This will ensure that the overall vision and objectives for the Welsh language as set out in the JLDP are comprehensively addressed through the SA/SEA process.

4 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

This Report

1.23 This report is set out as follows:

• Section 2 provides an outline of the scoping method, stages of SA/SEA and how the appraisal will be undertaken. • Sections 3 to 12 provide a theme based presentation of the baseline analysis and Plans and Programmes (PP) review. The sections summarise the current situation and trends and outline the key environmental problems/ issues from the baseline analysis and PP review. • Section 13 contains the SA/SEA Framework. • Section 14 outlines the consultation strategy and examines the next steps that will be taken in the SA process.

5 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

2. METHODOLOGY

Introduction

2.1 This section sets out the broad approach to the SA/SEA process, including the key stages and consultation requirements. Guidance indicates that the SA/SEA process, including preparation of the Sustainability Appraisal [Environmental] Report, should start as early as possible, and ideally at the same time as the preparation of the plan or programme. Figure 2.1 below demonstrates how the SA/SEA process integrates with each stage of the JLDP process.

Figure 2.1: The relationship between the SA/SEA and the LDP process1

1 WAG (2006). Local Development Plan Manual. Introduction to Sustainability Appraisal (SA) Incorporating Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), Part B, p 19.

6 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Stages in the SA/SEA Process

2.2 There are five main stages in the SA/SEA process with each stage having key tasks to fulfil as outlined in table 2.1 below:

Table 2.1: Key Stages and tasks in the SA process

SA Stage Key Tasks Stage A: Setting the • Identify other relevant plans, programmes and context and environmental protection objectives establishing the • Collecting baseline information baseline and deciding • Identifying sustainability issues and problems on the scope • Developing the SA Framework • Preparing and consulting on the scope of the SA

Stage B: Developing • Testing the plan or programme objectives against and refining options the SA Framework and assessing effects • Developing the LDP options • Predicting the effects of the LDP • Evaluating the effects of the LDP • Considering ways of mitigating adverse effects and maximising benefits • proposing measures to monitor significant effects Stage C: Preparing • Preparing the Sustainability Appraisal the Sustainability [Environmental] Report Appraisal Report Stage D: Consulting • Consulting on the draft plan or programme and and decision-making the Sustainability Appraisal [Environmental] Report • Appraisal of significant changes (including from representations) • Decision making and provision of information

Stage E: Monitoring • Finalising aims and methods for monitoring implementation of the • Responding to adverse effects plan or programme

The Scoping Stage

2.3 Scoping is the initial stage of the SA/SEA process that complies the background information used to identify the key environmental and socio- economic issues. These issues inform the development of objectives which are used in the later stages of the SA/SEA to assess the sustainability impacts of the plan. This report addresses the Stage A tasks of the SA/SEA process and presents the findings of the Scoping stage. Table 2.2 details the key tasks involved in the Scoping stage of the SA for the Anglesey and Gwynedd JLDP:

7 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Table 2.2: Key Tasks in Stage A of the SA Process

Task A1 - Identify other relevant plans, programmes and environmental protection objectives Purpose - To establish how the plan is affected by external factors and to help identify SA objectives.

The LPA must take into account of the relationship between the LDP and other relevant plans, programmes and policies. The SEA Directive specifically requires environmental protection objectives established at International, European Community or national levels to be taken into account. Appendix 1 presents a review of the plans and programmes considered to be of relevance to the JLDP. The key objectives and implications of relevant plans and programmes are summarised under each topic, whilst the key messages of the review are summarised in sections 3 to 12 of this report.

The individual plans and programmes reviewed have been grouped under key SEA topic areas (as outlined in paragraph 1.9) which have been expanded to satisfy the sustainability appraisal aspect and include:

1. Biodiversity (fauna and flora) 2. Communities (including health and social exclusion) 3. Climatic Factors (including climate change issues) 4. Cultural Heritage (including archaeology, welsh culture and language) 5 Economy 6. Housing 7. Landscape (including townscape and seascape / coastal issues) 8. Soils, Minerals, Waste (including agricultural issues where relevant) 9. Transport (including access issues) 10. Water (including resource, quality and flooding issues)

It should be noted that some of the plans reviewed do not fall easily into any one particular SEA topic area, whilst others are equally important across a number of topics. The division of plans and programmes between topics should therefore be seen as a best fit, rather than a definitive categorisation process.

Task A2 – Collecting baseline information Purpose - To describe the current state of the social, environmental and economic characteristics of the area likely to be significantly affected by the Plan. This will aid the process of identifying sustainability issues and environmental problems in the Plan Area as well as providing the evidence base for predicting and monitoring the effects of the JLDP.

A robust collation of baseline information is important to ensure a sound evidence base for the LDP. However, the Regulations require that only information that can be ‘reasonably required’ needs to be included in the report. Appendix 2 presents the Baseline Information. The tables identify trends as well as comparative data on a regional, and national level where

8 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

available. The key issues/ constraints /opportunities that arise from the baseline analysis are also noted. This will aid in the development of the SA appraisal framework. The summarised information, as well as the key baseline issues are provided for each topic in section 3 to 12of this report.

Task A3 - Identifying sustainability issues and problems Purpose - To help define the key issues for the LDP which are critical to the sustainability of the LDP, and to help influence the emerging SA/SEA Framework particularly in terms of identifying objectives, sub-objectives and indicators.

Sustainability issues and problems have been identified through an iterative process, taking into account the baseline information and the review of relevant plans, policies and programmes. The key environmental problems and issues identified for the SA of the Anglesey and Gwynedd JLDP are provided for each topic through sections 3 to 12 of this report.

Task A4 – Developing SA objectives Purpose - The SA framework provides a means by which sustainability effects can be described, analysed and compared.

The SA/SEA Framework is presented in section 13 of this report. Each sustainability objective is supported by a number of sub-objectives which will facilitate the assessment of the LDPs policies and proposals and assist in the interpretation of the overall main objective. An initial set of indicators is proposed to monitor the performance of the LDP and these have also been included in the framework for consultation.

Task A5 - Preparing and consulting on the SA/SEA Scoping report Purpose - To ensure that the SA/SEA covers the likely significant environmental effects of the plan or programme.

This Scoping Report will be sent to the three Statutory Consultees (CADW, Environment Agency and Countryside Council for Wales), as well as other key stakeholders for a period of 5 weeks for comment. The report will also be made available to the general public for comment.

2.4 There is a close relationship between the different tasks within the Scoping stage with each task informing the other. Figure 2.2 illustrates the interaction between the key tasks of the Scoping Stage.

9 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Figure 2.2: Relationship of key tasks in the Scoping stage2

Task A1: Identify and review Task A2: Collect baseline other PPs and objectives information

Task A3: Identify environmental Task A4: Develop SA/SEA problems and issues objectives

Task A5: Consult on the scope of SA/SEA

Data LimitationsOD

2.5 The level and detail of baseline information varies between topics due to the availability of information. The most up-to-date statistics and information sources have been used wherever possible. It should be noted, however, that some of the statistical data presented in the baseline relies on information contained in the 2001 Census which is not available from other sources in a more current form. Where new information sources become available during the course of the SA/SEA, plan making process, the baseline will be updated to ensure that the information supporting the SA/SEA remains current.

Consultation

2.6 Public and stakeholder participation is an important element of the SA/SEA and plan-making process and occurs at various stages throughout the process. Para.12(5) of the SEA Regulations requires that:

‘when deciding on the scope and level of detail of the information that must be included in the report, the responsible authority shall consult the consultation bodies’.’

2.7 In Wales the statutory consultation bodies are the Countryside Council for Wales, the Environment Agency and CADW. Even though the Regulations do not require full public consultation at this stage, the guidance suggests that other interested stakeholders may be consulted on the Scoping Report which the Councils consider appropriate. This will help ensure that the Sustainability Appraisal Report is sufficiently robust to support the plan during the later stages of public consultation. The three statutory consultation bodies, the general public other relevant organisations with an interest in the

2 ODPM (2005) A Practical Guide to the Strategic Environmental Assessment Directive. Chapter 5: Stages of SEA, p. 25.

10 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

sustainability of the LDP have been given 7 weeks from 21/7/11 to submit comments.

11 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

3. BIODIVERSITY

Summary of current situation and trends

3.1 Anglesey and Gwynedd have a rich and varied biodiversity resource. In 2005, 36% of ‘priority habitats’ in Wales were stable or increasing compared to 30% in 2002. The habitat and species action plans of both authorities identify a number of important species and habitats and outline the status of the habitat/species in question, the factors that affect them along with proposed actions to undertake to improve their status. In order to improve the condition of these species and habitats, there needs to be effective management of their features.

3.2 The JLDP area has a vast array of protected sites designated under national and international legislation because of their ecological and biodiversity value. However, the integrity of many of the sites is under constant threat.

3.3 In 2009, 66 Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) within Gwynedd were classed as being in an unfavourable condition whilst 72 were classed as being in a favourable condition. Pressures from development, for example from increased recreational activity, can contribute to a wider range of issues, such as climate change that threaten SSSI condition.

3.4 Pressures upon National Nature Reserves (NNRs) which relate to development plans include climate change, invasive species, drainage problems, nutrient enrichment from external water sources, changes to water levels, coastal development and flood defence, and poor water quality. On a national scale, in May 2008, only 43% of NNRs were judged to have a favourable status i.e. all the assessed features have favourable or unfavourable recovering status.

3.5 A number of pressures also currently face Natura 2000 sites. Threats to these sites include coastal developments (e.g. slipways, marinas, harbours), agricultural practices, new roads, tourism and recreational pressures, water pollution, waste impacts (e.g. fly-tipping, litter), invasive species, forestry, inappropriate grazing and adverse effects from development in general. Forty five per cent of all Natura 2000 species were in favourable condition between 2000 to 2009 in Wales.

3.6 The decline in bird populations is occurring on a national scale. Overall, bird populations are declining over time due to a number of factors including the effects of climate change and agricultural practices. In Wales, the short term abundance of all groups of birds declined between 2005 and 2006. In 2006, birds of farmed habitats, woodland birds and the UK farmland bird suite were below the 1994 base value. In Wales, birds of farmland habitats show the largest decline with a 6% decrease in their population between 1994-2003.

3.7 Gwynedd boasts an extensive area of woodlands. These environments are of vital importance to an array of important species including otters, badgers,

12 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

bluebells, and many birds. They are, however, under constant pressure from factors including overgrazing, invasion of exotic species, atmospheric pollution, climate change and loss to land developments.

3.8 Anglesey, in comparison has a relatively low woodland cover compared to the rest of Wales. The majority of these are in private ownership and are poorly managed.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Threats to the integrity and continuity of landscape features • The need to preserve Semi-Natural Woodlands

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The need to maintain, conserve and enhance species and habitats by protecting them from the adverse effects of development and where necessary ensure that mitigation measures are taken to avoid any such adverse effects. This will in turn prevent damage to species and avoid irreversible losses.

• The need to provide for the conservation and enhancement of the identified species and habitats included in the biodiversity action plans.

• The need to ensure that new development does not cause harm to the features of locally, nationally and internationally designated sites, and that where appropriate, mitigation measures are taken to avoid any adverse effects.

• Enhance designated and wider areas of biodiversity by maintaining and improving green infrastructure.

• The need to take into account the importance of woodlands and ensure that their protection and enhancement is promoted.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should remain consistent with the objectives and targets set out in the national plans and both Local Biodiversity Action Plans and aim to reinforce the requirement that development will not be allowed with any residual significant adverse impact on any protected species or habitat and should seek enhancement wherever possible.

• The Plan will need to consider the requirements of the Habitats Directive. Relevant habitats will need to be identified and where necessary designated appropriately within the JLDP. Policies should encourage management of features of the landscape that are of major importance

13 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review for wild flora and fauna.

• Any plan or project that is likely to have a significant impact on a designated site should undergo an Appropriate Assessment of its implications for the conservation objectives of the site. A Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) will need to be undertaken during the JLDP preparation in accordance with the requirements of the Habitats Directive to assess the implications of the plan for European sites.

• The Plan should facilitate the protection of biodiversity and enhance and restore wetland habitats where possible reflecting their relative significance.

14 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

4. COMMUNITIES

Summary of current situation and trends

4.1 Between 2003 and 2009 the population of both individual local authorities increased by 1.3% compared to a 2.4% rise overall for Wales. The JLDP area is also experiencing an ageing population with fewer children being born and more people living into older age. Between 1991 and 2009, the proportion in the 65+ age group increased by 21% and 9% in Anglesey and Gwynedd respectively, compared to 12% in Wales.

4.2 The effect of an ageing population will be an increase in the number of individuals of pensionable age and a decrease in the number of individuals of working age. This will lead to a large increase in the demand for health care, residential services, adaptable residential properties pensions and other services used by the elderly. The increase in the older population of the JLDP area is mirrored by a decreasing younger population partly due to out- migration.

4.3 For a number of years there have been concerns about the out-migration of young people from north west Wales and evidence suggests it is a significant problem in both Anglesey and Gwynedd. Trends show that in Gwynedd a significant number of young people aged between 20-29 years old moved out during the year up to June 2009 whilst in-migration was higher than out- migration for the 45-64 age category. This seems to be a more acute issue in coastal rural areas.

4.4 In Anglesey, the proportion of young people decreased by 19% in the 15-29 age group during the same period. The only logical explanation is a net out- migration of younger persons and a net inward migration of older persons.

4.5 A higher proportion of Anglesey and Gwynedd’s resident population considered themselves to be in good health compared to the Welsh average (67% and 69% respectively compared to 65% in Wales). However, variations exist within both counties with 14% and 14.5% of the population of Holyhead Town and Llanbedrog, for example, describing their health as ‘not good’ – almost treble the figure for Bethel ward (4.8%).

4.6 The proportion of people with a limiting long-term illness in both Anglesey (22.4%) and Gwynedd (20.6%) is lower than the Welsh average (23.3%), and life expectancy is higher in both counties than the national average for both males and females.

4.7 However, both Anglesey an Gwynedd have a higher cancer rate than the national average (424.2 and 418 per 100,000 respectively, compared to 410 in Wales between 2004-2006). In 2005/06, only 37% of the Gwynedd population and 32% in Anglesey reported meeting physical activity guidelines during the previous week.

15 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

4.8 Road accidents have steadily decreased over recent years, with accident rates lower than the national average (11.9 per 100 km in Gwynedd and 14.1 per 100km in Anglesey compared to 25.5 per 100 km Wales).

4.9 Gwynedd and Anglesey have relatively low crime rates compared to the rest of Wales with rates steadily decreasing (in 2006-2007, recorded crime in Gwynedd and Anglesey was 73.5 and 67.7 per 100,000 population respectively compared to 87.5 in Wales).

4.10 Anglesey and Gwynedd are predominantly rural counties, but some parts are considerably more rural than others. A number of communities within the JLDP area are subject to the Communities 1st initiative and have problems including lack of shops and other local services, transport difficulties and home heating costs. There are also clusters of high unemployment rates and households claiming working family tax credit in some rural parts of Gwynedd and north western parts of Anglesey.

4.11 The Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation (WIMD) has shown that the majority of small areas in Gwynedd are less deprived than the average for Wales. However, there are pockets of relative deprivation within the authority, most notable in terms of housing and access to services. In the 10% most deprived Lower Super Output Areas (LSOAs)1 for Wales, there are above average numbers of LSOAs in Gwynedd for Housing (41%) and Access (24%). Access to services deprivation is higher in small villages and rural areas. Areas of pen Llyn are particularly deprived according to WIMD analysis. The assessment is similar in Anglesey. In the 10% most deprived LSOAs for Wales, there are above average numbers of LSOAs in Anglesey for Housing (10%) and Access (18%). 55% of the LSOAs in Anglesey were more deprived than the Welsh average.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• An ageing population • Out-migration of young people • A relatively healthy and safe population but variations apparent within the JLDP area • Social deprivation inequalities

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The ageing population is leading to reductions in available workforce.

• The need to create more age balanced communities.

• The impact of an ageing population on local services.

1 Units for the collection of Neighbourhood Statistics., lower layers contain an average population for 1,500. (ONS glossary, 2011)

16 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Sustainability issues and opportunities • The future viability of some services (e.g. small schools) given reductions in pupil numbers.

• The employment opportunities in terms of the provision of health care facilities.

• The impact of the loss of working age people on the local economy.

• The ongoing need to combat the out migration of the young workforce.

• Less sustainable, mixed communities.

• The need to create more age-balanced communities, particularly in more rural areas.

• The need to maintain and improve the general health and well-being of residents.

• The need to encourage healthier lifestyles of residents.

• The need to promote the continuing reduction of crime rates by encouraging developments which improve the safety of communities.

• The need to encourage the provision of open spaces, green infrastructure and sports facilities to promote more exercise.

• The need to reduce deprivation particularly in terms of housing and access to services, especially in the most deprived areas.

• The need to reduce inequalities though the planning system.

• The need to facilitate the development of community facilities and services in rural areas and to facilitate an improvement in local opportunities by improving the availability of quality employment as well as supporting local businesses.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should actively involve the general public in the plan preparation process.

• The JLDP should promote the creation of sustainable communities and facilitate spatially balanced development.

• The JLDP should incorporate the principles of sustainable development in terms of the social, economic and environmental characteristics as outlined in the Strategy.

17 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should promote sustainable regeneration of the most deprived rural areas in Anglesey and Gwynedd by improving and protecting the environment and infrastructure and by improving accessibility to services for people in these areas.

• The JLDP should facilitate improvements in the quality of life of residents – in all sections of society to maintain and promote sustainable, prosperous and lively communities.

• The JLDP should contribute to fostering and developing young people to become enterprising within their communities, contributing to the development of their area and the local economy, and crucially giving them the skills, know-how, hands-on experience and confidence to do so.

• The improvement in health and well-being of residents should be promoted throughout the Plan and the social and economic factors that influence health should be addressed.

• The JLDP should facilitate an improvement in the health and well-being of residents by promoting leisure developments that are environmentally, economically and socially sustainable.

• The JLDP should facilitate the development of healthy, strong and active communities.

• The JLDP should promote easy access to open spaces, services, leisure and sports facilities and open spaces.

• The JLDP should promote walking and cycling opportunities.

• The Plan should ensure policy criteria take account of the impact of development in relation to noise generation in order to avoid, reduce and mitigate environmental noise.

• The JLDP should consider the needs of older people.

• The key strategic aims, such as: addressing wider issues that affect health and well-being, protecting the environment and supporting people to be independent can all be addressed by JLDP objectives.

18 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

5. CLIMATIC FACTORS

Summary of current situation and trends

5.1 Air pollution is not a significant problem in Anglesey and Gwynedd to warrant designating an AQM area. Overall air quality in both authorities is good. In Anglesey and Gwynedd, PM10 concentrations for example, are well within the national limits and LSOA areas in the County are amongst the least deprived in Wales in terms of the Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation : Population Averaged Air Emissions Index (2008). This suggests air quality conditions for the resident population are good in relation to these indices. Local monitoring continues at various sites across both authorities – the only exceedance in air quality has been on the A55 at Llanfair PG were the annual objective for NO2 is exceeded.

5.2 At a national level greenhouse gas emissions have steadily increased since 2002, and emissions continues to be a problem and a significant contributor to climate change. Present estimates for Wales suggests that over the next 25 years, summers could become drier and winters wetter due to climate change, with more rain in total. Temperatures are also likely to increase. Changes in rainfall patterns and amounts could affect the availability and demand of water for people and the environment. Industry, housing and in particular road transport are major contributors to greenhouse gas emissions in both counties.

5.3 Carbon dioxide is the main contributor to greenhouse gas emissions. CO2 equivalent of the total of non CO2 greenhouse gases in Wales have decreased by 28% between 1990 and 2006. The largest contributor to CO2 emissions in Gwynedd is from domestic sources. In Gwynedd, emissions of CO2 from domestic sources is higher than the Welsh average (2.6 per capita compared to 2.4 in Wales), which indicates that there is an above average proportion of energy inefficient housing. This may be linked to the high proportion of pre1919 houses in this area. The largest contributor of CO2 emissions in Anglesey is industry and commercial activity (54%). Housing (fuel emissions) is the largest component of the ecological footprint of Wales accounting for 22-27%.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Maintaining good air quality overall • Greenhouse gases and the threat of climate change

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The need to consider air quality impacts in the assessment of development proposals in areas where new/ additional development may lead to significant/cumulative effects in order to maintain or improve air quality.

19 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

• The need to contribute to the reduction of greenhouse gases by reducing energy use and increasing renewable energy generation.

• The need to promote energy efficiency in the design of new buildings and the adaptation of existing buildings.

• The need to reduce the ecological footprint of both local authorities, with a particular focus on the emissions arising from housing and transport. .

• The reduction in the production of greenhouse gases by reducing the volume or the need to travel by private transport, promoting increased walking, cycling and use of public transport.

• Incorporating climate change adaptation measures as an integral component of new housing and infrastructure development.

• Facilitating the development of low carbon energy sources across the plan area.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should address the issue of climate change, encourage the reduced emissions of harmful greenhouse gases and facilitate the improvement of air quality. The Plan should remain consistent with the objectives and targets set out in national plans and guidance such as the UK Air Quality Strategy.

• The JLDP should consider the objectives and targets of national policy guidance when formulating policies relating to energy generation in the Plan Area.

• The JLDP should promote the use of renewable energy in new developments and emphasise the relationship between energy and building design.

• The availability of public transport will be an important consideration for the JLDP especially in terms of sustainability, accessibility, reducing dependency on private transport and contributing towards the response to climate change.

20 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

6. CULTURAL HERITAGE

Summary of current situation and trends

6.1 Anglesey and Gwynedd are strongholds of the Welsh language having the second highest and highest proportions of Welsh speakers in Wales (69% and 60% respectively). However, whilst Wales on the whole has seen an increase in the proportion of Welsh speakers between 1991 and 2001, there has been a decline of -3.1% in the percentage of Welsh speakers in Gwynedd and a -2% decrease in Anglesey between 1991 and 2001.

6.2 Some areas have seen a more dramatic decline than others. For example, a significant decrease was seen in Bowydd and Rhiw (-14.7%), (Blaenau Ffestiniog), Botwnnog and Tudweiliog (-11.9%), Llanengan (-10%) wards in Gwynedd. The greatest fall of 10.3% in Anglesey was in Llaneugrad.

6.3 The level of Welsh speakers varies between coastal communities popular as retirement centres for inward migration and other communities with over 70% of the population able to speak Welsh. The proportion tends to be higher in some urban areas as well as in former slate quarrying areas but significantly lower in many coastal areas of Meirionnydd for example.

6.4 A wealth of formal designations identify and protect the most important features in the JLDP area’s historic and architectural heritage. Gwynedd has the 2nd highest number of listed buildings in Wales whilst Anglesey has the 9th highest number. These listed buildings range from churches and public buildings to small cottages, telephone kiosks or even milestones. A common link between such diverse structures is the fact that they are considered by CADW to be architecturally or historically special. However, a proportion of these buildings are under threat and 11% in Gwynedd are classified as being ‘at risk’, whilst in Anglesey, 12% of all listed buildings come under this category.

6.5 Gwynedd also has a relatively high number of Conservation Areas – 40 in total (the 2nd highest number in Wales), whilst Anglesey has 12 such designations.

6.6 The JLDP area also contains 1 World Heritage Site which is located on 2 sites - Caernarfon Castle and Town Walls in Gwynedd and Beaumaris Castle in Anglesey were added to the list of World Heritage Sites as cultural sites of outstanding universal value in 1987.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Recent decline in the proportion of Welsh speakers • A rich and diverse cultural heritage and historic environment

21 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• A need to facilitate the preservation and enhancement of the Welsh language and culture as an important part of our cultural heritage.

• Support and facilitate the approach set out in the Welsh Language Measure (see baseline for reference).

• A need to seek evidence and information about the impact of development on the Welsh language where necessary and appropriate.

• The is potential for damage to important heritage sites and the historic environment within the JLDP area from development due to destruction/ disturbance of features of cultural heritage importance and also through disrupting the setting of such features.

• The need to promote the protection, conservation and enhancement of the JLDP area’s archaeological, architectural and historic heritage.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should consider key plans and guidance when formulating its policies and proposals.

• The JLDP should protect and promote the Welsh language and cultural heritage and promote the opportunities which will arise as a consequence of the area’s linguistic and cultural resources.

22 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

7. ECONOMY

Summary of current situation and trends

7.1 Gross Value Added (GVA) per head generated by industry on Anglesey was estimated at £11,333 in 2009 – the lowest of all local authorities in the UK which highlights the fact that the county’s economy isn’t strong in terms of manufacturing industries, commerce and services of high financial value. However, GVA is estimated at the place of work rather than the place of residence, and the high net outflow of commuters from the island contributes to the low productivity per head of residents.

7.2 Anglesey and Gwynedd are estimated to have higher economic activity rates than Wales as a whole with higher employment rates and lower unemployment rates than the national average. In June 2011, 74% of the working age population in both local authorities were economically active compared to 72.8% in Wales. However, economic activity varies within the JLDP area with stronger rates around the Menai Hub compared to areas in the north and west of Anglesey and pockets of low economic activity rates in the wards of Peblig (Caernarfon) and Marchog (Bangor) for example.

7.3 Overall, claimant count rates have been lower in Gwynedd than the whole of Wales since around 2009. However, in Anglesey, claimant count rates have been higher than the whole of Wales over recent years. Unemployment varies across Anglesey with areas to the north and west of the county showing much higher levels of unemployment than the Menai Hub and the south e.g.‘Bridgehead’ - 4.9%; Holyhead - 11.7% (Census 2001). A major challenge is to extend the strength of the Hub area, to offer opportunities to workers from the disadvantaged northern and western parts.

7.4 Agriculture is an important industry in the JLDP area. However, the agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing industry has seen a steady decline over the past decade or so. Between 1996 and 2008 the GVA performance of the industry decreased by 78.4% in Gwynedd and by 74.1% in Anglesey.

7.5 Between 2002 and 2007, the number of full time farmers decreased by 9.2% and 4.3% in Gwynedd and Anglesey respectively; and the number of active holdings decreased by 2.9% in Gwynedd and by 7.9% in Anglesey. On the other hand, there was a substantial increase in the proportion of regular workers and casual workers in both counties.

7.6 Average household earnings in Anglesey and Gwynedd are lower than the national average. In 2009, the median income was £23,050 and £24,350 in Gwynedd and Anglesey respectively, compared to £25,750 in Wales. There are also considerable variations in household earnings within the JLDP area. In Anglesey, Morawelon has the lowest mean household income (£16,450) whilst in Gwynedd the ward with the lowest mean household income is Hirael (£17,700). This could reflect a combination of a lack of opportunities for higher paid employment; a lack of local skilled labour, and potentially that

23 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

there may be a percentage of the population that are not able to participate in higher skilled jobs in these areas.

7.7 Skills and learning are important for both social and economic reasons. Access to education and training provides an opportunity for people to fulfil their potential and to participate fully in society and the economy. Qualifications of the population vary within the JLDP area. Peblig and Morawelon wards have among the lowest rates of education attainment in the JLDP area with 50.3% and 49% respectively having no form of qualifications.

7.8 The lack of opportunities for adult education and retraining in the peripheral areas may be limiting the ability of many older workers to adapt to new job opportunities. Workers from the disadvantaged areas will need training opportunities to adapt to a changing and diversifying local economy.

7.9 There has been a small and steady rate of growth across most parts of the tourism industry. However, the growth rates are not significantly high to suggest that the industry is experiencing rapid rates of expansion; there is a requirement for a substantial level of investment in high quality accommodation, tourist attractions and recreational activities to encourage a larger customer base to the island. The total visitors to Anglesey declined between 2004 and 2006 after seeing an increase since 2001. The total employed in the tourist industry in Anglesey has remained fairly stable since 2001. In Gwynedd, tourist numbers increased between 1999 and 2005, but have since declined.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Relatively low GVA particularly in Anglesey • Relatively high economic activity rate in the JLDP area but above average unemployment in Anglesey • Decline in land based industries • Lower than average earnings • Education attainment • Improving the tourism industry

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The need to facilitate investment in a variety of economic sectors, particularly in Anglesey.

• The need to promote sustainable regeneration of the most deprived areas by improving and protecting the environment and infrastructure and by improving accessibility to services for people in these areas.

• The need to contribute to strengthening and diversifying local economies within the Plan area by supporting and promoting growth in local businesses.

24 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The need to promote and support the rural economy of the JLDP area as there is a need to sustain and regenerate this economy, particularly given the decline in the agricultural industry.

• The need to support appropriate economic activity within the JLDP area and improve employment prospects and opportunities with particular regard to the sectors in need of most support.

• The need to encourage investment by providing an infrastructure of transport, communications and land that helps attract new business providing higher paid employment.

• The need to facilitate the provision of training and education opportunities to improve the skills of the working age population.

• A need to support the growth of the tourism industry with the necessary infrastructure.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• At a local level, Anglesey has a specific regeneration plan. It is therefore, important that the JLDP considers both this local strategy as well as the national targets set out in the above Plans and guidance.

• The JLDP should facilitate sustainable economic growth in the Plan Area with the aim of creating a vibrant and prosperous economy.

• The JLDP should assess and encourage the vitality, attractiveness and viability of town and retail centres.

• The JLDP should ensure that areas allocated for employment are in sustainable locations, including minimising the need to travel.

• The JLDP should improve access to employment opportunities particularly for deprived communities.

• The JLDP should promote sustainable tourism growth whilst at the same time, protecting the environment and the interests of local communities.

• The JLDP should facilitate the improvement of skills in the workforce, promote innovation, thus creating sustainable employment opportunities of a high quality.

25 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

8. HOUSING

Summary of current situation and trends

8.1 Housing deprivation is a major issue in the JLDP area particularly in Gwynedd. Housing deprivation is linked with the age of dwellings and a large proportion of older dwellings in Gwynedd, particularly those built before 1919 are deemed unfit. In 2001, Gwynedd had the second highest proportion of pre-1919 dwellings (46.9%) in Wales. The proportion of unfit dwellings in Gwynedd is significantly higher then the Welsh average - 10.5% are categorised as being unfit (6th highest in Wales) – more than double Anglesey and Conwy.

8.2 Gwynedd and Anglesey also have the highest and second highest proportion of housing without central heating in Wales (21.6% and 19.1% respectively). Gwynedd also has the highest proportion of terraced housing in Wales. This may meet current needs for the county but does not give residents a choice of housing type.

8.3 The JLDP area, like the rest of the UK, saw a dramatic rise in house prices over recent years, although house prices are now beginning to slowly decrease. However, house prices remain significantly higher than the Welsh average.

8.4 The average price of all houses sold in Gwynedd between 1997 and 2006 rose by 213% - higher than the 173% increase in Wales. In Gwynedd the average house price in 2006 was £159,452 - £7,252 higher than the comparative for Wales. The average price of all houses sold in Anglesey between 1996/97 and 2006 rose by 205%. In Anglesey the average house price in 2006 was £155,714, £3,514 higher than the comparative for Wales.

8.5 Affordable housing is a key issue in the JLDP although affordability does vary geographically with some coastal and rural areas having high affordability ratios. The lack of affordable housing is a major problem in some areas such as Abersoch, Llanbedrog and Llanengan in Gwynedd and Rhosneigr, Cadnant, Llanfaethlu in Anglesey.

8.6 The inflated cost of housing does not reflect wage levels and changes in the local economy which is giving rise to growing affordability problems. Ensuring that where need is identified, it is essential that a supply of sufficient affordable housing is provided through the JLDP to meet the demand of an increasing number of households in the area.

8.7 Housing Registers of both local authorities show which areas are in most need of social housing to satisfy local demand. In Gwynedd, statistics show that some areas including the town/community councils of Llanddeiniolen, Dolgellau and Bethesda in Gwynedd have a high number of people on the waiting lists relative to the size of these settlements whilst in Anglesey the

26 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

communities/town councils of Y Fali, Porthaethwy, Bodedern, Llanfairpwll and Llangefni have the highest level of need.

8.8 Lone parent households are a significant factor in some areas of the JLDP area particularly in some urban areas including the wards of Tudur (18.3%) and Morawelon (18.1%) in Anglesey and Marchog (Bangor) (22.4%) and Peblig (Caernarfon) (18.9%). The number of households is projected to increase by 23% in Gwynedd and 17% in Anglesey by 2031 and along with decreasing household sizes, it means that more single person households will need to be accommodated along with housing designed specifically for the increasing elderly population.

8.9 The high proportion of vacant and second/holiday homes is a problem in certain parts of the JLDP area. In Gwynedd, 13.3% of all household spaces were either vacant or holiday homes in 2001 – the highest proportion in Wales. The problem is amplified in some coastal areas such as Abersoch and Llanengan. In Anglesey, 8.6% were either vacant or holiday homes.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Housing deprivation particularly in Gwynedd • Affordability and lack of affordable housing • Vacant homes and second homes

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• A need to provide a range of appropriate housing which will satisfy the needs of all types of households so that everyone has the opportunity to live in a decent and affordable home.

• A need to improve the existing housing stock where necessary through alterations, extensions etc.

• A need to provide sufficient quantity and distribution of different types of housing.

• The need to facilitate the provision of a more varied supply of housing in rural areas to suit all needs. New housing should be affordable to the local population without having an adverse impact on the local character and distinctiveness of rural areas.

• A need to facilitate the development of local affordable housing or local needs market housing in the JLDP area.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should consider the housing objectives of the national,

27 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review regional and local plans and guidance noted above.

• The JLDP should facilitate the improvement of the supply, quality, affordability and suitability of housing in the area in order to satisfy the needs of the resident population.

• The Plan should facilitate the development of energy efficient buildings.

• The JLDP should facilitate the re-use of empty dwellings to help satisfy the housing needs of the population.

• The JLDP should facilitate the provision of suitable accommodation to older people.

• The JLDP should identify land for housing allocations, favouring the re- use of previously developed land and buildings which have good transport links.

28 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

9. LANDSCAPE

Summary of current situation and trends

9.1 The JLDP area has a valued landscape resource which includes numerous designated areas such as historic parks and gardens, landscape conservation areas, historic landscapes and the AONBs. Parts of Gwynedd also form the setting of the Snowdonia National Park.

9.2 The JLDP area is also particularly renowned for its coastal landscapes and seascapes with the entire coastline of Anglesey designated as an AONB, that includes Heritage coast areas of geological and cultural value. Gwynedd’s Llŷn Peninsula AONB also shares heritage Coast status in recognition of its rich historical, geological, geographical and ecological assets.

9.3 The landscape character and biodiversity features of the Llŷn and Anglesey AONBs are under pressure from numerous factors related to development. These include new buildings and alterations, caravan and camping sites, roads, communication and telecommunication, quarrying and mineral workings, forestry, waste and waste disposal, natural processes and farming.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Pressures upon important landscape designations

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• A need to protect and enhance landscapes through appropriate high quality design and development which compliments local character and distinctiveness, and where appropriate does not have a significant detrimental impact on views into or out of the SNP.

• The need to ensure that the AONBs are protected from development which is potentially damaging to their special conservation features.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should consider key/ identified plans and guidance when formulating its policies and proposals.

• The JLDP should provide for the conservation and where appropriate enhancement of the natural environment and landscape, respecting public rights of way.

• The JLDP should promote good design that respects the area’s local distinctiveness.

29 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review • The JLDP should consider the sustainability impacts of telecommunications development, balancing the need for economic growth, with social and environmental impacts.

30 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

10. SOILS, MINERALS, WASTE

Summary of current situation and trends

10.1 Gwynedd has a high soil carbon density, mainly due to the upland nature of the county’s topography. Organic carbon is derived from incorporated vegetation either deposited or associated with root material within soil. It is important for many soil properties and processes. Loss of soil organic matter can lead to soil erosion, loss of fertility, compaction and general land degradation. Oxidation (breakdown) of organic matter provides energy for soil organisms and through respiration leads to emissions of carbon dioxide. There has been a gradual loss of carbon from soils in England and Wales which can be attributed to many factors including climate change. Losses of carbon from soils in England and Wales have occurred at a mean rate of 0.6% per year between 1978 – 2003.

10.2 In Gwynedd 20% of the agricultural land falls into category 1, 2, or 3 (the best and most versatile) whilst 80% of agricultural land falls into category 4 and 5 (the poorest). The situation is similar in Anglesey with the majority of agricultural land being either Grade 3 or 4 – this puts limitations on the range of agricultural uses for the majority of land available for farming.

10.3 In planning terms the following activities could also lead to physical losses or deterioration in quality of soils and agricultural land: increased extraction of materials; increase in amount of waste for disposal; construction of new road and rail infrastructure. The following could reduce pressure for development on good quality land and soils, and improve land and soil quality: reduction in the volume of waste disposed to land; increase in the volume of materials reused and recycled; and decrease in run-off and diffuse pollution.

10.4 The amount of municipal waste throughout the UK is increasing year by year, and figures show that Anglesey and Gwynedd are no exceptions to this trend. There are a range of factors that can affect the growth in the amount of waste produced including, population changes, changes to the number and size of households, consumer behaviour, effectiveness of waste minimisation strategies, and changes in the economic prosperity of a region. The need to produce less waste in the first instance is emphasised. Indeed, the North Wales region faces the significant challenge of reducing household waste per person by approximately 40% per annum.

10.5 If the waste that is generated in the JLDP area is to be managed in a more sustainable way in the future, then there is a need for the existing waste management network in the county to change and to become more sustainable. Further changes to the waste management network are also being introduced e.g. more facilities that are capable of treating, sorting, reusing, recycling, and composting more waste.

10.6 Landfilling biodegradable municipal waste (BMW) e.g. food, paper, and garden waste can contribute to human health problems as well as

31 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

environmental problems such as leachate production. It also releases methane, which can contribute to air pollution and global warming. Some of the waste which is landfilled is capable of being re-used, recycled, composted or treated in different ways to produce energy derived fuel.

10.7 The Landfill Directive has set targets so that the amount of waste that is put into landfill is reduced dramatically in the future. Both Anglesey and Gwynedd are currently meeting Landfill Allowance Scheme Targets set by the government. In order that the Councils continue to meet these targets in the future, more emphasis will be required on sustainable waste management such as recycling as the primary method of waste disposal.

10.8 Recycling/composting rates in Gwynedd has been consistently lower than the Welsh average since 1998. Anglesey had a significantly higher recycling rate – in 2009/10, 51% of municipal waste was recycled or composted compared to 40% in Wales (2nd highest of all Local Authorities in Wales).

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Maintaining soil carbon density in Gwynedd • Limited amount of the best and most versatile quality of agricultural land • Growth in Municipal Waste • Reducing reliance on landfill sites

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• A need to protect and manage soil including maintaining soil carbon and aim to avoid causing additional risk from pollution and contamination.

• A need to direct development to brownfield sites or, alternatively the poorest quality agricultural land as much as possible so as to conserve high grade agricultural land.

• To recognise the need to reduce waste arisings from all sectors so that targets set by Europe and the Welsh Assembly Government are met.

• The need to ensure that waste issues are considered in the assessment and determination of planning applications for all types of development.

• The need to contribute towards reducing the amount of municipal waste that is landfilled by facilitating in the provision of a comprehensive, integrated and sustainable network of new improved waste management facilities for treating and disposing of waste as an alternative to landfill.

• The need to contribute towards increasing recycling and composting rates.

32 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The JLDP should consider key relevant plans and guidance when formulating its policies and proposals.

• The JLDP should give full consideration to the guidance and ensure that the use of minerals should be developed sustainably.

• The JLDP should facilitate the sustainable extraction of aggregates in the Plan Area, ensuring a balance between environmental, economic and social costs.

• The JLDP should ensure that its policies relating to waste reflect the objectives and targets of the above plans and guidance.

• The JLDP should facilitate the sustainable management of waste and encourage a reduction in the waste produced.

• The JLDP should promote recycling and facilitate the reduction of waste sent to landfill, in line with the targets sets by the Landfill Directive.

• The JLDP should provide a land use framework to enable both Authorities to allocate sites for new waste management facilities.

• The JLDP should facilitate a reduction in the rate of growth of waste in the Plan area.

• The JLDP should incorporate adequate and effective waste management facilities in new developments.

33 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

11. TRANSPORT

Summary of current situation and trends

11.1 The proportion of households with no car decreased by 21% and 18% in Gwynedd and Anglesey respectively between 1991 and 2001.The amount of private cars is increasing on the roads in the JLDP area.

11.2 The use of private cars by residents to travel to work is lower in Gwynedd than the national average as is the use of public transport, whilst in Anglesey there is a greater reliance on cars for journeys to work and a lower proportion of people taking the bus to work compared to Wales (2.9% travel by public transport compared to 6.5% in Wales).

11.3 One of the most influential factors when considering the differences between living in urban and rural areas is the availability and cost of transport. Access to private transport is often considered to be essential for people living in rural areas. The percentage of households with more than one car is significantly higher in rural areas than in urban wards. People living in rural areas have to travel further to access services such as shopping, health, education and employment. This means extra costs for those lacking suitable transport, most particularly the elderly, the young, single parents and the unemployed.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Limited transport choices • High reliance on the private car for transportation

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• The need to facilitate a sustainable transport network, particularly in rural areas.

• Consider location of development in terms of accessibility by different transport modes.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The LDP should facilitate the development of an efficient and sustainable transport system which improves access to all which, in turn, will strengthen communities, the economy and the environment. The availability of public transport should be an important consideration for the LDP especially in terms of sustainability, accessibility, reducing dependency on private transport and contributing towards the response to climate change.

• The LDP should promote environmentally friendly forms of transport and

34 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review develop a well integrated, core transport network which is safe, efficient, clean and fair.

35 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

12. WATER

Summary of current situation and trends

12.1 Overall, river quality in Anglesey and Gwynedd is good. In 2009, for example, the proportion of river lengths in Gwynedd categorised as good or very good was higher than in the previous 14 year. In Anglesey, there has been an increase in the proportion of grade A river lengths in terms of chemical quality since 1990. However, it should be noted that the proportion of grade A river lengths in the county decreased significantly between 2008 and 2009.

12.2 There are a number of river stretches where the quality of water needs to be significantly improved. The Environment Agency’s river basin management plan for the Western Wales River Basin District, identifies a number of challenges to surface water quality including: diffuse pollution from agricultural activities; diffuse pollution from historical mines; physical modification of water bodies; point source pollution from water industry sewage works; and acidification.

12.3 Overall, it can be said that the overall standard of bathing water around the Gwynedd and Anglesey coastline is improving. In Anglesey, 73% of beaches achieving guideline standards in 2008 compared to 33% in 1992. However, the compliance of non-EC identified bathing waters has proved to be more problematic with a high rate of failures recorded. There are 3 locations (Traeth Bach, Porth Eilian and Beaumaris) that have recorded a 100% failure rate on the G standard. In Gwynedd, 6 beaches and 2 Marinas achieved Blue Flag Awards in 2008; 11 beaches won seaside awards, and 6 won green coast awards; whilst in Anglesey, 6 beaches achieved Blue Flag Awards; 26 beaches won seaside awards, and 13 won green coast awards

12.4 Whilst trends show an improvement in overall bathing water quality, with a number of beaches and coastal areas achieving awards for quality and cleanliness it is also clear that there is a requirement for the overall standards of bathing water to be raised in order to ensure compliance with the revised Bathing Water Directive.

12.5 Flooding is a natural process and coastal floodplains, rivers and river banks fulfil an important role. The increasing problems associated with climate change mean that coastal floodplains or river banks are under additional risk. New developments can increase the risk of flooding in terms of use and run off, or exacerbate problems associated with flooding, such as land erosion. Particular concerns exist with regard to building on floodplains and the subsequent effect on water quality and quantity. Water on floodplains re- directed as a result of construction could have adverse environmental and social effects. There are numerous populated areas in the JLDP area which are susceptible to flooding including populated areas of Bangor, Caernarfon, Porthmadog Tywyn and Pwllheli in Gwynedd and areas of Holyhead, Llangefni and Amlwch in Anglesey.

36 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

12.6 Anglesey and Gwynedd are situated in the North Eryri - Ynys Mon Water Resource Zone, which is identified as in deficit by the Water Resource Management Plan (WRMP) produced by Welsh Water - principally due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change. Both planning scenarios considered in the WRMP are in surplus until approximately 2017/18. From that point onwards the deficit increases under the Annual Average scenario to a maximum of 1.63 Ml/d in 2024/35 and under the Critical Period scenario to a maximum of 3.19 Ml/d in 2029/30. Measures to address the potential deficit have been proposed and include an upgrade of Mynydd Llandegai WTW and increased abstraction at Marchlyn Bach reservoir.

Key issues from baseline analysis

• Maintaining good river quality and improving standards where necessary • Maintaining clean bathing waters and improving others • Numerous populated areas at risk from flooding. • Reduced availability of water resources.

Sustainability issues and opportunities

• A need to encourage the improvement water quality by reducing the risk of pollution entering river watercourses.

• A need to mitigate against the contamination of groundwater resources and drinking water supplies.

• Incorporate Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) into new developments.

• Promote activities which are likely to sustain the high quality of bathing water.

• A need to ensure that development is not located within areas at a high risk of flooding.

• A need to introduce flood minimisation or mitigation measures to reduce the volume and rate of run-off in new development.

• Ensure that new development incorporates water efficiency measures.

• A need to promote the sustainable use of water as a natural resource.

Key messages from plans and programmes review

• The Plan should incorporate the requirements of relevant key plans and

37 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Key messages from plans and programmes review guidance and facilitate the protection and improvement of water quality. Policies to protect water resources should be developed.

• The Plan should ensure that the quality of water bodies in the Plan Area is not compromised by land use development proposals.

• The LDP should facilitate the efficient and sustainable use of water.

• The LDP should ensure that the risk of flooding is considered in determining the location of new development. New development should be directed away from those areas which are at high risk of flooding.

38 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

13. THE SUSTAINABILITY APPRAISAL FRAMEWORK

Background

13.1 The next stage in the SA/SEA process is the development of the Sustainability Appraisal Framework which involves the development of sustainability objectives and indicators. The SA Framework of objectives is used to systematically identify, describe and evaluate the positive and negative environmental effects of a plan or programme. These objectives are distinct from the plan objectives, though they will often overlap with them.

Methodology

13.2 The SA Framework is required to set out sustainability objectives that are based on sound evidence and that reflect the issues and challenges faced within the plan area. The objectives have been developed taking account of work to date using the following inputs:

i) the review of plans, programmes and policies; ii) baseline information collection; iii) sustainability issues and environmental problems;

13.3 In all there are 11 objectives covering environmental, social and socio- economic aspects. For each objective, the relevant SEA topics are also provided. Not all the objectives presented will be relevant for all the areas of JLDP appraisal. The appraisal process will consider whether objectives/ decision-aiding questions are appropriate on a case-by-case (policy-by-policy) basis. The SA Framework is provided in table 5.1 below.

13.4 Each sustainability objective is supported by a number of sub-objectives which will facilitate the assessment of the JLDP’s policies and proposals and assist in the interpretation of the overall main objective. A set of proposed indicators has also been derived to monitor the performance of the JLDP and these have also been included in the framework. These indicators are selected to focus on the key issues arising. The proposed indicators should be viewed as an evolving list that is focused on the key / significant environmental and socio-economic effects that are identified as the appraisal process proceeds.

13.5 The sustainability appraisal objectives and indicators will need to be reviewed throughout the development of the JLDP and amended where appropriate, in order to reflect any changes in relevant plans, programmes and policies and the baseline information. Any significant changes made to the Framework would be subject to consultation.

39 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Table 13.1: Draft SA Framework of Objectives

Draft SA Framework of Objectives

1. Maintain and enhance biodiversity interests and connectivity (SEA Topics: biodiversity, fauna, flora, soil)

Will the plan … Protect the integrity of designated (international, national and local) sites and avoid habitat/ species fragmentation Conserve and enhance terrestrial and marine wildlife habitats (including the plan areas substantial woodland assets) and wider biodiversity in rural and urban areas Maintain and improve the provision of green infrastructure Conserve and enhance designated geological sites and wider geodiversity

Proposed Indicators: % change in plan area BAP priority species and habitats

2. Promote community viability, cohesion, health and well being (SEA Topics: human health, population)

Will the plan … Meet the needs of an aging population Reduce out migration of working age people in support of age balanced communities Improve the provision of, and access to, facilities and services for disadvantaged communities and rural areas Promote community interaction and social inclusion Remove barriers and create opportunities for people to live healthier lifestyles, e.g. promoting exercise (walking, cycling) Reduce health inequalities between areas and social groups

Proposed Indicators: % of total population with access to key services lifestyle related health measures (e.g. overweight/ obese) – Welsh Health Survey

3. Manage and reduce the impacts of climate change by promoting and supporting mitigation and adaptation measures (SEA Topics: climatic factors, air)

Will the plan … Reduce the emission of greenhouse gases from transport, buildings and energy generation Support and encourage new developments that are energy efficient and climate change resilient Integrate and promote renewable energy and low carbon energy schemes and increase the proportion of energy demand met by low carbon sources Ensure adaptation planning that maximises the opportunities and minimises the cost of climate change

40 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Draft SA Framework of Objectives

Proposed Indicators: % change in carbon dioxide emissions from housing stock 4. Conserve, promote and enhance the Welsh language (SEA Topic: cultural heritage) Will the plan... Protect and enhance opportunities for the promotion and development of the Welsh Language

Proposed Indicators: Number/ % Welsh Language speakers

5. Conserve, promote and enhance cultural resources and historic heritage assets (SEA Topic: cultural heritage)

Will the plan … Ensure that local historic, archaeological and cultural assets are protected (including from new developments) and enhanced for the benefit of residents and visitors Promote access to the historic environment for education and tourism/ economic development

Proposed Indicators: No/change buildings/ historic assets at risk

6. Support economic growth and facilitate a vibrant, diversified economy providing local employment opportunities (SEA Topic: Population)

Will the plan … Promote and facilitate investment for local businesses across a variety of economic sectors Improve and enhance employment opportunities, including in rural areas Support the tourist industry through environmental improvements and enhanced infrastructure Provide access to training, education and skills development opportunities for all sectors of the community

Proposed Indicators: Economic activity by sector Employment status of residents 16 years+ Number of people commuting into and out of authority areas

7. Provide good quality housing, including affordable housing that meets local needs (SEA Topic: population, human health)

Will the plan …

41 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Draft SA Framework of Objectives

Improve the quality and availability of existing housing stock for deprived communities Deliver additional affordable and high quality sustainable housing in rural and urban areas Deliver adaptable housing that addresses the individual needs of communities

Proposed Indicators: Number of new affordable housing units provided/ year as percentage of all new units

8. Value, conserve and enhance the plan area’s rural landscapes and urban townscapes (SEA Topics: landscape)

Will the plan … Protect and enhance the special landscape qualities of the plan area, including AONBs, coastal/ seascapes and townscapes Protect and improve the quality of publicly accessible open space in rural and built environments Ensure that new developments are appropriately and sensitively integrated with the landscape and townscape character of the plan area

Proposed Indicators: % designations reporting favourable condition status

9. Use land and mineral assets efficiently and promote mechanisms for waste minimisation, re-use and recycling (SEA Topic: material assets, soil)

Will the plan … Prioritise development on previously developed/ brownfield land Protect soil quality (the best and most versatile land) Promote the regeneration of contaminated land and avoid/reduce soil contamination Reduce waste arisings and support the progression towards a sustainable waste management hierarchy for existing and new developments (including through a sustainable network of management facilities)

Proposed Indicators: %/proportion of development on previously developed land % municipal wastes sent to landfill % municipal waste reused/ recycled

10. Promote and enhance good transport links to support the community and the economy (SEA Topic: population, human health)

Will the plan …

42 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Draft SA Framework of Objectives

Improve accessibility in rural areas, through linking (public)transport network to service centres Reduce the need to travel by private car, through improved public transport infrastructure Prioritise accessibility by sustainable transport options for new developments

Proposed Indicators: Method of travel to work - % working population who travel by car Percentage of new residential development within 30 minutes public transport time of facilities Access to services and facilities by public transport, walking and cycling

11. Safeguard water quality, manage water resources sustainability and minimise flood risk (SEA Topic: water, biodiversity)

Will the plan … Ensure that water quality of rivers, lakes, ground water and coastal waters are protected and improved Minimise diffuse pollution from rural and urban areas Protect and enhance water resources and support the integration of water efficiency measures in all new developments Minimise the risk of all types of flooding (tidal, fluvial, surface water and sewerage) to people and property through appropriate planning and sustainable design Promote water efficiency and adaptation measures in new developments to address the impacts of climate change, (e.g. SUDs)

Proposed Indicators: % [or number of proportion of total] of new developments with integrated sustainable drainage systems proportion/ absolute number of development in C1 and C2(defined by TAN15)

Internal Compatibility of SA/SEA Objectives

13.6 It is useful to test the internal compatibility of the sustainability objectives against each other so that any tensions or potential conflicts between the proposed sustainability objectives are identified.

13.7 Each of the objectives is tested against the other objectives to determine whether the achievement of one objective is at the disadvantage of another. Where there is no relationship between the objectives, the objectives can be achieved without conflict. If incompatibilities are identified it will be necessary to take these in to consider appropriate mitigation measures or alternative approaches in the LDP.

43 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Figure 13.1: Key to Compatibility Assessment

Objectives C compatible Objectives N incompatible Uncertainty ?

No relationship - between objectives

13.8 As can be seen in table 13.2, the majority of the objectives are either compatible with each other or there is no relationship between. However, it is evident that there is a possibility of a conflict of interests with regards to some objectives. This can be seen mostly with the objectives relating to economic growth and housing. It will therefore be important to explore the interactions of these objectives more closely in the SEA/SA Report to ensure that no conflicts occur in the aim of achieving sustainable development in the JLDP.

44 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Table 13.2: Compatibility of SA Objectives

1. Maintain and enhance biodiversity interests an connectivity

2. Promote community viability, cohesion, health and well-being C

3. Manage and reduce the impacts of climate change by promoting and supporting mitigation and adaptation measures C C

4. Conserve, promote and enhance Welsh language C C -

5. Conserve, promote and enhance cultural resources and historic heritage assets C C - C

6. Support economic growth and facilitate a vibrant, diversified economy providing local employment opportunities ? C ? ? ?

7. Provide good quality housing, including affordable housing that meets local needs C C ? ? ? C

8. Value, conserve and enhance the plan area’s rural landscapes and urban townscapes C - - C C ? ?

9. Use land and mineral assets efficiently and promote mechanisms for waste minimisation, re- use and recycling C C C C C ? ? C

10. Promote and enhance good transport links to support the community and the economy - C C - - C ? C -

11. Safeguard water quality, manage water resources sustainability and minimise flood risk - - C - - ? ? C C C

SA OBJECTIVES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

45 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

14. CONSULTATION AND NEXT STEPS

Consultation

14.1 In accordance with the requirements of the SEA Directive and guidance for Sustainability Appraisal, the Councils are required to consult with the three Statutory Consultation Bodies (CADW, Environment Agency and the Countryside Council for Wales) for a period of 5 weeks on the contents of the Scoping Report. In order to gain feedback on all sustainability issues which have been identified, the Council will also consult other relevant stakeholders. The Scoping Report is also available for inspection by the general public on the Councils’ websites at www.gwynedd.gov.uk and www.anglesey.gov.uk

14.2 Responses are sought to the following questions:

• Are there other relevant policies, plans or programmes relevant to the SA/SEA of the Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint LDP that have not been considered in the review of Plans, Programmes and Policies? • Is the review of baseline information appropriate for the SA/SEA process? • Is there any further relevant baseline data that has not been included? • Do you agree that the key sustainability issues for Anglesey and Gwynedd have been identified? • Do the sustainability objectives set out in chapter 13 provide an appropriate framework for assessing the sustainability and environmental effects of the Anglesey and Gwynedd JLDP? • Any further comments?

14.3 Responses received during the consultation period will be used to inform the next stages of the SA/SEA. The Sustainability Appraisal Report will document how the Scoping Report responses have been taken into account.

Next Steps

14.4 The next stage of the SA/SEA process is the assessment stage of the plan (Stage B as illustrated in table 2.1). During this stage, the predicted effects of the plan will be evaluated. The results of the SA/SEA will be used to inform the development of the plan in order to remove or minimise any adverse predicted environmental effects but also to maximise opportunities for environmental and broader sustainability improvements. Strategic Options and alternatives for development will be tested against the Sustainability Appraisal Framework and the preferred strategic spatial options for the JLDP will be informed by outcomes of the appraisal process.

14.5 The proposed site allocations for the JLDP will also be considered and refined by testing them against the Sustainability Appraisal Framework. It should be noted that with appraisal of proposed site allocations will also be undertaken at a strategic level in line with the requirements of the SA/SEA process.

46 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

14.6 The broad policies in the plan will also be tested against the Sustainability Appraisal Framework. This will identify any policies that may need to be refined or removed from the JLDP based on their sustainability performance. The results of the assessment will be used to update and refine the content of the JLDP as it is developed.

14.7 The results of the appraisal will be presented in a Sustainability Appraisal Report that will also be consulted upon. Table 14.1 below, summarises the next tasks in the SA/SEA process and Table 14.2 provides a possible structure for the Sustainability Appraisal Report.

Table 14.1: Outline of next stages in the SA/SEA process

SA Stage Tasks Stage B Developing and refining options and assessing effects Task B1 Test the plan or programme objectives against the SA objectives Task B2 Develop strategic alternatives Task B3 Predicting the effects of the plan or programme, including alternatives Task B4 Evaluate the effects of the draft plan or programme, including alternatives Task B5 Considering ways of mitigating adverse effects Task B6 Proposing measures to monitor the environmental effects of the plan or programme implementation Stage C Preparing the Sustainability Appraisal Report Task C1 Preparing the SA Report

Table 14.2: Possible Sustainability Appraisal Report Structure

Table of Contents Non-Technical Summary 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Background 3.0 Appraisal Method 4.0 SA of Strategic Options 5.0 Biodiversity Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 6.0 Community Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 7.0 Climate change Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 8.0 Welsh Language Context Sustainability Effects of LDP

47 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan SA Scoping Report

Table of Contents Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 9.0 Cultural Heritage Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 10.0 Economy and Employment Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 11.0 Housing Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 12.0 Landscape and townscape Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 13.0 Material Assets, Minerals, soil, waste Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 14.0 Transport and Accessibility Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 15.0 Water Context Sustainability Effects of LDP Mitigation/ enhancement recommendations 16.0 Inter-relationships and cumulative effects 17.0 Implementation and monitoring

How to comment on the Anglesey and Gwynedd JLDP SA Scoping Report

Representation forms should be returned via post to: Joint Planning Policy Unit, Town Hall, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 1DT or by e-mail to: [email protected] Completed forms should be returned by 5.00pm on Thursday 8th September 2011. Representations received after the closing date will not be accepted.

APPENDIX 1

Review of Relevant Plans and Programmes

Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY Rio Declaration on Environment and Climate and Development The Johannesburg Declaration on Sustainable Development (2001) EC (2006 revised) European Sustainable Development Strategy EU Sixth Environmental Action Plan (July 2002) UK Sustainable Development Strategy – ‘Securing the Future’ (2005) WAG (2006) Environment Strategy for Wales WAG (2003) Wales: A Better Country Sustainable Development Scheme and Action Plan for the National Assembly for Wales (2004) One Wales: One Planet: Consultation on a New Sustainable Development Plan for Wales (2009) WAG (2008) Rural Development Plan for Wales 2007 -2013 Gwynedd Three Year Plan (Gwynedd LPA) Regeneration Strategy of the Gwynedd Regeneration Framework 2006-2013 (Gwynedd LPA) Gwynedd Environmental Strategy Llwyddo’n Lleol Plan 08/09 (Gwynedd LPA) SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT POLICY EC (1997) European Spatial Development Perspective (97/150/EC) WAG (2008) Wales Spatial Plan Update WAG (2010) Planning Policy Wales WAG (1996) TAN3 – Simplified Planning Zones WAG (1997) TAN9 – Enforcement and Planning Control North Wales Development Strategy (2004) Closing the Gap: North West Wales Spatial Development Strategy Local Development Strategy (2007-2013) (Gwynedd LPA) Mon Menai Coastal Implementation Plan Snowdonia Green Key Strategy (2005) (Gwynedd LPA) Snowdonia National Park LDP (2007-2022) BIODIVERSITY Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) European Biodiversity Strategy UN(1971) Convention on Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar Convention) EC (1979) EU Wild Birds Directive (79/409/EEC) EC (1994) EU Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC) EC (2006) EU Freshwater Fish Directive (2006/44/EC) UK Biodiversity Action Plan (2005) Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010 Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended by Schedule 9 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act (2000) WAG (1996) TAN5 – Nature Conservation and Planning WAG (1997) TAN10 – Tree Preservation Orders The Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 Pen Llyn & Sarnau Management Plan Natur Gwynedd (Gwynedd LPA) Working for the Wealth of Wildlife: Anglesey’s Local Biodiversity Action Plan COMMUNITIES Aarhaus Convention EC (2002) EU Directive on Environmental Noise (02/49/EC) Making the Connections Walking and Cycling Strategy for Wales (2003)

1 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

A Walking and Cycling Action Plan for Wales 2009-2013 Well-being in Wales (2002) Sports Tourism in Wales: A Framework for Action (2003) Climbing Higher: a Strategy for Sport and Physical Activity (2005) WAG (1997) TAN11 – Noise WAG (1998) TAN16 – Sport and Recreation Gwynedd Together 2008-2012 (Gwynedd LPA) Gwynedd Health, Social Care and Well-being Strategy 2008-2011 (Gwynedd LPA) Children and Young People Strategy 2008-2011 (Gwynedd LPA) Anglesey Community Strategy: Improving Anglesey Life 2005-2015 Health, Social Care and Well-being Strategy for Anglesey (Anglesey LPA) Strategy for Older People on Anglesey (Anglesey LPA) CLIMATIC FACTORS United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change 1994 (UNFCC) Kyoto Protocol (1997) European Climate Change Programme EC (1996) EU Air Quality Framework Directive (96/62/EC) UK Air Quality Strategy (2000) Climate Change Strategy for Wales (2010) Climate Change: The UK Programme 2006 Draft National Policy Statement for Nuclear Power Generation (EN-6) Draft National Policy Statement for Renewable Energy Infrastructure (EN-3) Our Energy Future – Creating a Low Carbon Economy WAG (2005) TAN8 – Renewable Energy Planning for Climate Change Energy Wales: The Direction for a Future of Clean, Low Carbon and More Competitive Energy in Wales CULTURAL HERITAGE Iaith Pawb – A National Action Plan for a Bilingual Wales (2003) WAG (2000) TAN20 – The Welsh Language – UDPs and Planning Control Cultural Tourism Strategy for Wales (2003) ECONOMY The European Employment Strategy EC (Reform 2003) European Common Agricultural Policy WAG (2001) Farming for the Future WAG (2005) Wales: A Vibrant Economy WAG (2000) TAN6 – Planning for Sustainable Rural Communities A Winning Wales – The National Economic Development Strategy of the Welsh Assembly Government (2002) Capturing the Potential: A Green Jobs Strategy for Wales 2009 Welsh Coastal Tourism Strategy (Consultation Document) (2007) Achieving our Potential 2006-2013 – Toursim Strategy for Wales Mid Term Review WAG (1996) TAN4 – Retailing and Town Centres WAG (1997) TAN13 – Tourism North Wales Tourism Strategy 2003-2008 Planning Tomorrow’s Tourism Today Regional Tourism Strategy Tourism Tourism Opportunities Action Plan – Enhance the Mid Wales Inland Tourism Cardigan Bay Action Plan 2007-2013 Increasing the Economic Benefit of the Mon-Menai North Wales Coast 2016 Action Plan Anglesey Economic Regeneration Strategy 2004-2015 HOUSING

2 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

EU Directive on Energy Peformance of Buildings Better Homes for People in Wales: A National Housing Strategy for Wales (2001) Code for Sustainable Homes WAG (2006) TAN1- Joint Housing Land Availability Studies WAG (2006) TAN2 – Planning and Affordable Housing Assessment of the Local Housing Market in North-West Wales Gwynedd Local Housing Strategy 2007-2012 (Gwynedd LPA) Empty Houses Strategy (Gwynedd LPA) Older People Accommodation Strategy (Gwynedd LPA) Private Sector Housing Strategy 2007-2010 (Gwynedd LPA) The Isle of Anglesey Local Housing Strategy 2007-2012 (Anglesey LPA) Homeless Strategy for Anglesey LANDSCAPE EC (ratified 2006) European Landscape Convention WAG (1996) TAN7 – Outdoor Advertisement Control WAG (1998) TAN14 – Coastal Planning WAG (2002) TAN19 – Telecommunications Cultural Tourism Strategy for Wales (2003) WAG (2002) TAN12 – Design Llyn AONB Management Plan (Gwynedd LPA) Gwynedd Landscape Strategy 2007 (Gwynedd LPA) WATER EC (1991) European Nitrates Directive (91/676/EEC) EC (2000) EU Water Framework Directive (00/60/EC) EC (2006) EU Bathing Water Quality Directive (2006/7EC) EC (2007)EU Groundwater Daughter Directive (2006/118/EC) Water for People and the Environment Water Resources Strategy for England and Wales (EA, 2009) WAG (2004) TAN15 – Development and Flood Risk Draft River Basin Management Plans SOILS, MINERALS, WASTE EC (1999) EU Landfill Directive (99/31/EC) EC (2000) EU Framework Directive on Waste (75/442/EEC) WAG (2002) Wise about Waste – the National Waste Strategy for Wales WAG (2001) TAN21 – Waste WAG (2004) Minerals TAN1 – Aggregates WAG (2001) Minerals Planning Policy Wales Towards a Zero Waste Future One Wales: One Planet North Wales Regional Waste Plan – First Review 2007 Regional Technical Statement on Aggregates 2008 Gwynedd Municipal Waste Strategy (Gwynedd LPA) Isle of Anglesey Municipal Waste Management Strategy, 2004 (Anglesey LPA) TRANSPORT European Commission White Paper on the European Transport Policy WAG (2008) One Wales: Connecting the Nation – The Wales Transport Strategy The Transport Framework for Wales November 2001 DFT (2004): The Future of Transport: A Network for 2030 DFT (2008): Delivering a Sustainable Transport System WAG (2007) TAN18 – Transport DEFRA (2000) Countryside Rights of Way Act 2000 TAITH Regional Public Transport Plan TAITH Regional Transport Plan

3 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

TRACC regional Transport Plan (Mid Wales (Gwynedd LPA) TRACC Regional Transport Plan (Mid Wales) (Gwynedd LPA) Gwynedd Rights of Way Improvement Plan (Gwynedd LPA) Gwynedd Community Transport Strategy (Gwynedd LPA) Isle of Anglesey Local Transport Plan

4 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

INTERNATIONAL

RIO DECLARATION ON ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE AND DEVELOPMENT Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Rio Declaration is a statement containing 27 principles supporting sustainable development. It states that the The Plan should promote sustainable only way to achieve economic progress is to link it with environmental protection. development. Development must not undermine the developmental needs of present and future generations.

THE JOHANNESBURG DECLARATION ON SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (2001) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Declaration made a commitment to building a humane, equitable and caring global society. It establishes The Plan should facilitate development that: that reflects the principles of sustainable • People are entitled to a healthy and productive life in harmony with nature development. • States shall cooperate to conserve, protect and restore the health and integrity of Earth’s ecosystem • In order to protect the environment, the precautionary approach shall be widely applied • Where there are threats of serious or irreversible damage, lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environmental degradation • Environmental impact assessment shall be undertaken for proposed activities that are likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment and are subject to a decision of a competent national authority.

EU SIXTH ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PLAN (JULY 2002) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The sixth Environment Action Programme is the EU’s 10-year policy programme for the environment. The The Plan should facilitate the programme identifies four environmental areas to be tackled for improvements: sustainable use of natural • Climate Change resources and be strongly underpinned • Nature and Biodiversity by the principles of sustainable • Environment and Health and quality of life development. • Natural Resources and Waste

Under these topics, seven thematic strategies have been identified to constitute the framework for action at the EU level in each of the areas:

6 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• Air quality • Soil Protection; • Sustainable use of Pesticides; • Marine Environment; • Waste Prevention and Recycling; • Sustainable Use of Natural Resources; and • Urban Environment.

EC (2006 REVISED) EUROPEAN SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This document sets out a single, coherent strategy on how the EU will more effectively live up to its long-standing The JLDP should reflect the objectives commitment to meet the challenges of sustainable development. It reaffirms the need for global solidarity and of the strategy and promote sustainable recognises the importance of working with partners outside the EU, including those rapidly developing countries development. which will have a significant impact on global sustainable development.

The overall aim of the renewed EU SDS is to support and promote actions to enable the EU to achieve continuous improvement of quality of life for both current and future generations, through the creation of sustainable communities able to manage and use resources efficiently and to tap the ecological and social innovation potential of the economy, ensuring prosperity, environmental protection and social cohesion.

The SDS identifies seven key challenges, with corresponding targets and actions:

• Climate change and clean energy; • Sustainable transport; • Sustainable consumption and production; • Conservation and management of natural resources; • Public health; • Social inclusion, demography and migration; and; • Global poverty and global sustainable development challenges.

NATIONAL

UK SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY – ‘SECURING THE FUTURE’ (2005) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP

7 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

In March 2005 the current UK Sustainable Development Strategy was published. The new strategy includes five The JLDP must be based on sound guiding principles and four agreed priorities. The five guiding principles are: sustainable development principles.

• Living within environmental limits - Respecting the limits of the planet's environment, resources and biodiversity - to improve our environment and ensure that the natural resources needed for life are unimpaired and remain so for future generations. • Ensuring a Strong, Healthy and Just Society - Meeting the diverse needs of all people in existing and future communities, promoting personal well-being, social cohesion and inclusion, and creating equal opportunity for all. • Achieving a Sustainable Economy - Building a strong, stable and sustainable economy which provides prosperity and opportunities for all, and in which environmental and social costs fall on those who impose them (polluter pays), and efficient resource use is incentivised. • Promoting Good Governance - Actively promoting effective, participative systems of governance in all levels of society - engaging people's creativity, energy, and diversity. • Using Sound Science Responsibly - Ensuring policy is developed and implemented on the basis of strong scientific evidence, whilst taking into account scientific uncertainty (through the precautionary principle) as well as public attitudes and values.

The four UK priorities are: i) Sustainable Consumption and Production - This includes efficient use of resources, considering the environmental impacts of products and materials across their whole life cycle, and ensuring economic growth is not at the expense of environmental degradation. ii) Climate Change and Energy - Scientific evidence increasingly suggests that man-made emissions are contributing significantly to climate change. Efforts need to be made to reduce the environmental impacts of our energy use, and prepare for climate changes that may now be unavoidable. iii) Natural Resources Protection and Environmental Enhancement - The natural environment and resources are vital to our existence and well-being. Efforts must be made to protect local and global environments, and to improve those that have been degraded. iv) Sustainable Communities - Communities at the local level need to embody the principles of sustainable development, in order to enhance quality of life locally, while minimising impact on the wider environment.

8 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

WAG (2006) ENVIRONMENT STRATEGY FOR WALES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This is the Welsh Assembly Government’s long-term strategy for the next 20 years. It is supported by a series of The JLDP should facilitate the general action plans. The strategy should be a means of providing a framework in order to achieve an environment that is improvement in the environment in the clean, healthy, varied and that is respected by the people of Wales. The aim is to obtain a special, thriving Plan Area. environment in Wales that contributes towards the health and well-being and economic and social interests of the residents of Wales.

The objectives of the Scheme are:- • To identify environmental boundaries and live within them. • In accordance with the Sustainable Development duty, to seek to ensure that every policy considers the environment. • To encourage collaboration across the public sector. • To work with partners in a business and voluntary sector field. • To encourage people to live in a sustainable way. • To respond to the problem now rather than in the future. Here are our priorities: • Reduce greenhouse gas emissions and attempt to adapt to the effects of climate change. • Protect and improve our biodiversity, by respecting the dynamics of nature. • Attempt to monitor and manage known environmental dangers. • Attempt to dispose of waste in a sustainable way. • Retain and improve our land and sea, our built environment, our natural resources and heritage, and develop and use them in a sustainable and fair way for the long-term benefit of the people of Wales.

WAG (2003) WALES A BETTER COUNTRY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The strategy relates to the social, economic and environmental vision for Wales for the future. Guidance is The JLDP should consider the strategic provided regarding the need for public services to be more radical and seek to collaborate in order to obtain better guidance contained within the Plan and outcomes. In order to achieve the vision set, there will be a need to deal with four specific fields, namely:- transpose these national objectives to a • assist more people to get jobs; local level. • health improvement; • developing strong and safe communities; and • create better jobs and improve skills

9 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The vision is the need to:- • Create a varied and competitive economy. • Create a fair society that tackles poverty issues. • Create a more prosperous environment in terms of biodiversity and sustainable developments. • Create a stronger identity for the people of Wales. • Create a better quality of life for future generations. • Attempt to encourage people to live healthier lives. • Promote collaboration and participation.

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT SCHEME AND ACTION PLAN FOR THE NATIONAL ASSEMBLY FOR WALES (2004) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Action Plan outlines key actions to deliver sustainable development in Wales. The Action Plan contains The JLDP should facilitate growth in targets and indicators under the following themes: tourism directly as well as indirectly in • Climate change order to help achieve the overall aim. • Liveable Places, Strong Communities • Our Natural Environment • Supporting Welsh Business in Sustainable Production • Reducing Consumption • Leadership and Delivery • Creating Organisational Excellence • Delivering through our Agents • Delivering with Local Government • Delivering with Partners • Wales: A Global Citizen • Promoting awareness and Leadership • Education for a Sustainable Future • Making our Money Talk – Procurement, Grants • Food

ONE WALES: ONE PLANET: CONSULTATION ON A NEW SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WALES MAY 2009 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Plan introduces a strategic framework that notes how policies could ensure that sustainable developments The JLDP should consider the are provided. The Plan places emphasis on the need to help the most deprived people and seek to reduce our objectives of the Plan and incorporate

10 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

environmental impact. sustainability principles within its policies. One way of attempting to ensure that the carbon footprint of Wales is reduced is by looking at transport, food and housing. Policies need to be radical and ones that ensure that the issue is dealt with as swiftly as possible.

Sustainable development needs to be a key part of strategic policies. This is achieved by:- • Consultation – people and communities need to be an important part of sustainable development. • Integration – in order to achieve sustainable development, there is a need to integrate economic, social and environmental challenges.

These objectives will be achieved by means of the following:- - Decoupling - Comprehensive values and benefits - Precautionary principle - Principle of polluter having to pay - Proximity principle - Reflecting uniqueness

WAG (2008) RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WALES 2007 -2013 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Rural Development Plan (2007-2013) is the Plan and mechanism that would give guidance to the Welsh The JLDP should consider the Assembly Authority in relation to the transfer of activities that support the countryside and rural communities. It objectives of the Rural Development Plan and facilitate, economic, social and sets a strategy for development in rural areas in Wales and includes an analysis of the current situation. The Plan introduces a few issues that will need to be considered in future, including: environmental improvement in rural areas. • Low employment and production levels • Young adult emigration levels The JLDP should facilitate the improvement and diversification of the • The vitality of communities rural economy.

The Plan’s vision and objectives are as follows:- The JLDP should ensure that the rural • Promote information economy is supported and promoted.

• Target land use in a sustainable way

11 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• Use forest land in a sustainable way • Improve the quality of life in rural areas • Seek to promote diversification in the rural economy

LOCAL (GWYNEDD LPA)

THREE YEAR PLAN (2011-2014) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Three Year Plan is a key document for the Council since it is a strategic plan that summarises the The JLDP should incorporate the improvement objectives that the Council wishes to address over the next three years. principles of sustainable development throughout the Plan. The Plan gives most attention to the main changes that the Council is committed to achieving through specific programme and projects. Most of them look out to improve services to residents but others enable the Council to do so. The following topic areas are addressed:

i) Economy ii) Care iii) Children iv) Environment v) Health vi) Language

REGENERATION STRATEGY 2006-2013 PART OF THE GWYNEDD REGENERATION FRAMEWORK Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – to develop and support vibrant and viable communities that have the confidence to venture and the The JLDP should facilitate the desire and ability to contribute their own solutions to the challenges and to take advantage of new opportunities. sustainable development of communities, the economy and the Main Objectives:- environment in the Plan Area. i) Disseminate prosperity and ensure economic growth across Gwynedd ii) Provide opportunities for the entire community to play its part in the prosperity of the county by means of social activity and participation iii) Respond to the changes in the traditional economic foundations of Gwynedd iv) Develop a confident, advanced and flexible workforce with high-standard skills v) Increase the salary rates of Gwynedd and improve the quality of jobs

12 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

vi) Respond to the change in demographic patterns vii) Respond to the physical deterioration of town centres and villages and to the derelict buildings in our communities viii) Meet the local housing need, by considering the high number of empty houses in the county, and ensure that suitable and affordable homes are available ix) Maintain the rich natural environment of the county x) Maintain and build upon the unique character of Gwynedd, and take advantage of opportunities that derive from the culture and the Welsh language.

GWYNEDD ENVIRONMENTAL STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Main objective – A quality natural and built environment that will be improved, protected and maximised. The JLDP should incorporate the principles of sustainable development In order to reach the above-mentioned objective, priority will be given to: and promote the protection of the i) Protecting and improving the natural environment and variety of wildlife in the area environment. ii) Reducing private and commercial waste, encourage recycling and reusing and promoting methods of saving energy iii) Encouraging people to enjoy, respect and become more aware of the wealth and contribution of the local environment iv) Maintaining and enriching the built quality of the area in a way that will respect and enrich the local culture, environment and character v) Promoting effective and sustainable transport that will provide more choice for users

LLWYDDO’N LLEOL PLAN 2008/09 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision - The strategic need identified in Rural Gwynedd as part of the Llwyddo’n Lleol initiative is to foster and The JLDP should contribute to fostering develop young people to become enterprising within their communities, contributing to the development of their and developing young people to become area and the local economy, and crucially giving them the skills, know-how, hands-on experience and confidence enterprising within their communities, to do so. contributing to the development of their area and the local economy, and Llwyddo’n Lleol, therefore, has the following aims: crucially giving them the skills, know- how, hands-on experience and • to foster and develop young people to become enterprising within their communities, whether through confidence to do so. self-employment, employment or everyday life • to enable them to contribute to the development of their area

13 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• to assist them to become participators, contributors and future stakeholders within the local economy • to give them the skills, know-how, hands-on experience and confidence to do so.

14 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT POLICY

INTERNATIONAL

EC (1997) EUROPEAN SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT PERSPECTIVE (97/150/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The European Spatial Development Perspective (ESPD) was agreed by the Member States of the European The JLDP should promote sustainable Union, in co-operation with the Commission in May 1999. It supported the fact that proper spatial planning can communities and facilitate spatially help avoid increases in regional disparities. The main aim of the ESDP is to maintain the individual characteristics balanced development. of the various countries within the EU while simultaneously increasing integration between the member states, socially and economically with the protection of the environment as a core element.

The ESDP has three underlying objectives: • Economic and Social Cohesion across the Community • Conservation of natural resources and cultural heritage. • Balanced competitiveness across the EU.

Subsidiarity is seen as the key to achieving its objectives. The ESDP places much emphasis on the importance of co-operation between different tiers of government, from local to regional through to Community level.

NATIONAL

WAG (2008) WALES SPATIAL PLAN UPDATE Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The purpose of the Wales Spatial Plan is to ensure that what is done in the public, private and third sectors in The JLDP should consider the aims of Wales is integrated and sustainable, and that actions within an area support each other and jointly move towards the Wales Spatial Plan and promote a shared vision for Wales and for the different parts of Wales. It achieves this through collaborative working and sustainable communities in the Plan the vertical and horizontal integration of policies Area. nationally and regionally.

BUILDING SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITIES Focus regeneration to enhance the natural and built environment and deliver sustainable communities and a high quality of life within a healthy local economy. Develop a public health strategic framework for Wales which is spatially orientated. PROMOTING A SUSTAINABLE ECONOMY

15 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Collaborate across sectors and organisations to ensure job opportunities, infrastructure (including transport, ICT and other elements), skills and public health are delivered together in order to achieve our long-term aim of 80 per cent of working-age population in employment. Work with the Rural Development Plan for Wales local partnerships to improve our understanding of rural community needs and to help these groups develop spatial mechanisms to address those issues. Integrate and mainstream infrastructure provision into the Spatial Plan Area Strategies, including regional waste planning. VALUING OUR ENVIRONMENT Define the concept of low-carbon regions and how this can be achieved in each Area. Develop a response to climate change through each Area Group’s delivery framework. Develop a strategy to reduce each Area’s ecological footprint across the range of its activities, and set this out in the Area’s delivery framework. Implement coastal management Identify areas of environmental opportunity in Spatial Plan Areas to improve wellbeing and quality of life in Wales’ rural areas in particular ACHIEVING SUSTAINBLE ACCESSIBILITY Work within the national and regional transport planning frameworks to improve the quality and sustainability of connections between key settlements, within and between the Wales Spatial Plan Areas. Integrate sustainable transport solutions with community and development planning to improve access to services and facilities. Improve the quality of ICT networks in Wales as well as reducing barriers to accessing ICT, such as skills. RESPECTING DISTINCITIVENESS Develop and promote distinct identities for key settlements and landscapes by encouraging sustainable design initiatives. Work with Visit Wales and the regional tourism partnerships to re-define the spatial dimension of tourism destination management areas and tourism marketing areas in Wales. Ensure that the delivery of the Cultural Tourism Action Plan is spatially aligned and that local sense of place and distinctiveness is reinforced. Encourage local authorities, the private and third sectors to promote cultural activities and work in partnership to deliver high quality cultural experiences for communities

WAG (2010) PLANNING POLICY WALES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Seeks to ensure that future developments are sustainable in order to improve the quality of the environment. The JLDP should consider the objectives of Planning Policy Wales in

16 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Gives guidance on sustainable land use along with guidance for Local Planning Authorities when preparing Local the formulation of its policies. Development Plans.

Planning Policy Wales includes policy guidance on subjects such as:- • residential developments • retail • transport • the need to protect the historical environment • the need to maintain the economy • infrastructure and services • sport tourism • entertainment and managing pollution risks

WAG (1996) TAN3 – SIMPLIFIED PLANNING ZONES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Gives guidance to Local Planning Authorities on Simplified Planning Zones (SPZ) and assesses whether or not The JLDP should consider the guidance they are required. In instances where there is a proven need, there would be a need to ensure that they comply when formulating its policies. with the guidance in the TAN.

LPA needs to keep the issue of whether or not it wishes to obtain Simplified Planning Zones (SPZ) in their area, under review. Designating a SPZ is a way of developing or redeveloping a specific area. An area identified as a SPZ avoids the delays that can occur with planning applications. SPZ allows specific types of development in that area, subject to any conditions or restrictions imposed.

WAG (1997) TAN9 – ENFORCEMENT AND PLANNING CONTROL Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance on enforcement and the planning system. Important that the JLDP’s policies reflect the planning requirements for The planning system manages the development of land in the interests of the public and for the welfare of the development in accordance with public. The LPA is responsible for making decisions in relation to planning applications. When assessing the planning regulations. possibility of taking enforcement measures, consideration should be given to whether or not it is likely for the development to have an unacceptable impact on the public’s amenities. Enforcement steps must correspond to the planning rules that have been breached. Prospective developers are encouraged to contact the LPA before proceeding to develop land in order to ensure that the intended action complies with planning regulations. The TANs also provide clear guidance on how to submit a retrospective application in cases where the applicant has

17 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

undertaken a development without planning consent. In the cases of development considered to be unauthorised, it may also be possible to impose conditions on the permission.

REGIONAL

NORTH WALES DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Vision of North Wales is one of a region where unique people, business and environment create the The JLDP should facilitate the conditions required for success. The North will be: sustainable development of communities, the environment and the • a technically innovative and developmental region; economy in the Plan Area. • a region of inclusive communities with good links in rural and urban circles; • a region with an adaptable workforce who possess appropriate skills; • a region where business and individuals take advantage of the special environment in order to obtain a competitive advantage; • a region where history, language, culture and strength of identity will reinforce the unique quality of life • a region where all stakeholders and agencies work together effectively in accordance with a common agenda to achieve common priorities.

C L O S I N G T H E G A P : NORTH WEST WALES SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision: The JLDP should reflect the objectives of the strategy incorporating the An extrovert, confident area where unique cultural and natural assets are the basis of a high quality of life, more prosperity and the health and well-being of all its residents and communities. principles of sustainable development in all relevant policies. Aims: Places: spatial development Key challenge: Develop key settlements and rural areas in a way that corresponds to creating appropriate conditions for people to live and work locally, and support prosperity within the environmental capacity of the area. Aim: The difference between the rural and urban areas of north-west Wales will be less within a specific range of key social, economic and environmental indicators by 2020. Places: develop the infrastructure Key challenge: Ensure that the physical infrastructure and the network of facilities are able to withstand

18 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

environmental threats and facilitate economic growth and prosperity across north-west Wales. Aim: The difference between the rural and urban areas of north-west Wales will be less within a specific range of key social, economic and environmental indicators by 2020. Places: develop the infrastructure Key challenge: Ensure that the physical infrastructure and the network of facilities are able to withstand environmental threats and facilitate economic growth and prosperity across north-west Wales. Aim: By 2020, at no excessive cost to the environment, a transport and telecommunications infrastructure will be developed further in the rural and urban areas, the region’s facilities provision in the area will improve in order to facilitate growth in key locations and measures to mitigate the increasing risks of flooding will be prepared. People: develop skills Key challenge: Teach skills to the people of the area so that they are able to take maximum advantage of the economic opportunities and make the labour market more competitive. Aim: By 2020, a modern technological education and training system will have been provided, in order to meet the needs of employers and workers across north-west Wales. A higher proportion of the local population will be working and the workforce will be flexible and it will have earned good qualifications. People: the economy and prosperity Key challenge: Create a positive business environment that increases the impact of key sectors and exploits high value opportunities to create prosperity. Aim: By 2020, the gap between prosperity and the value of the economy in north-west Wales in comparison to Wales will be less, and the differences within the region will be less.

LOCAL

LOCAL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY 2007-2013 (GWYNEDD) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The aim of the Gwynedd Local Development Strategy is to increase the viability and sustainability of rural The JLDP should incorporate the communities in Gwynedd through diversifying the local economy by encouraging enterprise, increasing the quality principles of sustainable development and value of local product and sustainably exploiting the area’s natural and cultural assets. giving full consideration to the objectives of the Strategy. The objectives of the Gwynedd Local Development Strategy are:

19 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• To increase the range and quality of employment opportunities and reduce under-employment in rural Gwynedd • To diversify the rural economy by facilitating the reform of traditional sectors such as tourism and agriculture and developing new economic opportunities based on the local environment and the creativity of the rural population • To add value to the local economy by increasing the efficiency of local supply chains developing new innovative local products and adding value to the area’s current products. • To increase community capacity and sustainability by assisting communities to improve the local environment, develop new means of providing local services and new employment and development opportunities through social enterprise.

MÔN MENAI COASTAL IMPLEMENTATION PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Purpose of the Study: ‘Develop proposals to make the best use of the special coastline of Anglesey (in terms of The JLDP should consider the land use activities on land and sea), in order to increase the economic benefit as much as possible.’ implications of the listed projects and policies in the plan. The plan outlines specific proposals that have been grouped into twelve different themes:

1. Marine Proposals 2. Anglesey Coastal Path 3. Crossing the Menai Straits 4. The Cycling Coast 5. Menai Straits Water Bus 6. Rhosneigr Adrenaline Centre 7. Historical Attractions 8. Environmental Attractions 9. Commercial Activity Partnerships 10. Accommodation 11. Spending Opportunities 12. Transportation Roads

The plan notes 58 individual projects that are included under the above-mentioned themes and notes priority projects.

SNOWDONIA GREEN KEY STRATEGY 2005 (GWYNEDD)

20 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Aims and objectives of the strategy are: The JLDP should support and promote the tourism industry whilst at the same i) Develop and manage leisure and visitor activities within northern Snowdonia time, protecting the environment and the ii) Improve visitor experiences interests of local communities. iii) Increase tourism input in the local econom iv) Establish an efficient and effective integrated transport system v) Ensure access to facilities and essential services via a wider range of high quality transport opportunities vi) Reduce visiotrs’ dependency on private motor vehicles vii) Protect and improve the unique environment of the area. viii) Improve parking facilities ix) Develop effective traffic management system x) Improve and extend cycling routes and footpaths xi) Effective marketing of the Sherpa bus

SNOWDONIA NATIONAL PARK LDP 2007-2022 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Local Development Plan builds on national and regional policy to provide the development strategy and policy The JLDP should should compliment framework within which provision is made for the development and conservation needs of the National Park for a the planning principles contained in the fifteen-year period, from 2007 up to the year 2022. The land use planning dimension of the National Park Snowdonia LDP and have regard to Management Plan is put into effect through the statutory Local Development Plan. It will be used by the Authority designations and allocations which can to encourage the right development in the right locations, providing a basis by which planning applications can be affect both LPA Areas. determined consistently and appropriately.

21 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

BIODIVERSITY

INTERNATIONAL

CONVENTION ON BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY (1992) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The objectives of this Convention, to be pursued in accordance with its relevant provisions, are the conservation The Plan should facilitate the of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits conservation and protection of arising out of the utilization of genetic resources, including by appropriate access to genetic resources and by biodiversity and be consistent with the appropriate transfer of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to objectives of national conservation technologies, and by appropriate funding. strategies.

EUROPEAN BIODIVERSITY STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Strategy aims to anticipate, prevent and attack the causes of significant reduction or loss of biological The Plan should facilitate the diversity at the source and is developed under the four following themes: protection, conservation and • Conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity enhancement of biodiversity. • Sharing of benefits arising out of the utilisation of genetic resources • Research, identification, monitoring and exchange of information • Education, training and awareness

UN(1971) CONVENTION ON WETLANDS OF INTERNATIONAL IMPORTANCE (RAMSAR CONVENTION) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Ramsar Convention covers all aspects of wetland conservation and wise use. It requires Member States to: The Plan should facilitate the • Designate wetlands of international importance as Ramsar Sites protection of biodiversity and enhance • Promote the wise-use of all wetlands; and restore wetland habitats where • Further the wise-use of wetlands and their resources. possible reflecting their relative significance.

EC (1979) EU WILD BIRDS DIRECTIVE (79/409/EEC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The EC Wild Birds Directive provides a framework for the conservation and protection of all bird species naturally The Plan will need to consider the living in the wilds within the European territory of the Member States. It seeks to protect, manage and regulate all objectives of the Directive and bird species naturally living in the wild including their eggs, their nests and habitats. The Directive recognises that recognise and respect the distribution

22 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

habitat loss and degradation are the most serious threats to the conservation of wild birds. Member States must of protected habitats and species. conserve, maintain or restore the biotypes and habitats of these birds by: • Creating protection zones • Maintaining the habitats • Restoring destroyed biotypes • Creating biotypes

EC (1994) EU HABITATS DIRECTIVE (92/43/EEC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The main aim of the EC Habitats Directive is to promote the maintenance of biodiversity by requiring Member The JLDP should include detailed States to take measures to maintain or restore natural habitats and wild species at a favourable conservation policies for the conservation and, status, introducing robust protection for those habitats and species of European importance. where appropriate, enhancement of international, national and local The provisions of the Directive require Member States to introduce a range of measures including the protection designated sites, reflecting their of species listed in the Annexes; to undertake surveillance of habitats and species and produce a report every six relative significance. years on the implementation of the Directive. The 189 habitats listed in Annex I of the Directive and the 788 species listed in Annex II, are to be protected by means of a network of sites. Each Member State is required to The Plan will need to consider the prepare and propose a national list of sites for evaluation in order to form a European network of Sites of requirements of the Directive. Community Importance (SCIs). Once adopted, these are designated by Member States as Special Areas of Relevant habitats will need to be Conservation (SACs), and along with Special Protection Areas (SPAs) classified under the EC Birds Directive, identified and where necessary form a network of protected areas known as Natura 2000. The Directive was amended in 1997 by a technical designated appropriately within the adaptation Directive. JLDP. Policies should encourage management of features of the landscape that are of major importance for wild flora and fauna.

Any plan or project that is likely to have a significant impact on a designated site should undergo an Appropriate Assessment of its implications for the conservation objectives of the site.

A Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) will need to be undertaken during the JLDP preparation in

23 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

accordance with the requirements of the Habitats Directive to assess the implications of the plan for European sites.

EC (2006) EU FRESHWATER FISH DIRECTIVE (2006/44/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The EC Freshwater Fish Directive (2006/44/EC) was originally adopted on 18 July 1978 but consolidated in 2006. The Plan should facilitate the The Directive seeks to protect those fresh water bodies identified by Member States as waters suitable for protection and enhancement of water sustaining fish populations. For those waters it sets physical and chemical water quality objectives for salmonid quality. waters and cyprinid waters.

NATIONAL

UK BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN (2005) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The UK Biodiversity Action Plan, published in 1994, was the UK Government’s response to signing the The JLDP will need to take account of Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) at the 1992 Rio Earth Summit. The plan set out a programme for the UK Biodiversity Action Plan and conserving the UK’s biodiversity. policies should facilitate the protection, The UK BAP sets out three types of Action Plans with targeted actions: conservation and enhancement of species and habitats identified in the i) Species Action Plans; Plan. ii) Habitat Action Plans; and iii) Local Biodiversity Action Plans

A review of the UK BAP priority list in 2007 led to the identification of 1,150 species and 65 habitats that meet the BAP criteria at UK level.

THE CONSERVATION OF HABITATS AND SPECIES REGULATIONS 2010 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Conservation Regulations makes provision for implementing the EC Habitats Directive on the conservation of The JLDP should include detailed natural habitats of wild fauna and flora. The main aim of the EC Habitats Directive is to promote the maintenance policies for the conservation and, of biodiversity by requiring Member States to take measures to maintain or restore natural habitats and wild where appropriate, enhancement of

24 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

species at a favourable conservation status, introducing robust protection for those habitats and species of international, national and local European importance. In applying these measures Member States are required to take account of economic, designated sites, reflecting their social and cultural requirements and regional and local characteristics. relative significance.

WILDLIFE AND COUNTRYSIDE ACT 1981 (AS AMENDED BY SCHEDULE 9 OF THE COUNTRYSIDE AND RIGHTS OF WAY ACT (2000) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (WCA 1981) consolidates and amends existing national legislation to The JLDP should facilitate the implement the Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats (Bern Convention) and enhancement, conservation and Council Directive 79/409/EEC on the Conservation of Wild Birds (Birds Directive) in Great Britain. The Act is protection of biodiversity in the Plan concerned with the protection of wildlife and their habitat (countryside, national parks and designated protected Area. areas).

WAG (1996) TAN5 – NATURE CONSERVATION AND PLANNING Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance on special conservational considerations and how the issue needs to be dealt with in the case of The JLDP should consider the specific planning applications that could affect special conservational designations. guidance when formulating al its policies relating to nature conservation. Protecting conservations and realising biodiversity objectives is critical to the LPA. Before making decisions It is important that the JLDP is based regarding special conservation designations, consideration would have to be given to all extant planning on a sufficient understanding of the permissions that could affect the proposed area. geology, landscape, species and habitats of the area.

WAG (1997) TAN10 – TREE PRESERVATION ORDERS Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance on how a LPA can protect trees and woodlands of special importance for the benefit of the amenities of It is important to ensure that any policy local residents. relating to trees reflects the principles of the TAN. In addition, possibly when In order to safeguard important trees, the LPA has powers to impose Tree Preservation Orders. The purpose of attempting to allocate land for specific this order is to prohibit the felling, uprooting, lopping, pruning, making intentional damage or intentional destruction use, attempts should be made to of a tree. Also, the LPA has powers to plant trees as required in addition to imposing conditions on a planning ensure that there is no Tree application that notes that the developer should plant trees in order to conceal the development as it progresses. Preservation Order on the site that could consequently prevent any proposed development.

THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT AND RURAL COMMUNITIES ACT 2006

25 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act is designed to help achieve a rich and diverse natural The JLDP should aim to protect and environment and thriving communities through modernised and simplified arrangements for delivering enhance the natural environment in the Government policy. It provides legislative changes to amend nature conservation legislation, and in relation to Plan Area. bylaws for motor vehicles (giving NPs the power to make traffic regulation orders); SSSIs and extends the CRoW biodiversity duty for example.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD & ANGLESEY LPAS)

PEN LLYN & SARNAU MANAGEMENT PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The purpose of this management plan is to set out how the relevant authorities intend to meet these obligations to The Plan should facilitate the the Pen Llyn a’r Sarnau cSAC in order to secure the conservation of the site features. conservation and protection of the features of the Pen Llyn & Sarnau Plans and projects must be subjected to appropriate assessment in view of their implications for the conservation SAC. of the site. In these cases, existing legislative/administrative procedures exist within which any requirement for appropriate assessment is determined.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD)

NATUR GWYNEDD Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Main objective: Safeguard and improve biodiversity within the UK and contribute towards safeguarding global The Plan should facilitate the biodiversity by using suitable methods. conservation, protection and where appropriate, enhancement of Other objectives: biodiversity and be consistent with the • to contribute towards safeguarding and improving local biodiversity, in Wales, on a UK level and objectives of Natur Gwynedd worldwide • to develop effective local partnerships in order to facilitate the task of promoting integrated biodiversity that will be sustainable in the long-term • to add to our information about the biodiversity of Gwynedd • to raise public awareness about biodiversity in Gwynedd • it is a long-term, active and live document

26 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

LOCAL (ANGLESEY)

WORKING FOR THE WEALTH OF WILDLIFE: ANGLESEY’S LOCAL BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The aim of Anglesey’s Local Biodiversity Action Plan (LBAP) is to translate some UK Habitat and Species Action The Plan should facilitate the Plans into local action, whilst also seeking to conserve and enhance some others which are particularly important conservation, protection and where here. appropriate, enhancement of biodiversity and be consistent with the The plan’s objectives are to seek to :- objectives of the Biodiversity Action Ensure that national targets for species and habitats (in UK Action Plan), are translated into effective Plan. action at the local level, covering habitats and species which are:- o internationally and nationally important; o native to Anglesey (or semi-natural) particularly if rare or threatened in the county. Identify targets for species and habitats appropriate to Anglesey and reflect the value that local people place on wildlife. Develop effective local partnerships to ensure that programmes for biodiversity, its conservation and protection, are maintained in the long term. Raise public awareness and involvement in conserving and enhancing Anglesey’s biodiversity resource. Provide a basis for monitoring progress in biodiversity conservation, at both local and national levels.

Underlying Principles, for Anglesey’s LBAP: Biodiversity action should be an integral part of local government policy and programmes, as well as involving individuals, communities, and other bodies, in partnership. Work should be based upon a sound knowledge base; the precautionary principle (Box 1) should guide environmental decisions where there is a lack of information.

27 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

COMMUNITIES

INTERNATIONAL

AARHAUS CONVENTION Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The main aim of the Aarhaus Convention is to protect the right of every person of present and future generations It should be ensured that the public are to live in an environment adequate to his or her health and well-being and be guaranteed rights of access of effectively involved in the plan information, public participation in decision-making and access to justice in environmental issues. The preparation process. Convention provides for:

• Public access to environmental information; • Public participation in decision-making on matters related to the environment: provision; and • Access to justice (i.e. administrative or judicial review proceedings) in environmental matters.

EC (2002) EU DIRECTIVE ON ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE (02/49/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The main aim of the Directive is to avoid, prevent or limit the effects, including annoyance cause by exposure to The Plan should ensure policy criteria environmental noise. The Directive contains four elements: take account of the impact of development in relation to noise • Monitoring the environmental problem by drawing up ‘strategic noise maps’; generation in order to avoid, reduce • Informing and consulting the public about noise and mitigate environmental noise. • Addressing local noise issues by requiring competent authorities to draw up action plans • Developing a long-term EU strategy which includes objectives to reduce the number of people affected by noise.

NATIONAL

MAKING THE CONNECTIONS Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The JLDP should reflect the principles Sets the Assembly’s vision for a Wales that is more prosperous, sustainable, bilingual, healthier and better contained in the document which will educated. ensure effective public participation in the Plan development process. The scheme is attempting to achieve four main visions, namely:

28 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• Create a service for the citizens that better responds to the needs of users, thus people need to be part of the process of drawing up the service that benefits residents. • Ensure that all sectors of society have an opportunity to contribute • Seek to increase collaboration by ensuring that the service provided is sustainable, of quality and is responsive. • Take advantage of our money in order to ensure value for money.

WALKING AND CYCLING STRATEGY FOR WALES (2003) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Assembly Government's Walking and Cycling Strategy for Wales aims to: The JLDP should promote walking and • increase opportunities for walking and cycling; and cycling opportunities in the Plan Area. • integrate walking and cycling more fully with public transport in Wales's sustainable travel programme.

Key objectives are to: • Improve the health and well being of Wales through increased physical activity; • Improve the local environment for walkers and cyclists; • Encourage sustainable travel to combat climate change; • Increase levels of walking and cycling through promotion of facilities; and • Ensure that walking and cycling are prioritised in policies, guidance and funding.

A WALKING AND CYCLING ACTION PLAN FOR WALES 2009 - 2013 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Action Plan brings together all the key initiatives which the Welsh Assembly Government and its key partners The JLDP should promote walking and are undertaking or planning to undertake in support of walking and cycling in Wales. cycling opportunities in the Plan Area.

The Welsh Assembly core objectives here are to: Improve the health and well-being of the population through increased physical activity Improve the local environment for walkers and cyclists Encourage sustainable travel as a practical step in combating climate change Increase levels of walking and cycling through promotion of facilities Ensure that walking and cycling are prioritised in crosscutting policies, guidance and funding

The Plan contains a range of actions aimed to deliver these objectives and are grouped under the following four themes:

29 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

A. Changing Behaviour - Walking and cycling to make an increasing contribution towards climate change targets and raising levels of physical activity.

B. Sustainable Travel encouraged via better Walking and Cycling Infrastructure - To create safe, attractive and convenient infrastructure for pedestrian and cycle travel.

C. Policy Objectives - Ensure that walking and cycling are included in cross-cutting policies, guidance and funding.

D. Evaluation - To enable the Welsh Assembly Government and delivery partners to track progress in delivering the actions of this Plan and intended outcomes.

WELL-BEING IN WALES (2002) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Health, public health and social services care are at the core of the Assembly Government’s activity. This The JLDP should consider the document highlights the relevance of health and well-being to all elements of policy and highlights the importance requirements of the strategy and of people’s health for the economy. Notes actions for the Assembly in an attempt to reduce the levels of health ensure that the health and well-being inequality in different sectors of society in Wales. Seeks to ensure that health workers contribute towards of residents are given full consideration creating a strong society and other policy aims in their day to day activities. There is a national strategy for local in all aspects of the Plan. health, social care and well-being strategies.

Protect and improve health in Wales by:- • Ensuring that public policies (not just health policies), contribute to improving people’s health and well-being. • Creating a social and physical Environment that encourages and supports well-being. • Developing people’s personal skills and understanding so that they take more responsibility for health and make the right choices for themselves and their children. • Strengthening communities is important in order to improve well-being. • Ensuring that the health service is effective, efficient and accessible to all, and plays a key part in the prevention of sickness and disease.

SPORTS TOURISM IN WALES: A FRAMEWORK FOR ACTION (2003) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Establishes a framework to maximise the social and economic tourism advantages associated with sport in The JLDP should facilitate the Wales. improvement in access to leisure and sports facilities connected to tourism in

30 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The objectives of the plan are as follows:- the Plan Area, promoting leisure • Improve visitors’ access to sports and active recreation. developments that are • Improve the quality of the visitor’s experience. environmentally, economically and • Raise the profile of Wales as a sport tourism destination. socially sustainable. • Understand the needs and characteristics of the sports visitor.

CLIMBING HIGHER: A STRATEGY FOR SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY (2005) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A scheme aiming to increase the levels of physical activities and create an environment that encourages safe and The improvement in health and well- healthy activities and that gives everyone in society an opportunity to take advantage of them. It is important to being of residents should be promoted attempt to ensure that health activities become part of people’s daily routines. In order to create a more active throughout the Plan and the social and Wales, there is a need to identify a way of improving collaboration between the public sector, the private sector economic factors that influence health and the third sector. Ensuring a healthy society is very important as an unhealthy population can be a burden on should be addressed. society. The built environment is a way of encouraging people to be more active as it allows them to walk or cycle in order to receive necessary services. The JLDP should promote easy access to open spaces, services, Creating a Wales that is active, healthy and inclusive where sports, physical activity and active leisure provides a leisure and sports facilities and open common platform for participation, having fun and success which ties communities and the nation together. spaces. Within the next five years, the aim is to attempt to have 5% more of the adult population to undertake the recommended amount of physical activity (namely 30 minutes of relatively intense physical exercise twice a week).

The strategic aims are as follows:- • Active environment – develop a physical environment that makes it easier for people to choose to become more active. • Active children and young people – support children and young people to live active lives and become active adults. • Active adults – Encourage more adults to be more active. • Sports for all – Increase participation in sports amongst all parts of the population.

In order to ensure that people become more active, consideration must be given to issues such as the distance between people and local services, designing streets in order to promote physical activity, be environmentally attractive and safe, measures to reduce and slow-down traffic, well-designed cycle paths, cycling facilities, and accessible access to green spaces such as gardens and play areas.

31 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

WAG (1997) TAN11 – NOISE Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance on noise considerations that need to be taken into account when making decisions on planning The Plan should ensure policy criteria applications. take account of the impact of development in relation to noise Note that any development that creates noise should not cause any disturbance. In addition, a LPA must generation in order to avoid, reduce consider proposals for development that are sensitive to noise which are not in-keeping with existing activities, and mitigate environmental noise. taking into account the level of exposure to noise. Any development that is likely to create noise should consider any measures that could be taken to mitigate any negative impact.

WAG (1998) TAN16 – SPORT AND RECREATION Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Encourage the provision of appropriate playing fields that are beneficial in terms of leisure and amenities, as well The JLDP should facilitate an as the environmental contribution that would derive from it. improvement in the health and well- being of residents by improving access The Sports Council for Wales provides advice on all aspects of planning for sports and leisure. When considering to open spaces as well as promoting planning applications, consideration will need to be given to the relationship between land use and leisure and leisure developments that are conservation interests. Possibly, with some types of development, there would be a need to have a provision of environmentally, economically and sport resources; that could be a means of safeguarding the natural or historical environment. It is important for socially sustainable. Local Authorities to consider how land in their ownership could contribute to the value of leisure. Should it be intended to get rid of a leisure area, a notice would have to be published to inform people of this intention. When it is considered that land has a leisure or amenity value, it should be safeguarded if it can be shown that there is a lack of access to open public spaces.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD)

GWYNEDD TOGETHER 2008 – 2012 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The community Strategy sets robust directions and guidance to improve the quality of life in Gwynedd based on The JLDP should incorporate the prioritisation that will strengthen actual collaboration across the county’s bodies. principles of sustainable development.

Vision – Collaborate to improve the quality of life of Gwynedd’s residents – to maintain and promote sustainable, prosperous and lively communities.

32 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

GWYNEDD HEALTH, SOCIAL CARE AND WELL-BEING STRATEGY 2008-2011 (GWYNEDD) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision - to aim for a level of health and well-being for the people of Gwynedd that is comparable to the best in The improvement in health and well- Europe. The main priorities of the Strategy are: being of residents should be promoted throughout the Plan and the social and i) to address the economic/social factors that affect health economic factors that influence health ii) to promote a healthy lifestyle should be addressed. ii) to redesign the service provision within the resources available, in order to better satisfy the population’s needs.

CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE STRATEGY 2008-2011 (GWYNEDD) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – By 2011, all children and young people in Gwynedd will have realised their right to live happy, satisfied The JLDP should contribute to and safe lives, to voice their opinion and to gain access to a range of opportunities, services and resources that fostering and developing young people will enable them to reach their full potential. to become enterprising within their communities, contributing to the Strategic Objective 1: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd have the best start in life. development of their area and the local Strategic Objective 2: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd have access to a comprehensive economy, and crucially giving them the variety of learning opportunities to enable them to achieve their potential. skills, know-how, hands-on experience Strategic Objective 3: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd are able to enjoy the best possible and confidence to do so. health and that they are free from victimisation, abuse and exploitation Strategic Objective 4: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd receive opportunities to participate in sports, leisure, play and cultural activities. Strategic Objective 5: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd are listened to, are treated with respect and are able to profess their race, language and cultural identity. Strategic Objective 6: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd have a safe home and community which supports their physical and emotional well-being. Strategic Objective 7: Ensure that the children and young people of Gwynedd are free from disadvantages due to financial poverty.

LOCAL (ANGLESEY)

ANGLESEY COMMUNITY STRATEGY: IMPROVING ANGLESEY LIFE 2005-2015 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This Draft Community Strategy for Anglesey – Improving Anglesey Life – represents some four years of The JLDP should incorporate the

33 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

preparation and discussion, and for clarity of purpose, Anglesey from this point on is calling this document a principles of sustainable development Strategy and not a Plan. Once finalised, it will be a strategy for the whole island, which will explain what kind of in terms of the social, economic and place Anglesey is now, what we want Anglesey to look like in the future and how we will make it the place we environmental characteristics as want it to be. outlined in the Strategy.

Key Strategic Aims Creating a prosperous future for Anglesey through sustainable economic regeneration. Creating healthy and active individuals and communities through tackling the underlying causes of ill- health and developing effective and efficient local health and care services. Protecting and enhancing the island’s rich, diverse and high quality natural and built environment through promoting balanced economic and social development with appropriate land management and high standards of design. Creating a safe island in which people can live securely in their homes and communities, free from the fear of crime through tackling the root economic, social and environmental causes of crime. Developing strong, vibrant and inclusive communities through promoting and supporting positive community-based regeneration. Developing fully bi-lingual communities through creating the appropriate social and economic conditions in which the Welsh language, culture and heritage can flourish and prosper.

HEALTH, SOCIAL CARE AND WELLBEING STRATEGY FOR ANGLESEY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Strategy focuses on future planning and commissioning priorities for service delivery to improve the health The JLDP should facilitate the and wellbeing of the population. development of healthy, strong and active communities. Vision: Healthy, strong and active communities The JLDP should promote the health and well-being of the population and Key Strategic Aims: address the wider issues that affect the Addressing all the wider issues that affect the health and well-being of the population e.g. the economy, health and well-being of the housing and transport population. Supporting people to be independent, healthy and active in their communities. Help people manage ill-health and chronic conditions Protect and enhance the island’s rich, diverse and high quality environment for the enjoyment of all To make a difference by working together

34 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

In working towards fulfilling these aims, the Anglesey HSCWB Strategic Partnership will be guided by the following cross-cutting principles: Promoting Sustainable Development Promoting Social Inclusion and Equality for all Promoting community safety and life free from the fear of crime Promoting The Welsh Language Promoting Strong and Effective Partnerships Promoting Personal Development, Achievement and Responsibility Promoting engagement, Involvement and Information

STRATEGY FOR OLDER PEOPLE ON ANGLESEY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This Strategy sets out a vision where Older People have choice and control over their lives. At its heart is an The JLDP should consider the needs appreciation of Older People as active, vital members of our communities. of older people as outlined in the strategy. The main aims of the Strategy To enhance the engagement with and participation of older people in society To challenge and address ageism and other forms of discrimination against older people. Promote more positive images of older people and to give older people a stronger voice in society. To strengthen and promote participation in community activities and volunteering by and for older people. To promote opportunities for older people to continue to learn and to remove barriers to employment. To promote health promotion and preventive action for older people. To promote health and social care policies which enable older people to live at home with appropriate help as long as possible.

35 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

CLIMATIC FACTORS

INTERNATIONAL

UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CONVENTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE 1994 (UNFCC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change outlines how countries should protect the world’s The Plan should address the issue of climate system for the benefit of present and future generations. The Convention’s main objective is to achieve climate change and should encourage stablisisation of greenhouse gases. the reduced emissions of harmful greenhouse gases.

KYOTO PROTOCOL (1997) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Protocol entered into force in February 2005. The Kyoto Protocol has been established to limit the growth in The Plan should address the issue of the emissions of greenhouse gases. Under the Kyoto Protocol, industrialised countries have agreed to limit or climate change and facilitate the reduce their emissions of six greenhouse gases. reduction in greenhouse gases as well as the promotion of renewable energy.

EUROPEAN CLIMATE CHANGE PROGRAMME

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The goal of the European Climate Change Programme is to identify and develop all the necessary elements of an The Plan should address the issue of EU strategy to implement the Kyoto Protocol. climate change and facilitate the reduction in greenhouse gases

EC (1996) EU AIR QUALITY FRAMEWORK DIRECTIVE (96/62/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Air Quality Framework Directive sets out an EU-wide system for setting binding air quality objectives for The Plan should facilitate the specific pollutants to protect human health and the environment. The Directive defines the policy framework for improvement of air quality 12 Air pollutants, namely sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, fine particulate matter, suspended particulate matter, lead and ozone, benzene, carbon monoxide, poly-aromatic hydrocarbons, cadmium, arsenic, nickel and mercury).

Generally Member States must: • put in place systems for assessing the quality of the ambient air based upon common methods and

36 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

criteria; • maintain ambient air quality where it is good and improve it in other cases, by means of plans and programmes of action

NATIONAL

UK AIR QUALITY STRATEGY (2000) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The National Air Quality Strategy (NAQS) was first published by the Department of The Environment in 1997. It The JLDP should aim to contribute to sets out a framework of standards and objectives for the air pollutants of most concern, with the aim of reducing the achievement of the objectives set the number and extent of episodes of air pollution, both in summer and winter. The eight priority pollutants are: out in the UK Air Quality Strategy and • sulphur dioxide (SO2) facilitate the improvement of air quality • particulate matter (PM10) and not exacerbate air pollution. • nitrogen dioxide (NO2) • carbon monoxide (CO) • lead • benzene 1 • 3-butadiene • tropospheric ozone (O3 )

The UK Government published the latest Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, in 17 July 2007.

The Strategy: • sets out a way forward for work and planning on air quality issues • sets out the air quality standards and objectives to be achieved • introduces a new policy framework for tackling fine particles • identifies potential new national policy measures which modelling indicates could give further health benefits and move closer towards meeting the Strategy's objectives.

CLIMATE CHANGE STRATEGY FOR WALES (OCT 2010) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Climate Change Strategy is a new policy, which builds on the Environment Strategy published in May 2006, The JLDP should aim to contribute to and the One Wales: One Planet document published in May 2009. the achievement of the objectives set The key points of the Strategy are as follows: out in the Strategy and facilitate the

37 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Restates the target of reducing greenhouse gas emissions from Wales by 3% per year from 2011 improvement of air quality and not (excluding heavy industry and power generation) exacerbate air pollution. Commitment to achieve 40% reduction in all greenhouse gas emissions by 2020 (against 1990 baseline) Specific targets for minimum emission reductions in each of six sectors: transport, residential, business, agriculture and land use, public sector, waste sector. Maximum level for emissions from public sector buildings so government can “lead by example.”

A national, co-ordinated approach to ensure that Wales is well placed to adapt to climate change.

CLIMATE CHANGE: THE UK PROGRAMME 2006 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Climate Change Programme sets out the UK governments policies and priorities for action in the UK and The Plan should address the issue of internationally. The objectives are as follows: climate change and should encourage the reduced emissions of harmful • The UK’s target under the Kyoto Protocol to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions is greenhouse gases. 12.5% below 1990 levels by 2008-2012; • The domestic goal is a 20% reduction in carbon dioxide emissions below 1990 levels by 2010; and • In the long term, UK carbon dioxide emissions should be cut by 60% by 2050.

DRAFT NATIONAL POLICY STATEMENT FOR NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION (EN-6) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This National Policy Statement (NPS), taken together with the ‘Overarching National Policy Statement for Energy: The JLDP should consider the national A Framework Document for Planning Decisions on Nationally Significant Energy Infrastructure’ (EN-1), provides policy statement when formulating the primary basis for decisions taken by the Infrastructure Planning Commission (IPC) on applications it receives policies relating to energy generation for the energy infrastructure. in the Plan Area.

In the long term, meeting the objectives in the Low Carbon Transition Plan will be a significant challenge. To achieve these objectives it is likely that by 2050 the UK will have to reduce emissions from the power sector to almost zero. Leading up to that period (and as set out in EN-1) there is a significant need for new major energy infrastructure including net additional electricity generating infrastructure. Around 30% of electricity generation will be from renewable sources by 2020; Under central assumptions there will be a need for approximately 60GW of net new capacity by 2025;

38 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Of this 60GW as much as 35GW could come from renewables (in line with our international obligations) with 25GW from other conventional generation capacity; Within the context of the overall strategic framework set by the Government, in principle new nuclear power should be free to contribute as much as possible towards meeting the need for 25GW of new non- renewable capacity. The Government expects that under this approach a significant proportion of the 25GW will in practice be filled by nuclear power. The Government believes that, it is in the public interest for sites that can have new nuclear power stations constructed on them significantly earlier than 2025 to make a contribution in displacing CO2 as soon as possible. All ten sites in this NPS are needed. The IPC should start its examination of development consent applications for new nuclear power stations on the basis that need has been demonstrated and should give this need, and the benefits of meeting it, substantial weight in determining the applications.

DRAFT NATIONAL POLICY STATEMENT FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE (EN-3) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This National Policy Statement (NPS), taken together with the ‘Overarching National Policy Statement for Energy: The JLDP should consider the national A Framework Document for Planning Decisions on Nationally Significant Energy Infrastructure’ (EN-1). policy statement when formulating policies relating to energy generation Providing the primary basis for decisions by the Infrastructure Planning Commission (IPC) on applications it in the Plan Area. receives for the renewable energy infrastructure

OUR ENERGY FUTURE – CREATING A LOW CARBON ECONOMY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The White paper defines a long-term strategic vision for energy policy combining our environmental, security of The JLDP should consider the supply, competitiveness and social goals. objectives of the plan when formulating policies relating to energy generation Stimulate new, more efficient sources of power generation, and cut emissions from the transport and agricultural in the Plan Area. sector.

WAG (2005) TAN8 – RENEWABLE ENERGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Refers to land use considerations that relate to renewable energy. The JLDP should facilitate the use of renewable energy in new

39 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Energy is an issue that has not been devolved to the Assembly. However, any application relating to renewable developments. energy would have to consider the Assembly’s policies. The Assembly fully supports the promotion of efficient energy and energy conservation. The planning system has an important role to play in order to ensure developments that include all types of renewable energy. In addition, guidance is provided on the need to locate wind developments in Strategic Search Areas (SSA). Some industrial sites have the potential to be developed for wind energy developments.

PLANNING FOR CLIMATE CHANGE Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Introduces the Assembly’s vision in relation to climate change and how it anticipates that the current climate The JLDP should address the issue of change impacts can be mitigated. climate change, encourage the reduced emissions of harmful In order to reduce the effects of climate change, intervention is needed now. This also means that the Assembly greenhouse gases and facilitate the needs to look at how it deals with climate change. Some of the main methods proposed are the necessity to improvement of air quality. produce a design statement, considering methods of micro-production that could be enforced for the development of dwellings by means of permitted development rights. It is also very important to give strong consideration to the location of new developments. In addition, the lead is taken on protecting biodiversity, water supply, waste management and the supply of sustainable energy.

ENERGY WALES: THE DIRECTION FOR A FUTURE OF CLEAN, LOW CARBON AND MORE COMPETITIVE ENERGY IN WALES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The vision in order to make Wales advanced in the clean energy field, whilst continuing to be internationally The JLDP should promote the use of competitive, is noted in the Plan. renewable energy in new developments and emphasise the The Plan’s vision is the need to make Wales the stage for clean energy whilst maintaining its ability to compete on relationship between energy and an international stage. The main implementation methods in order to achieve these objectives are as follows:- building design. • Raising awareness of the economic importance of energy and global warming • Energy efficiency • Developing renewable energy • Coal/ Catching and storing carbon • Improving the security of the supply • Strengthening the energy infrastructure • Innovation • Reduce carbon dioxide emissions

40 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

CULTURAL HERITAGE

NATIONAL

IAITH PAWB – A NATIONAL ACTION PLAN FOR A BILINGUAL WALES (2003) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Provides a national strategic framework. The action plan notes what the Assembly Government is seeking to The JLDP should protect and promote achieve and what is expected of special partnerships, such as local authorities, in order to achieve that. the Welsh language and cultural heritage and embrace the diversity within society. An ambitious vision had been established which testifies the Assembly’s efforts to attempt to increase the proportion of the population who is able to speak Welsh. It is noted that one of the main methods of increasing the number of Welsh speakers is by ensuring that pre-school age children learn the language; there is also a need to maintain the Welsh language. As well as the population being able to speak Welsh, there is a need for the residents of Wales to be able to undertake their daily activities through the medium of Welsh.

The targets that need to be reached are as follows:- * increase the numbers of Welsh speakers by 5% in comparison to the numbers noted in the 2001 census. * attempt to stop the decline in Welsh speakers in areas where 70% or more of the population are able to speak Welsh. * increase the number of children who receive secondary education through the medium of Welsh. * increase in the number of families who are able to speak Welsh.

In order to promote the Welsh language, it is important that an increase is seen in the use made of the Welsh language in day to day life.

WAG (2000) TAN20 – THE WELSH LANGUAGE – UDPS AND PLANNING CONTROL Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Sets guidance and policy context in relation to the Welsh language. The JLDP should protect and promote the Welsh language and cultural heritage It will be possible to include policies relating to development and the Welsh language in the LDP. This means that and embrace the diversity within society. the Welsh language would be a consideration when determining planning applications. It would also be possible to include a policy that promotes bilingual advertisements in the LDP also. The Welsh and English languages must be treated equally when the policies are being drawn up.

CULTURAL TOURISM STRATEGY FOR WALES (2003)

41 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A Framework to develop the potential of Wales as a cultural tourism destination. The unique history, language The JLDP should promote the Welsh and lifestyle of Wales are particular tourism assets that assist to separate Wales from other countries in the UK. A language and cultural heritage and framework is provided on how the quality of the cultural tourism products can be improved and how to ensure that embrace the diversity within society. it is promoted effectively. The Plan should embrace the opportunities which will arise as a Attempts to ensure that Wales is recognised worldwide as a destination that offers a quality cultural tourism consequence of the area’s linguistic and experience based on its unique culture that forms an essential part of the visitor’s complete experience. cultural resources.

It will be possible to achieve that vision by means of the following steps:- • Improve visitors’ access to culture. • Improve the quality of the visitors’ experience. • Raise the profile of Wales as a cultural tourism destination. • Understand the features and uses of cultural tourism.

42 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

ECONOMY

INTERNATIONAL

THE EUROPEAN EMPLOYMENT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The European Employment Strategy is an annual programme of planning, monitoring, examination and The Plan should facilitate economic readjustment of policies put in place by Member States to coordinate the instruments they use to tackle development and employment creation. unemployment. The Strategy is based on four components: In 2005 the Lisbon Strategy was revised in order to focus more closely on developing strong, sustainable growth and creating more and better jobs. The strategic goals include:

• To become the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion; • To regain the conditions for full employment and to strengthen cohesion by 2010; • To raise the overall EU employment rate to 70%; and • To increase the number of women in employment from an average to more than 60% by 2010

EC (REFORM 2003) EUROPEAN COMMON AGRICULTURAL POLICY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) ensures that farming and preservation of the environment go hand in The JLDP should support the hand. It helps develop the economic and social fabric of rural communities. It plays a vital role in confronting new agricultural sector to secure economic challenges such as climate change, water management, bioenergy and biodiversity. and environmental benefits.

CAP revisions are aimed at a gradual transfer of subsidy to support land stewardship rather than specific crop production. A relatively small number of key practices has a significant effect on the condition of wildlife. If CAP revision continues to address these there should be attendant benefits for biodiversity.

The 2003 reform was a key moment in the CAP’s development, adapting the policy to meet the new requirements of farmers, consumers and the planet. This approach continues to form the basis of the future development of the common agricultural policy of an enlarged Union present on the world stage.

NATIONAL

WAG (2001) FARMING FOR THE FUTURE

43 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A vision for the future of farming in Wales is introduced here. The vision notes the need for the industry to adapt The JLDP should give full consideration in order to be more prosperous in the future. to improving the agricultural industry, whilst at the same time, protecting the The main vision and objectives of the Plan are as follows:- environment. • developing quality products that are targeted at users who are prepared to pay for them. • the need for farmers to co-operate more amongst each other, and with food processes. • using IT to manage farm businesses in a modern, commercial way. • combining traditional skills with modern farming techniques, in order to cut costs and improve quality. • ensuring that environmental considerations are an integral part of farm practices. • extending the agricultural foundations. • welcoming diversification initiatives in the tourism field in order to generate additional income. • producing food that is safe and healthy, taking the environment and health and welfare of animals into account. • a countryside that is attractive to the eye and is a wealth of biodiversity, archaeology, history and culture, in order to maintain the tourism industry. • local food produce, in order to promote tourism and contribute towards a positive image of Wales for the rest of the world.

WAG (2005) WALES: A VIBRANT ECONOMY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Need to attempt to ensure sustainable economic growth by extending opportunities to all. In addition, guidance is The JLDP should facilitate sustainable given on the need to make the best use of the finance available as a result of the current review of the European economic growth in the Plan Area with Union’s regional policies for the merger from 2007 onwards. the aim of creating a vibrant and prosperous economy. In addition, the document attempts to identify how the individuals, businesses and establishments of Wales can take advantage of that money.

The Plan’s vision and objectives are as follows:- • Seek to ensure an improved rate of employment in Wales to that it matches the rate in the UK. • Improve the quality of jobs. • Attempt to assist to create more work. • Invest to regenerate communities and stimulate growth in the economy. • Attempt to support businesses and jobs by:- - investing in transport networks - attempting to encourage and contribute towards a new information bank for businesses

44 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

- improving skills by providing more training - attempting to encourage businesses to be more competitive, innovative and entrepreneurial - investment and trade - encouraging sustainable development, including the use of clean energy

WAG (2000) TAN6 – PLANNING SUSTAINABLE RURAL COMMUNITIES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The considerations that need to be emphasised when dealing with an application for an agricultural or rural The JLDP should consider the guidance development are presented. regarding agriculture and rural development and facilitate improvement The need for new developments to consider their location and ensuring that they do not affect farms is in the agricultural industry whilst at the emphasised. In addition, guidance is provided on reusing/adapting rural buildings and it is noted that the nature same time protecting the environment, and scale of the proposed development will be one of the main considerations. Other issues being dealt with in this specific TAN include developments involving diversification, development rights in relation to agriculture and forestry, permanent agricultural settlements and equine-related developments.

A WINNING WALES – THE NATIONAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY OF THE WELSH ASSEMBLY GOVERNMENT (2002) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A Winning Wales, the Welsh Assembly Government’s National Economic Development Strategy was published at The JLDP should seek to facilitate short- the end of January 2002. It set out our priorities and actions to modernise the Welsh economy, spread prosperity term and long-term sustainable and develop sustainability. economic growth.

The vision sets out that future economic growth should contribute towards sustainable development. The Strategy points the need to: • Increase knowledge, research and development, and innovation capacity in all parts of • Build on existing strengths in manufacturing; • Increase jobs in both financial and business services; and • Help reduce levels of economic inactivity. The following priorities are to be addressed through the Strategy: • Encouraging innovation and entrepreneurship; • Making Wales a learning country; • Promoting Information and Communication Technologies (ICT); • Supporting businesses; • Establishing Wales in the world; • Improving transport;

45 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• Creating strong communities

CAPTURING THE POTENTIAL: A GREEN JOBS STRATEGY FOR WALES 2009 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Strategy is a One Wales Commitment, which has been developed following on a consultation exercise, which The JLDP should promote sustainable has been clearly positioned the pursuit of green jobs in the context of a transition to a more sustainable economy. economic development which has a low impact on the environment. Overall aim Enhance competitiveness and profitability by being more energy, waste and water efficient; Explore and develop products and services needed in a low-carbon low-waste society and stimulate their demand; Strengthen the low carbon energy sector in Wales

WELSH COASTAL TOURISM STRATEGY (CONSULTATION DOCUMENT) (2007) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The document introduces an outline of a general strategy in order to develop the potential of the coast in terms of The JLDP should reflect the aims of the tourism in a way that is sustainable, when responding to the needs of growth markets. strategy and promote the tourism The strategy will influence investment and expenditure programmes on the Welsh coast, and it will consider a industry whilst at the same time, broad range of opportunities, including opportunities to develop coastal holiday centres, active and passive leisure protecting the environment and the activities, ports and marina moorings and other opportunities. interests of local communities.

The main aim of the strategy is:

• To ensure that sustainable tourism makes an increased contribution to the local economy of coastal communities. • To improve the visitor’s experience. • To ensure an integrated method of managing coastal tourism. • To safeguard the cultural environment and heritage of the coast as an important resource when developing coastal tourism.

ACHIEVING OUR POTENTIAL 2006-2013 – TOURSIM STRATEGY FOR WALES MID TERM REVIEW Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The strategy has the following vision for the tourism industry in Wales. “A mature, confident and prosperous The JLDP should consider the aims of industry which is making a vital and increasing contribution to the economic, social, cultural and environmental the strategy and promote sustainable well-being of Wales by achieving sustainable growth through effective co-ordination and collaboration at all levels tourism growth in the Plan Area.

46 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

in the industry”.

There are four strategic aims:

To develop and communicate a distinctive brand for Wales To raise the quality of the tourism experience in Wales To improve the accessibility of Wales as a destination To encourage higher skill levels in tourism To develop effective collaboration within the industry

WAG (1996) TAN4 – RETAILING AND TOWN CENTRES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Gives advice to LPAs regarding the retail industry. The JLDP should consider the guidance when formulating its retail policies. Guidance on the considerations in relation to retail planning applications. Introduces the idea of the need to provide and prepare a Retail Impact Assessment.

WAG (1997) TAN13 – TOURISM Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Gives guidance on hotel, holiday and touring caravan parks developments along with seasonal and holiday The JLDP should support and promote occupancy conditions. the tourism industry whilst at the same time, protecting the environment and the Where appropriate, tourism needs to be promoted as it boosts the local economy. interests of local communities.

REGIONAL

NORTH WALES TOURISM STRATEGY 2003-2008 – PLANNING TOMORROW’S TOURISM TODAY – OCTOBER 2003 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The vision for tourism in North Wales will be to build upon a prosperous practical industry that will be able to The JLDP should support and promote attract visitors throughout the year and will: the tourism industry whilst at the same time, protecting the environment and the • Give them quality experiences that exceed their expectations interests of local communities. • Celebrate the superiority of the spectacular beauty of North Wales • Take pride in the unique culture and heritage of North Wales and its residents • Make a key contribution to the local economy and community

47 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• Appreciate the contribution of the joint participants of the Strategy and will be prepared to invest in their success • Achieve the vision and all participants must collaborate to: • Build a sustainable future for tourism • Achieve agreed projects and activities • Increase the standard of infrastructure and tourism facilities • Promote the wealth of north Wales and its marketing areas in the current markets and new ones • Develop the welcoming skills and professionalism of those who work in the tourism field and related sectors.

REGIONAL TOURISM STRATEGY

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP “To develop a dynamic and competitive tourism industry for Mid Wales that achieves its potential of contributing to The JLDP should support and promote the area’s economy and maintains its communities, its culture and its environment.” the tourism industry whilst at the same The Strategy focuses on the core themes of developing the product; promotion and marketing; and developing time, protecting the environment and the people. This will be achieved by supporting and co-ordinating practical projects as part of six key priority interests of local communities. programme:

1. Developing the Product – ensure that the product meets the market demands and exceeds the demands. 2. Branding and Marketing – by focusing on the customer and using location and iconic brands, in addition to specialist markets. 3. Skills Development – develop training initiatives and appropriate DAD to improve the quality of the workforce. 4. Information about Tourism – provide various and accessible information for tourists during each phase of their visit. 5. Research and Market Research – ensure that our decisions have been based on accurate and authoritative data about the region. 6. Partnership – nurture and grow effective connections with a range of partners.

NWTS has developed a number of sub-strategies/ studies to correspond to the general regional tourism strategy, on key priorities such as e-marketing; golf and cultural tourism.

TOURISM OPPORTUNITIES ACTION PLAN – ENHANCE THE MID WALES INLAND TOURISM Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP

48 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives: The JLDP should support and promote the tourism industry whilst at the same • Increase the quality of the visitors’ experience and support the infrastructure time, protecting the environment and the • Increase recreational, heritage and cultural opportunities for visitors and local people alike interests of local communities. • Develop key sectors for sustainable growth • Attract visitors who are willing to pay high prices for accommodation • Extend the tourist season • Strengthen the area’s sense of identity on a sub-regional / local basis

One of the activities included in the plan is the development of main centres or tourism hubs. The objective is to develop a network of key destinations that will develop to be a focus for investment to promote and support the activities of visitors. Blaenau Ffestiniog and Porthmadog have been recognised as a special focus as priority hubs.

CARDIGAN BAY ACTION PLAN 2007-2013 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – A year-round integrated coastal tourism industry, based on an exceptional natural environment and The JLDP should facilitate the quality tourism product that satisfies visitor expectations and exceeds their expectations and, at the same time, development of tourism in the relevant brings economic, social and environmental advantages to coastal communities. area, giving full consideration to the Plan’s policies and proposals. The draft Wales Coastal Tourism Strategy has also noted many priorities that the teams in the Spatial Plan Area need to consider. Relevant priorities for Cardigan Bay include: • improving standards in terms of facilities for visitors, information, accommodation and visitor expectations in popular coastal resorts; • the potential of designating a pilot area as a ‘Coastal Entertainment Area’; • seaside town regeneration programmes in order to diversify and strengthen local economies; • considering the role of beach wardens and voluntary / Coastal Care groups in terms of beach maintenance; • how it will be possible to improve the accommodation stock within key tourism destinations on the Llŷn Peninsula, and close gaps in the accommodation stock (i.e. quality campsites); • innovative public transport schemes to mitigate the pressure on particularly sensitive areas by providing alternative choices instead of the private car; • developing the leisure/recreation cycle paths and providing facilities for cyclists in strategic locations; • improving the facilities for those who participate in water-sports on the Llŷn Peninsula (diving, surfing and kite sports);

49 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

• considering extending the moorings in Pwllheli; • providing visitor moorings in marinas, harbours and sailing stations around the Cardigan Bay coast; • considering the advantages (for users and the local economy) of improving the facilities for boats and access in Porthmadog, Barmouth, Aberdovey, Aberaeron, Cardigan and Newquay. • considering the potential to develop land and marine based nature tourism with strict protection and environmental criteria; and • considering how the role of Aberystwyth, as it develops, and the proposals in the key plan, could benefit its tourism role and extend that role.

LOCAL (ANGLESEY AND GWYNEDD LPA’S)

INCREASE THE ECONOMIC BENEFIT OF THE MÔN-MENAI COAST Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Develop proposals to make the best use of the special coastline of Anglesey (in terms of land and marine based The JLDP should facilitate the economic activities), in order to increase the economic benefit as much as possible. development in the area, giving full consideration to the Plan’s policies and proposals.

NORTH WALES COAST 2016 ACTION PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The North Wales Coast Strategic Regeneration Area (SRA) was designated by the Welsh Assembly Government The JLDP should consider the aims of in October 2008. This Action Plan will guide the implementation of the SRA Partnership’s vision for the North the action plan during the formulation of Wales Coast over the next 7-8 years, it aims to transform the SRA into a thriving and vibrant coastal area that is policies and proposals. welcoming and friendly and which supports prosperous communities within a locally sustainable economy. The Assembly Government has allocated £20m to support the first 3 years of the Action Plan’s implementation. Actions will be implemented under the following themes:-

Space for Living – Tackling poor housing throughout the area, particularly in Rhyl and Colwyn Bay; Health and Well Being – Striving for top quality facilities and services to support a healthy workforce; Education and Skills – Working to generate a better educated and more economically active workforce; Community Cohesion – Encouraging and supporting the development of vibrant and self-confident communities; Environment and Transport – Creating a well managed environment in which people will want to spend time; Diverse and Sustainable Economy – Improving the area’s image and encouraging and assisting growth within the private and social enterprise sectors.

50 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

LOCAL (ANGLESEY LPA)

ANGLESEY ECONOMIC REGENERATION STRATEGY 2004-2015 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The document provides Anglesey County Council with a challenging and ambitious blueprint for the next 10 years. The JLDP should facilitate sustainable The Vision economic regeneration in the area By 2015 Anglesey will have: giving full consideration to the aims, A thriving and prosperous economy with quality employment opportunities created by innovative objectives and targets contained in the employers with effective support services and a skilled and adaptable workforce; Strategy. A world class image, fully utilising the Island’s unique cultural, heritage and environmental assets to become The Island of Choice for its people, investors and visitors; Vibrant and sustainable communities within a diverse rural economy; Quality sites and a competitive business environment serviced by a modern communications and transport infrastructure; Thriving and prosperous towns acting as drivers for economic growth; Capitalised on its strategic position as the premier gateway to Ireland and the Euro route to the North West of England and beyond; Capitalised upon its proximity to the resources of the University of Wales, Bangor.

Strategic Targets By 2015 Anglesey will have: GDP at 72% of UK average Population of 69,000 A growth of employment to 21,000 full time equivalent A relative unemployment rate of 4.0% VAT stock increased to 2135 Increase in day visitor numbers to 710,000 Activity rates of 85% A reduction of numbers in the Workforce with no qualifications to 10% Number of most deprived wards reduced to 5 A 95% satisfaction with the Island as a place to live (i.e. quality of life measure) 20 new projects and 500 net jobs created through inward investment Relative earnings at 83% of the UK average

51 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

HOUSING

INTERNATIONAL

EU DIRECTIVE ON ENERGY PEFORMANCE OF BUILDINGS Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The objective of the Directive is to “promote the improvement of the energy performance of buildings within the The Plan should facilitate the European Community, taking into account outdoor climatic and local conditions, as well as indoor climate development of energy efficient requirements and cost effectiveness.” buildings. This is to be achieved through five main actions:

• The creation of a single methodology that can be used to calculate the energy performance of buildings. • The application of minimum requirements, to all new residential and tertiary (generally public and commercial) buildings and to the major refurbishment of existing buildings with floor areas greater than 1,000 square metres. • The introduction of an energy performance certificate to be available whenever a building is constructed, rented or sold. • Regular inspection of boilers with outputs of more than 20 kilowatt and inspection every two years for boilers of more than 100 kilowatt. • Regular inspection of air conditioning systems with outputs of more than 12 kilowatt.

NATIONAL

BETTER HOMES FOR PEOPLE IN WALES: A NATIONAL HOUSING STRATEGY FOR WALES (2001) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This is the policy framework for the housing strategy in Wales. Also, guidance is provided for the steps that need The JLDP should consider the to be taken locally in order to ensure improved quality in the housing stock. requirements of the strategy when formulating its policies in relation to The main objective of the strategy is to attempt to provide a framework for developing a local housing strategy that housing. contributes to achieving the vision of the Welsh Assembly Government for housing in Wales. This means producing a strategy that is based on evidence by means of an efficient partnership.

Everyone in Wales needs to have an opportunity to live in good quality affordable housing and also people should have a choice regarding where they wish to live and have the option of whether or not purchasing or renting is the best option for them and their families.

51 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

There is a need for housing tenures to be of an acceptable standard, and thus, there is a need to get rid of the poor housing stock.

CODE FOR SUSTAINABLE HOMES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Code for Sustainable Home (CSH) is a recognised standard in the UK for key elements of design and The Plan should facilitate the construction which contribute to the effect a new home has on the environment. It has been adopted by the development of energy efficient, Assembly Government as the preferred tool to assess how sustainable development is being implemented in new sustainable housing. homes in Wales.

The CSH scheme covers nine sustainable design principles. The nine principles covered are: • Energy and carbon dioxide emissions; • Water; • Materials; • Surface water run-off; • Waste; • Pollution; • Health and well-being; • Management; and • Ecology.

A home can achieve a rating from one to six stars, depending on how well it has achieved Code standards. One star is the entry level and six stars is the highest level – a zero carbon home. A zero carbon home is a home that achieves zero net emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) from all energy use in the home over a 12 month period. There are mandatory standards contained within the Code (for energy, surface water run-off and water) and credits for each of the categories are weighted to give an overall score. The Code provides valuable information to local authorities and home buyers. It also offers developers and builders a tool to set themselves apart in terms of sustainable development. WAG (2006) TAN1- JOINT HOUSING LAND AVAILABILITY STUDIES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Provides guidance on preparing a Land Availability for Housing joint-study. The purpose of the study is to monitor The JLDP should consider the guidance the land provision for housing on the open market and affordable housing. Also, there would be a need to provide when formulating its housing policies an agreed statement regarding the availability of residential land for planning and managing developments and to and allocations.

52 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

note the need to act in circumstances where it is deemed that the supply is insufficient.

Local Planning Authorities must ensure that there is sufficient and actual provision of land provided for housing for a period of five years.

WAG (2006) TAN2 – PLANNING AND AFFORDABLE HOUSING Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Offers practical guidance to Local Planning Authorities when attempting to decide on how to provide affordable The JLDP should consider the guidance housing. when formulating its housing policies and allocations. The aim for the LPA is set by noting that they would need to set a target for affordable housing in the . Development Plan. Establishing a target for affordable housing will be based on the housing need noted in the assessment of the local housing market. In order to reach the target noted, drawing up policies will be crucial and then there will be a need to obtain measures to monitor how many affordable houses are provided in comparison to the target. It is also noted that registered social landlords have an important role to play in order to ensure that affordable housing are provided through the planning system.

REGIONAL

ASSESSMENT OF THE LOCAL HOUSING MARKET IN NORTH-WEST WALES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The purpose of the report is to submit a baseline assessment of the local housing market in north-west Wales for The JLDP should consider the future consultation. Assessment in the formulation of its housing policies and allocations.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD LPA)

GWYNEDD LOCAL HOUSING STRATEGY 2007-2012 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – to ensure a sufficient supply, affordability and suitability of the housing stock to meet the changing needs The JLDP should facilitate the of the population. improvement of the supply, quality, affordability and suitability of housing in Main Objectives: the area in order to satisfy the needs of i) Improve the supply of housing the resident population.

53 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

ii) Improve the quality of the housing iii) Improve the affordability of the housing iv) Improve the suitability of the housing

It is anticipated that the vision can be realised and the challenges achieved by means of a number of various activities in different fields. The Local Housing Strategy will attempt to support the vision by contributing where appropriate by:

• physical and visual upgrading; • contributing to developing capacity and skills in the construction field and relevant fields; • facilitating and providing housing and affordable housing units; • contributing to improving health, well-being and community safety; • promoting energy efficiency in new homes and existing homes; • contributing towards building capacity and community resources; • contributing towards meeting demographic change needs by providing appropriate housing and relevant services for people of all ages.

The housing vision for Gwynedd was amended in order to ensure that practical focus is placed on key issues that affect housing across Gwynedd within the more long-term vision and aspirations of Gwynedd Tomorrow. The following were noted as key strategic issues relating to housing:

• Continuous and increasing need for more affordable housing to purchase or to rent; • A need to understand the imbalance identified in the private renting sector and to deal with that, in particular where there are many student houses; • Dealing with the loss of social rented housing as a result of right to buy in rural areas; • The impact on unnecessarily empty residential properties that are not used in full; • Dealing with concerns regarding the condition of the housing stock; • Updating the information regarding the need for housing amongst Black and Minority Ethnic groups including Gypsies and Travellers, and the possible impact of migrant workers; • Reducing the number of homeless people requiring attention.

EMPTY HOUSES STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – Gwynedd Council will attempt to bring empty property back into use. The JLDP should facilitate the re-use of empty dwellings to help satisfy the

54 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The aim is to contribute towards the welfare of the neighbourhood, increasing the housing supply, reducing housing needs of the population. homelessness or the possibility of homelessness, whilst at the same time, reducing the pressure on the Council’s Housing Waiting List. An attempt will be made to work with house owners in a spirit of collaboration. However, unless agreement can be reached within a reasonable period of time, the Council will seek legal powers to bring the property back into use.

The aims and objectives of the Strategy are as follows:- • Establishing a strategic direction for work on empty properties; • Establishing an action plan along with targets and milestones for introducing the strategy; • Continuing to draw up answers by working in partnership that will address the issues that are causing the property to be empty and continue to be unused for long periods of time; • Assisting to provide good quality affordable housing; • Ensuring that all Assembly Government targets relating to empty properties are realised; • Bringing empty homes back into use.

OLDER PEOPLE ACCOMMODATION STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – In order to improve the levels of health and well-being of the older people in Gwynedd to be as good as The JLDP should facilitate the provision the best in Europe by 2018, the aim of Gwynedd and its partners is to provide a choice of accommodation, care of suitable accommodation to older and support for older people, that will enable them to have a safe, comfortable and sustainable home – in a people. pleasant environment – that is suitable for this time in their lives.

Strategic Objectives:- • Giving a stronger voice for older people when planning, managing and providing accommodation and related services; • Promoting and developing opportunities in their accommodations for older people to continue to make an active contribution to society and in their personal development; • Supporting and promoting a variety of accommodations and identifying related answers that will contribute towards promoting and improving the health and well-being of older people; • Promoting the provision of accommodation, services and care and health assistance that enables older people to live as independently as possible in a suitable and safe environment; • Identifying, developing and supporting the provision of specialist accommodation, and care and health services for groups of older people that need more support; • Identifying and placing structures, systems and information in place that supports continuous improvements to plan and provide accommodation and related services to older people.

55 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

PRIVATE SECTOR HOUSING STRATEGY 2007-2010 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision – to work with others to improve the provision of private sector housing that is affordable and sustainable The JLDP should facilitate the for local needs to contribute towards corporate objectives in terms of housing options and to aim towards a level improvement of the supply, quality, of repair within the private housing stock that will reduce the need for substantial investment within ten years of affordability and suitability of housing in the assessment. the area in order to satisfy the needs of the resident population. The concerns and strategic responses (in terms of land use) are as follows:

The Council’s intentions reflects its concerns, mainly:- • Lack of affordable private sector housing of a suitable quality to purchase or rent to meet local needs • Addressing inequality in the health field • Asking for financial advice that cannot be maintained and insufficient resources to realise aspirations • Rural sustainability – influence of depopulation / immigration in rural areas and the impact on the sustainability of local communities • Irresponsible ownership / culture of dependency / insufficient insurance arrangements • Energy efficiency, carbon emissions and fuel poverty • Problematic buildings – buildings that have come to the end of their lifespan / empty, redundant buildings where insufficient use is made of them • Regeneration and recycling – disrepair, eyesore and associated community safety problems • Community Safety • Homelessness and people on the fringe of society • Fraud and abuse of the grants system • Economic decline and lack of skills in key construction trades • Means testing – perception that strategic means testing rules are unfair • Equity release – people reluctant / unable to release equity.

LOCAL (ANGLESEY)

THE ISLE OF ANGLESEY LOCAL HOUSING STRATEGY 2007-2012 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP

56 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The main thrust of this strategy document is to consider the Council’s ‘strategic housing function’ as opposed to The JLDP should facilitate the the traditional ‘landlord function’ of former years. Quite rightly, we now look at the strategic housing function improvement of the supply, quality, and how it interacts with other corporate objectives and strategies such as economic regeneration, health, affordability and suitability of housing in community strategy, and education. the area in order to satisfy the needs of the resident population. The Council established the following six service priorities: To increase the amount of affordable housing and choice, with a focus on social rented provision. The will include the improvement of all social housing to meet the Welsh Housing Quality Standard by 2012 and maintain it thereafter. Tackling homelessness Improving the quality of housing across all tenures Working towards achieving sustainable housing options for vulnerable households Tackling fuel poverty and increasing energy efficiency Community sustainability and social inclusion

HOMELESS STRATEGY FOR ANGLESEY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Homelessness Act 2002 requires all local authorities to adopt a Homelessness Strategy. This strategy should The JLDP should facilitate the be based on a local review of homelessness, and should comply with the vision set out in the local Housing improvement of the supply, quality, Strategy. affordability and suitability of housing in the area for all sections of the Summary of Proposed Action: community To continue to support and promote the work of Agorfa and the Lighthouse. In line with the recommendation of the Draft SPOP, review current provision and the ability to provide provision to meet identified needs. Engage with other authorities and providers to look at a regional service response. Aim to provide a number of self contained units for clients with high level support needs and in particular to meet the Suitability of Temporary Accommodation Wales Order. Continue to support the Regional Partnership working with Criminal Justice Agencies to ensure that our services to prison leavers are appropriate to their individual needs. Eliminate the use of B&B for this client group except in emergencies. Engage with the SMAT and housing associations to provide additional accommodation for people whose support needs can be addressed through existing services.

57 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

LANDSCAPE

INTERNATIONAL

EC (RATIFIED 2006) EUROPEAN LANDSCAPE CONVENTION Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The European Landscape Convention (ELC) is the first international convention to focus specifically on The Plan should contain policies that landscape, and is dedicated exclusively to the protection, management and planning of all landscapes in Europe. protect and enhance the landscape.

The ELC was signed by the UK government on 24 February 2006, ratified on the 21 November 2006, and became binding on 1 March 2007.

The convention highlights the need to recognise landscape in law, to develop landscape policies dedicated to the protection, management and creation of landscapes, and to establish procedures for the participation of the general public and other stakeholders in the creation and implementation of landscape policies. It also encourages the integration of landscape into all relevant areas of policy, including cultural, economic and social policies

Specific measures include:

• raising awareness of the value of landscapes among all sectors of society, and of society's role in shaping them; • promoting landscape training and education among landscape specialists, other related professions, and in school and university courses; • the identification and assessment of landscapes, and analysis of landscape change, with the active participation of stakeholders; • setting objectives for landscape quality, with the involvement of the public; • the implementation of landscape policies, through the establishment of plans and practical programmes.

NATIONAL

WAG (1996) TAN7 – OUTDOOR ADVERTISEMENT CONTROL

58 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance for Local Planning Authorities on the considerations in relation to the control of outdoor advertisements The JLDP should consider the guidance in the interests of amenities and public safety. when formulating its policies.

It must be ensured that the design of advertisements is in keeping with the area, and as a result, important consideration must be given to advertisements in conservation areas. Also, there will be a need to negotiate on behalf of both sides regarding the type of advertisement that would be appropriate.

WAG (1998) TAN14 – COASTAL PLANNING Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance on developments in coastal areas. The JLDP should consider the guidance when formulating its policies relating to The LPA needs to decide on the locations that are considered to be the most appropriate coastal areas that could developments in coastal locations. cope with further development. It is likely that planning considerations will change, subject to the nature of the coastal area.

WAG (2002) TAN19 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The growth in the technological and telecommunications industry is considered and consequently, the social and The JLDP should give full consideration economic demand. to strategic requirements of telecommunication networks. The LDP There is social and economic demand for more modern telecommunications technology. Guidance is given on should consider the sustainability the need to control telecommunications developments, the consultation arrangements that should be undertaken, impacts of telecommunications along with health and environmental considerations. development, balancing the need for economic growth, with social and environmental impacts.

CULTURAL TOURISM STRATEGY FOR WALES (2003) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A Framework to develop the potential of Wales as a cultural tourism destination. The unique history, language The JLDP should promote the Welsh and lifestyle of Wales are particular tourism assets that assist to separate Wales from other countries in the UK. A language and cultural heritage and framework is provided on how the quality of the cultural tourism products can be improved and ensure that it is embrace the diversity within society. promoted effectively. The Plan should embrace the opportunities which will arise as a Attempt to ensure that Wales is recognised worldwide as a destination that offers a quality cultural tourism consequence of the area’s linguistic and

59 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

experience based on its unique culture that forms an essential part of the visitor’s complete experience. cultural resources.

WAG (2002) TAN12 – DESIGN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Provides guidance on good design considerations when considering planning applications. The JLDP should consider the guidance when formulating policies relating to The importance of good design is critical in order to ensure a design that is environmentally sustainable, with the design. ability to improve the economy and improve social inclusion. The design of developments will need to achieve its full potential in order to ensure that it maintains and expands upon the quality of our areas and rural traditions.

LOCAL

LLŶN AONB MANAGEMENT PLAN (GWYNEDD LPA)

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision - An area of a beautiful historic landscape, rich in wildlife and vibrant communities which maintain the The JLDP should provide for the Welsh language and culture and an area which is appreciated and enjoyed by residents and tourists due to its conservation and where appropriate qualities. enhancement of the natural environment and landscape, respecting public rights Main Objectives: of way. i) protect, maintain and where appropriate, improve or recover aspects of the special features that make the area unique. ii) promote the social and economic well-being of the local communities.

GWYNEDD LANDSCAPE STRATEGY 2007 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP To identify areas of high landscape value by using the LANDMAP methodology. The JLDP should incorporate the findings of the Landscape Strategy.

60 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

WATER

INTERNATIONAL

EC (1991) EUROPEAN NITRATES DIRECTIVE (91/676/EEC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Nitrates Directive, adopted by the European Union in 1991, aims to reduce water pollution caused by nitrogen The Plan should incorporate the from agricultural sources and to prevent such pollution in the future. requirements of the Directive and The Directive requires Member States to: facilitate the protection and improvement • designate as Nitrate Vulnerable Zones (NVZs) all land draining to waters that are affected by nitrate of water quality. The Plan should also pollution. facilitate the provision of sustainable • establish a voluntary code of good agricultural practice to be followed by all farmers throughout the water. country. • establish a mandatory Action Programme of measures for the purposes of tackling nitrate loss from agriculture. The Action Programme should be applied either within NVZs or throughout the whole country. • review the extent of their NVZs and the effectiveness of their Action Programmes at least every four years and to make amendments if necessary.

EC (2000) EU WATER FRAMEWORK DIRECTIVE (00/60/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The purpose of the Directive is to establish a framework for the protection of inland surface waters, transitional The Plan should in corporate the waters, coastal waters and groundwater. More specifically, it aims to: requirements of the Water Framework • enhance the status and prevent further deterioration of aquatic ecosystems and associated wetlands, Directive and ensure that the quality of which depend on the aquatic ecosystems water bodies in the Plan Area is not • promote the sustainable use of water compromised by land use development • reduce pollution of water, especially by ‘priority’ and ‘priority hazardous’ substances (see Daughter proposals. Directives) • ensure progressive reduction of groundwater pollution

The Directive requires Member States to establish river basin districts and for each of these a river basin management plan. The Directive envisages a cyclical process where river basin management plans are prepared, implemented and reviewed every six years. There are four distinct elements to the river basin planning cycle: characterisation and assessment of impacts on river basin districts; environmental monitoring; the setting of

61 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

environmental objectives; and the design and implementation of the programme of measures needed to achieve them.

EC (2006) EU BATHING WATER QUALITY DIRECTIVE (2006/7EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The main objective of the Bathing Water Directives (76/160/EEC and 2006/7/EC) is to protect public health and The Plan should facilitate the protection the environment from faecal pollution at bathing waters. Member States are required to identify popular bathing and enhancement of water quality. areas and to monitor water quality at these bathing waters throughout the bathing season, which runs from mid May to the end of September in England. Directive 76/160/EEC sets a number of microbiological and physico-chemical standards that bathing waters must either comply with ('mandatory' standards) or endeavour to meet ('guideline' standards).

EC (2007)EU GROUNDWATER DAUGHTER DIRECTIVE Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This Directive establishes specific measures as provided for in Article 17(1) and (2) of Directive 2000/60/EC in The Plan should facilitate the protection order to prevent and control groundwater pollution. These measures include in particular: and enhancement of water quality. (a) criteria for the assessment of good groundwater chemical status; and (b) criteria for the identification and reversal of significant and sustained upward trends and for the definition of starting points for trend reversals.

NATIONAL

WATER FOR PEOPLE AND THE ENVIRONMENT WATER RESOURCES STRATEGY FOR ENGLAND AND WALES (EA, 2009) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The strategy sets out how water resources should be managed throughout England and Wales to 2050 and The JLDP should facilitate the efficient beyond to ensure that there will be enough water for people and the environment. and sustainable use of water and ensure that water quality is not adversely The strategy sets out climate change actions that will: affected by development Enable habitats and species to adapt better to climate change; Allow the way we protect the water environment to adjust flexibly to a changing climate; Reduce pressure on the environment caused by water taken for human use; Encourage options resilient to climate change to be chosen in the face of uncertainty; Better protect vital water supply infrastructure; Reduce greenhouse gas emissions from people using water, considering the whole life-cycle of use; Improve understanding of the risks and uncertainties of climate change.

62 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The strategy sets out actions that will: Protect conservation sites that depend on water so they are sustainable in the long-term, taking account of climate change impacts; Ensure that licensing issues are resolved; Improve environmental resilience, where we are able to do so; Safeguard water resources through effective catchment management, considering the interaction between quality and quantity; Reduce treatment and energy costs for water users; Improve understanding of how the water environment and ecology interact. The strategy sets out housing actions that will: Support housing and associated development where the environment can cope with the additional demands placed on it; Allow a targeted approach where stress on water resources is greatest; Ensure water is used efficiently in homes and buildings, and by industry and agriculture; Provide greater incentives for water companies and individuals to manage demand; Share existing water resources more effectively; Further reduce leakage; Ensure that reliable options for resource development are considered; Allocate water resources more effectively in the future.

WAG (2004) TAN15 – DEVELOPMENT AND FLOOD RISK Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Sets technical guidance that reiterate the policy noted in Planning Policy Wales in relation to development and The JLDP should ensure that the risk of flooding. Provides advice regarding development and flood risk as relevant to sustainability principles. It also flooding is considered in determining the provides a framework for assessing the risk of river/coastal flooding or from water that flows from the development location of new development. to other locations.

Provides advice on the need to exercise caution in terms of new developments where there is a high risk of flooding by establishing a framework of precautions that will set guidance for making planning decisions. The aim is to attempt to direct new developments away from areas at threat or at a high risk of being a flood area. There will be a need to ensure that only developments that can be justified based on tests are located in high risk areas. In order to assess the areas where developments are suitable / unsuitable, a ‘development advice map’ exists that

63 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

includes three flood zones.

REGIONAL

DRAFT RIVER BASIN MANAGEMENT PLANS Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The environmental outcomes expected to be realised as a result of the work planned have been grouped under The JLDP should facilitate the protection the headings noted below, and they will be discussed in more detail in the ensuing sections. and improvement of water quality and ensure that water quality is not • Improving the management of rural land adversely affected by development. • Reducing the impact of transportation and built environments • Ensuring sufficient amounts of sustainable water • Improving wildlife habitats • Dealing with single source pollution

64 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

SOILS, MINERALS, WASTE

INTERNATIONAL

EC (1999) EU LANDFILL DIRECTIVE (99/31/EC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The overall aim of the Directive is to prevent or reduce as far as possible negative effects on the environment, in The Plan should promote recycling and particular the pollution of surface water, groundwater, soil and air, and on the global environment, including the facilitate the reduction of waste sent to greenhouse effect, as well as any resulting risk to human health, from the landfilling of waste during the whole life- landfill, in line with the targets sets by the cycle of the landfill. It aims to promote recycling and recovery and to establish high standards of landfill practice Directive. across the EU.

The Directive sets targets on reducing the amount of biodegradeable municipal waste that is sent to landfill: • By 2010 to reduce biodegradable municipal waste landfilled to 75% of that produced in 1995; • By 2013 to reduce biodegradable municipal waste landfilled to 50% of that produced in 1995; • By 2020 to reduce biodegradable municipal waste landfilled to 35% of that produced in 1995.

EC (2000) EU FRAMEWORK DIRECTIVE ON WASTE (75/442/EEC) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Waste Framework Directive aims to protect public health and the environment against the harmful effects The Plan should facilitate the sustainable caused by the collection, transport, treatment, storage and tipping of waste. Member States must prohibit the management of waste and encourage a abandonment, dumping or uncontrolled disposal of waste, and must encourage the prevention, recycling and re- reduction in the waste produced. use of waste. The Plan should encourage the re-use Article 4 states that Member States shall take the necessary measures to ensure that waste is recovered or and recycling of waste. disposed of without endangering the public and without using processes or methods which could harm the environment, and in particular: The Plan should identify sites for waste management facilities. • without risk to water, air or soil, or to plants and animals; • without causing a nuisance through noise or odours; • without adversely affecting the countryside or places of special interest.

NATIONAL

WAG (2002) WISE ABOUT WASTE – THE NATIONAL WASTE STRATEGY FOR WALES

65 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance is given on how Wales will need to move from being over-dependent on landfill to controlling waste in a The JLDP should ensure that its policies more sustainable way. In order to protect our communities, there is a need to reduce the amount of waste relating to waste reflect the requirements produced. An increase in the recycling and composting levels are also essential. of the strategy.

A series of targets will be set for different types of waste. It is noted that there is a need for people in Wales to attempt to recycle and compost more. A specific target for 2009/10 is given and it is noted that there is a need to recycle and compost 40% of municipal waste. Those objectives will attempt to be achieved by promoting change, using resources more effectively and raising awareness.

WAG (2001) TAN21 – WASTE Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP How the land use planning system can contribute towards managing a waste resource in a sustainable way. It is The JLDP should facilitate the intended to introduce a land use planning framework that is comprehensive, integrated and sustainable in terms of sustainable management of waste and waste management in Wales. encourage a reduction in the waste produced. Sustainable waste management is an important part of the Assembly’s strategy. The important considerations when dealing with waste management applications are the type of waste management resources and the possible environmental impacts. Further guidance is given on waste developments in special areas such as AONBs.

WAG (2001) MINERALS PLANNING POLICY WALES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Notes the Welsh Assembly Government’s land use planning policy in relation to mineral mining and associated The JLDP should give full consideration developments in Wales (including the minerals in the earth that are mined underground). to the guidance and ensure that the use of minerals should be developed The need to develop minerals in a sustainable way. This means that careful use is made of a restricted resource sustainably. and that current amenities and the environment are safeguarded. There will be a need to restrict and mitigate any impact on the local community and on the environment.

The main objectives are:- • To provide a minerals resource to satisfy social needs and protect the resource from being sterilised. • To protect areas of natural heritage or built importance. • To restrict the environmental impacts of minerals extraction. • To ensure good quality restoration and beneficial post-use. • To encourage efficient and appropriate use of minerals and re-use and recycle materials appropriately.

66 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

WAG (2004) MINERALS TAN 1 – AGGREGATES Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Detailed advice on the mechanism of drawing up and providing a policy for aggregate extraction by the Minerals The JLDP should facilitate the Planning Authority and aggregates industry. sustainable extraction of aggregates in the Plan Area, Need to ensure that the provision of minerals is controlled in a sustainable way and thus ensures a balance between environmental, economic and social considerations. It will be possible to ensure that any possible detrimental impact is mitigated. The main objectives are:-

• To provide aggregates in a sustainable way. • Not to extract in locations of special conservational landscape, cultural, nature and geographical conservation importance. • To mitigate the detrimental impacts of minerals extraction. • To ensure a high level of repair and aftercare that provides for a beneficial post-use. • To encourage efficient use of minerals by increasing the potential use of another resource such as aggregates.

TOWARDS A ZERO-WASTE FUTURE. ONE WALES: ONE PLANET Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Provides the vision for waste management methods and the targets that need to be reached. Two main targets The JLDP should facilitate the are attempted to be achieved by means of the success of the waste strategy, namely:- sustainable management of waste and encourage a reduction in the waste • By 2025, there will be a need to ensure that all sectors in Wales recycle 70% of their waste. This will include produced. commercial, domestic and public sector waste. • By 2050, the aim is to succeed to become a zero-waste nation. This means that products and services need to be designed so that waste is abolished in its entirety.

REGIONAL

NORTH WALES REGIONAL WASTE PLAN - FIRST REVIEW 2007 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision: The JLDP should facilitate the sustainable management of waste and To provide a land use planning framework for managing waste and reclaiming resources in a sustainable way in encourage a reduction in the waste

67 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

north Wales, with the following objectives: produced. The JLDP should also promote the re-use and recycling of Objective A: Reduce detrimental impacts on the environment and human health. waste and facilitate the reduction of Objective B: Reduce social and economic detrimental impacts and maximise social and economic opportunities. waste sent to landfill, in line with the Objective C: Satisfy the needs of communities and businesses. targets sets by relevant Directives. Objective D: Comply with legislative requirements, targets, principles and policies determined by European and national policy framework.

REGIONAL TECHNICAL STATEMENT ON AGGREGATES 2008 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Minerals Planning Policy (Wales), Minerals Technical Advice Note (Wales) 1: Aggregates (MTAN1), sets one The JLDP should facilitate the common objective, namely to attempt to ensure that a supply of aggregates (that are essential for construction), sustainable extraction of aggregates are managed in a sustainable way, and that it ensured that there is a balance between the environmental, ensuring a balance between economic and social costs. The RTS will provide the strategic base for creating Local Development Plans, environmental, economic and social Unitary Development Plans (UDP) within individual authorities in the Region. Therefore, in accordance with this costs. objective, the RTS will attempt to:

• Ensure that as much use as possible is made of recycled materials and secondary materials, along with mineral waste. • Safeguard the land minerals because they may be required in the long-term. • Recognise that extending the current aggregates quarries is likely to be appropriate when sustainable development principles can be satisfied. • When a supply of aggregates will be required in new areas, these should come from locations where there are not many environmental restrictions and consideration should be given to transport implications. • Maintain a supply of marine aggregates that comply with environmental good practice requirements.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD)

GWYNEDD MUNICIPAL WASTE STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Main objective – manage municipal waste in a way that not only protects the environment and human health but The JLDP should facilitate the also provides economic and social benefits. sustainable management of waste and encourage a reduction in the waste produced.

68 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

LOCAL (ANGLESEY LPA)

ISLE OF ANGLESEY MUNICIPAL WASTE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY, 2004 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP It is the aspiration of both the Welsh Assembly Government and the WLGA that, in future, municipal wastes in The JLDP should facilitate the Wales will be managed in ways that not only protect the environment and human health but also provide sustainable management of waste and economic and social benefits. This Municipal Waste Management Strategy for the Isle of Anglesey will contribute encourage a reduction in the waste significantly to meeting this aspiration, locally and nationally, and ensure that municipal waste is managed in a produced. more sustainable manner.

Targets: By 2009/10 waste arisings per household should be no greater than those in 1997/98; and By 2020 waste arisings per person should be less than 300 kg/annum. Recycling & Composting Targets By 2003/04 achieve at least 15% recycling/composting, with a minimum of 5% composting (with only compost derived from source segregated materials counting) and 5% recycling By 2006/07 achieve at least 25% recycling/composting, with a minimum of 10% composting (with only compost derived from source segregated materials counting) and 10% recycling By 2009/10 achieve at least 40% recycling/composting, with a minimum of 15% composting (with only compost derived from source segregated materials counting) and 15% recycling Landfill Directive Targets By 2010 to reduce BMW landfilled to 75% (by weight) of that produced in 1995 By 2013 to reduce BMW landfilled to 50% (by weight) of that produced in 1995 By 2020 to reduce BMW landfilled to 35% (by weight) of that produced in 1995

69 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

TRANSPORT

INTERNATIONAL

EUROPEAN COMMISSION WHITE PAPER ON THE EUROPEAN TRANSPORT POLICY (2001) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP This paper describes what has been achieved so far both at the Union and the Member State levels and what The JLDP should facilitate an efficient should be done in the near future. The principal measures suggested in the White Paper include: and sustainable transport system. Revitalising the railways Improving quality in the road transport sector Striking a balance between growth in air Transport and the environment Turning intermodality into reality Improving road safety Adopting a policy on effective charging for Recognising the rights and obligations of users Developing high-quality urban transport Developing medium and long-term environmental objectives for a sustainable transport system.

NATIONAL

WAG (2008) ONE WALES: CONNECTING THE NATION – THE WALES TRANSPORT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Guidance is given on how models can be developed in order to promote sustainable development and ensure that The JLDP should facilitate the creation rural areas in Wales are served by quality public transport. of a sustainable transport framework which, in turn will strengthen It is also explained how it is intended to realise social, economic and environmental outcomes. communities, the economy and the environment. The need to promote sustainable transport networks that protect the environment and again strengthen economic and social lives is essential. The main vision of the strategy is to seek to ensure a country that is accessible to all, where travelling from one community to another within Wales will be relatively easy, sustainable and allows the economy to thrive. In addition, transport must contribute towards protecting the environment.

THE TRANSPORT FRAMEWORK FOR WALES NOVEMBER 2001 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP

70 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

The Transport Framework sets out how the National Assembly for Wales aims to lead and support the delivery of The JLDP should facilitate an efficient the transport infrastructure and services that needed in Wales both internally and to connect to the rest of the and sustainable transport system which world. improves access to all.

The overall transport target set in BetterWales was to: ‘Develop a better co-ordinated and sustainable transport system to support local communities and the creation of a prosperous economy'.

Aim are to: Improve public and community transport in all areas to improve accessibility for those who do not have a car; in urban areas we have an added aim to attract people away from travelling by car; Maintain and enhance strategic transport corridors within Wales to provide high quality access and mobility; for internal movement and journeys and those wanting to gain access to the rest of the UK, Europe and beyond for economic, social or other reasons; facilitate the sustainable development of the full strategic potential of major ports and Cardiff International Airport; maintain and improve regional and local roads to preserve our assets, and to provide better access and mobility for road based public transport, freight and private travel; contribute to the UK Government's target to increase by 80% the amount of freight moved by rail and to improve the efficiency and quality of the way freight is moved by road; improve safety, health and environmental conditions particularly on roads; increasing the amount of walking and cycling for necessary journeys, whether for the whole of short journeys or as part of a longer journey involving other means of transport.

DFT (2004): THE FUTURE OF TRANSPORT: A NETWORK FOR 2030. Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP A long term strategy that looks at the factors that will determine transport needs over the next 25 years and The JLDP should consider the explains how the UK intends to satisfy such needs in a sustainable manner. requirements of the Plan.

The strategy has three main themes: sustained investment over the long term; improvement in transport management and planning ahead. It describes the long term goals, as ultimate targets for the short term policies.

DFT (2008) DELIVERING A SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT SYSTEM Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The document outlines the five goals for transport, focusing on the challenge of delivering strong economic growth The JLDP should facilitate the while at the same time reducing greenhouse gas emissions. It outlines the key components of our national development of a sustainable transport

71 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

infrastructure. system in the Plan Area.

We want our transport system: To support national economic competitiveness and growth, by delivering reliable and efficient transport networks; To reduce transport’s emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases, with the desired outcome of tackling climate change; To contribute to better safety, security and health and longer life expectancy by reducing the risk of death, injury or illness arising from transport, and by promoting travel modes that are beneficial to health; To promote greater equality of opportunity for all citizens, with the desired outcome of achieving a fairer society; and To improve quality of life for transport users and non-transport users, and to promote a healthy natural environment.

WAG (2007) TAN18 – TRANSPORT Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Sets planning policy guidance and context in relation to transport, along with parking, public transport and the The JLDP should promote sustainable accessibility of developments. transport networks to services and facilities which protect the environment An efficient and sustainable transport system is essential for a modern, thriving and inclusive society. However, and strengthen economies and transport can have a negative impact, specifically in relation to health. The Assembly is adopting a sustainable communities. The availability of public method of development as the common framework. It is sought to ensure that a transport services infrastructure transport will be an important is provided which improves accessibility, creates a stronger economy, improves road safety and nurtures more consideration for the LDP especially in sustainable communities. Mainly, the concept of land development can depend on the provision of the existing terms of sustainability, accessibility, transport system. Guidance is also given on parking standards, street planning, walking and cycling, public reducing dependency on private transport, planning for the transport infrastructure and assessing impacts and controlling actions. transport and contributing towards the response to climate change.

DEFRA (2000) COUNTRYSIDE RIGHTS OF WAY ACT 2000 Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Containing five Parts and 16 Schedules, the Act provides for public access on foot to certain types of land, The JLDP should provide for the amends the law relating to public rights of way, increases protection for Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) conservation and, where appropriate and strengthens wildlife enforcement legislation, and provides for better management of Areas of Outstanding enhancement of the natural environment Natural Beauty (AONB). The Act is compliant with the provisions of the European Convention on Human Rights, and landscape respecting public rights requiring consultation where the rights of the individual may be affected by these measures. of way.

72 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

REGIONAL

TAITH REGIONAL PUBLIC TRANSPORT PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Vision The JLDP should promote sustainable transport networks to services and “to promote a network of effective, integrated and high quality public transport services that contribute towards the facilities which protect the environment economic and environmental prosperity of the Region, and introduces basic standards in terms of accessibility and strengthen economies and and safety that are consistent with the best value for each community, including those who are socially isolated.” communities. The availability of public transport will be an important Objectives: consideration for the LDP especially in terms of sustainability, accessibility, • To tie-in with the objectives of other local authorities in terms of transport, including best value reducing dependency on private • To overcome social isolation and deprivation transport and contributing towards the • To contribute to the economic development of the area response to climate change. • To remove barriers to travel, including modal transfers • To be sustainable • To offer quality along the entire journey • To be as safe as possible • To be cost effective • To make the best use of public and private sector resources • To achieve the basic levels of accessibility • To work in partnership • To be realistic in terms of delivery • To build on existing high skills • To provide integrated answers • To develop more effective structures and mechanisms for providing

TAITH REGIONAL TRANSPORT PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP

73 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

“Taith will achieve safe, sustainable and efficient transport networks to support the economic and social activities of The JLDP should promote sustainable various communities and businesses in north Wales, giving consideration to its strategic European role.” transport networks to services and facilities which protect the environment Objectives: and strengthen economies and communities. • To optimise accessibility to employment, education, health and services for the various communities in north Wales • To improve the quality and provision of passenger transport across north Wales and into and out of the Region • To facilitate the efficient movement of goods to support the Region’s industry and trade and its Regional Gateway functions • To provide, promote and improve modes of transport and a sustainable infrastructure in order to minimise the negative impacts of transport on the local and global environment • To improve the safety of all modes of transport • To improve the efficiency and use of the transport network • To upgrade and maintain the transport infrastructure, providing a significant new infrastructure as required

Priorities:

• Meeting the various transport needs of north Wales in an efficient way • The profile and performance of passenger transport • Reducing congestion and journey times • Supporting developments • Efficient and safe sustainable transport networks • Improving railway service for north Wales • Moving goods in an efficient and environmentally-friendly way • Planning and managing traffic wisely • Sustainable transport

TRACC REGIONAL TRANSPORT PLAN (MID WALES) (GWYNEDD LPA) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Plans for, and provides in partnership, an integrated transport system in the TraCC Region that facilitates economic The JLDP should promote sustainable development, ensures access for all to services and opportunities, maintains and improves community quality of life transport networks to services and facilities which protect the environment

74 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

and respects the environment and strengthen economies and The Priorities of the TraCC Regional Transport Plan are as follows: communities. The availability of public transport will be an important 1. Reduce the demand for travelling consideration for the JLDP especially 2. Reduce the impact of movements on the local and global environment in terms of sustainability, accessibility, 3. Improve the security of property and personal safety of all transport users reducing dependency on private 4. Improve the travel accessibility to services, jobs and facilities in all sectors of society transport and contributing towards the 5. Improve the quality and integration of the public transport system, including the social transport function response to climate change. 6. Provide, promote and improve sustainable modes of transport 7. Maintain and improve the existing highway and transport infrastructure 8. Ensure that travel and accessibility issues are integrated appropriately in decisions relating to land use 9. To improve the effectiveness, dependency and co-ordination of movements in mid Wales and between mid Wales and other regions in England and Wales.

Provide a co-ordinated and integrated travel and transport network by working effectively in partnership.

CYNLLUN TRAFNIDIAETH RHANBARTHOL TRACC (CANOLBARTH CYMRU) (GWYNEDD LPA) Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Plan for an integrated transport system in the TraCC Region which facilitates economic development, ensures The JLDP should promote sustainable access to services and opportunities for all, maintain and improve quality of community life and respects the transport networks to services and environment. facilities which protect the environment and strengthen economies and The Plan’s priorities are: communities. i) Reduce the need to travel ii) Reduce the impact of migration on the local and global environment iii) Improve property safety and personal safety of transport users iv) Improve accessibility of services, employment and facilities in all sectors of society. v) Improve the quality and integration of the public transport system including the role of community transport. vi) Provide, facilitate and improve sustainable methods of travel vii) Maintain and improve present highways infrastructure viii) Ensure that travel issues and accessibility are integrated appropriately in land use decisions ix) Improve efficiency and reliability of migration within Mid-Wales and between Mid-Wales and other regions in Wales and England.

75 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

Provide a co-ordinated and integrated transport network by working effectively in partnership.

LOCAL (GWYNEDD LPA)

GWYNEDD RIGHTS OF WAY IMPROVEMENT PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The Plan gives the Council an opportunity to adapt and review the network for today’s use and to contribute The JLDP should provide for the towards introducing these broader benefits for the residents of Gwynedd and its visitors. conservation and where appropriate enhancement of the natural environment and landscape, respecting public rights of way.

GWYNEDD COMMUNITY TRANSPORT STRATEGY Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP Main Aim: Develop and promote a voluntary and community transport network that is active and advanced that The JLDP should promote sustainable offers accessibility options that respond to local needs, improves social inclusion and offers best value. transport networks to services and facilities which protect the environment Strategic Steps: and strengthen economies and communities. The availability of public Objective 1 – Co-ordinate and Integrate – encourage the use of community transport across departments where transport will be an important it is noted as the best way of solving transport challenges and satisfy access needs noted in the Council’s broader consideration for the JLDP especially strategies; improve the integration of community transport services with other bus and train services to ensure in terms of sustainability, accessibility, better efficiency in the passenger transport network and give access for users to an improved variety of services reducing dependency on private and destinations. transport and contributing towards the response to climate change. Objective 2 – Partnership – develop a meaningful partnership when planning and providing community transport.

Objective 3 – Development Opportunities – develop and encourage best practice in implementation and technical standards; investigate advanced community transport plans and introduce them where they will satisfy the need most effectively; investigate a brokerage system across the county and put into action in order to ensure that underused vehicles are provided for the community and voluntary transport sector.

Objective 4 – Training

LOCAL (ANGLESEY LPA)

76 Appendix 1: Review of Plans and Programmes

ISLE OF ANGLESEY LOCAL TRANSPORT PLAN Objectives and Requirements Implications for JLDP The LTP is a mechanism for encouraging environmentally friendly forms of transport. To encourage more The JLDP should promote people to walk and cycle, the County Council and its partners are already implementing a Public Rights of Way environmentally friendly forms of Strategy and a Cycling Strategy. The LTP reflects the main provisions of these documents. transport and develop a well integrated, core transport network The Strategic Transport Vision for Anglesey is: which is safe, efficient, clean and fair. To develop a well integrated, core transport network which is safe, efficient, clean and fair and which supports and complements the Council’s land use strategy.

The analysis set out in the LTP identifies 8 key themes where opportunities arise to achieve the Strategic Transport Vision for Anglesey: Integrated Transport Public Travel improvements Private Travel improvements Cleaner Travel Safe travel Managing Business Travel Parking improvements Planning and maintaining the Highway Network

APPENDIX 2

SA/SEA Baseline Analysis

ANGLESEY BASELINE ANALYSIS

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Biodiversity

Anglesey contains a rich variety of flora and fauna across terrestrial, marine and coastal environments. The importance of this biodiversity is reflected by the number of designated sites, which includes 8 SACs, 3 SPAs, 1 Ramsar and 60 SSSIs. Anglesey has a number of priority habitats including Lowland and Coastal Heath, Reedbeds, Fens, Broadleaved Woodlands, Ancient and Species Rich Hedgerows, Ponds and Flower-rich Road Verges; there are some of the most extensive Sand Dunes in Wales. Rare and protected species on Anglesey include the Great Crested Newt, Red Squirrel, Otter, Water Vole and Chough, for which there are all action plans.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity European European Designations on Anglesey1 Indicator 21: Percentage of Protect designated Sites features on Natura 2000 sites and wider areas of in favourable or recovering biodiversity by condition3 in Wales minimising the impacts of Indicator status: Stable / No development. clear trend Enhance designated Species - key points: and wider areas of • 45 per cent of all species biodiversity by were in favourable condition maintaining and in the assessments from improving green 2000 to 2009. infrastructure. • There is large variation between species groups. For example, 80 per cent or more of marine mammals and birds were in favourable or recovering condition. However, 80 per

cent or more of amphibians,

1 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity European sites situated within the Isle of Anglesey2: butterflies and fish were in unfavourable condition. Special Areas of Conservation 1. Abermenai to Aberffraw Dunes SAC (1871ha) Habitats - key points: 2. Anglesey Coast: Saltmarsh SAC (1058ha) • Within most habitat groups, 3. Anglesey Fens SAC (467ha) between 40 and 50 per cent 4. Cemlyn Bay SAC (14ha) of features were in 5. Glan-traeth SAC (14ha) favourable or recovering 6. Holy Island Coast SAC (464ha) condition in the 7. Llyn Dinam SAC (36ha) assessments from 2000 to 8. Menai Strait and Conwy Bay SAC 2009. Outside of that range, 100 per cent of caves and Special Protection Areas 75 per cent of reefs and sea 1. Holy Island Coast SPA (608ha) caves were in favourable or 2. Puffin Island SPA (31ha) recovering condition. 3. Ynys Feurig, Cemlyn Bay and the Skerries SPA (31ha) However, 76 per cent of lowland grasslands and 70 Ramsar per cent of sandbanks, bays 1. Anglesey and Llyn Fens Ramsar (625ha) and lagoons were in unfavourable condition.

Sites of There are 60 SSSIs in Anglesey4: SSSIs in Wales - Current State Special of Knowledge (April 05 to Scientific 1. Arfordir Gogleddol 22. Glannau Ynys 40. Nantanog March 06)5: Interest Penmon Gybi:Holy 41. Newborough 2. Baron Hill Park Island Coast Warren - Ynys • 12% of Wales is designated 3. Beddmanarch- 23. Glan-Traeth Llanddwyn as Sites of Special Scientific Cymyran 24. Gwenfro And 42. Penrhos Lligwy Interest (SSSI) 4. Bwrdd Arthur Rhos Y Gad 43. Penrhynoedd • During 2005/6 Wales 5. Cadnant Dingle 25. Henborth Llangadwaladr gained three SSSIs, an

2 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity 6. Cae Gwyn 26. Llanbadrig - 44. Porth Diana additional 399 ha 7. Caeau Talwrn Dinas Gynfor 45. Puffin Island - • 71% of SSSIs by area are 8. Carmel Head 27. Llyn Alaw Ynys Seiriol also sites of international 9. Cemlyn Bay 28. Llyn 46. Rhoscolyn importance for wildlife 10. Clegir Mawr Bodgylched Reedbed • One quarter of SSSIs can 11. Coed Y Gell And 29. Llyn Garreg- 47. Rhosneigr be reached within 1km of a Morfa Dulas Lwyd 48. Rhosneigr Reefs town or city 12. Cors Bodeilio 30. Llyn Hafodol 49. Salbri • 62% of SSSIs by area are 13. Cors Bodwrog And Cors 50. The Skerries classed as open access 14. Cors Erddreiniog Clegyrog 51. Traeth Lligwy land. 15. Cors Goch 31. Llyn Llygeirian 52. Tre Wilmot • From a sample of SSSIs, 16. Cors Y Farl 32. Llyn Llywenan 53. Tre'r Gof 47% of designated habitats 17. Craig Wen/Cors 33. Llyn Maelog 54. Trwyn Dwlban and species were Castell 34. Llyn Padrig 55. Ty Croes considered to be in 18. Fferam Uchaf 35. Llyn Traffwll 56. Tyddyn Y Waen favourable condition 19. Glannau Penmon- 36. Llynnau Y Fali - 57. Tywyn Aberffraw • 25% of SSSIs by area are Biwmaris Valley Lakes 58. Waun Eurad known to be owned or 20. Glannau 37. Malltraeth 59. Y Werthyr managed by conservation Porthaethwy Marsh/Cors 60. Ynys Feurig sector bodies 21. Glannau Ddyga Rhoscolyn 38. Mariandyrys 39. Mynydd Parys Biodiversity Local BAPs in Anglesey6 Summary of main results of the 2008 UK Biodiversity Action Plans Action Plan Reporting Round7: Habitats: Species: • Biodiversity Action Plan partnerships at UK and local Hedgerows Barn Owl levels continue to deliver gains for some priority Coastal and Floodplain Grazing Marsh Bittern species and habitats, with the rate of decline slowing Coastal Saline Lagoons Brown Hare and in some cases halted or Coastal Sand Dunes Chough reversed. Nevertheless there is a lot more to do.

3 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Field Edges Great Crested Newt • 8 priority habitats (18%) and 40 priority species Flower-rich Roadside Verges Harbour Porpoise (11%) were increasing or probably increasing. Gardens Marsh Fritillary • 9 priority habitats (20%) and 144 priority species Lakes Medicinal Leech (39%) were stable or probably stable. Limestone Pavement Otter • 19 priority habitats (42%) and 88 priority species Lowland Fens Petalwort (24%) were declining or probably declining but the Lowland Heathland Red Squirrel rate of decline is slowing for 9 habitats (20%) and 28 Maritime Cliff and Slope Shore Dock species (8%). Plantations Skylark • 8 species were reported to have been lost since the Ponds Slender Green Feather Moss publication of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan in River and Stream Southern Damselfly 1994 and 11 were thought to have been lost before Sandy Beaches Three-lobed Water Crowfoot this date. Seagrass Beds Water Vole • The state of our knowledge of the conservation Wet Reedbed Common Pipistrelle Bat requirements for priority habitats and species was Woodland Soprano Pipistrelle Bat reported as increased compared with 2002, but Noctule Bat gaps still existed in our monitoring. Beyond 2010, Lesser Horseshoe Bat the main gaps were identified as likely to be for Brown-long eared Bat marine, coastal and grassland habitats and for groups of invertebrates and plants. • Progress on targets was mixed. For those aimed at maintaining biodiversity (the timescale for these is 2010), 52% of species targets were met and 17% were not achieved, whilst on habitats, 26% were met and 30% were not achieved. The remainder were either not known or not reported. For targets aimed at making improvements, progress was behind schedule on the majority, but for some species, such as the Ladybird spider, Large Blue butterfly and Bittern, the progress was impressive. • Habitat loss/degradation (particularly owing to

4 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity agriculture, changes in management practice or infrastructure development) and global warming continued to be the key threats reported for the highest proportion of priority species and habitats. National Cors Erddreiniog Whole Site Assessment9 Nature Cors Erddreiniog is the largest of the Anglesey fens. This extensive reserve is Reserves located five kilometres west of Benllech on the northeast side of the island, with the small villages of Capel Coch to the west and Brynteg to the east.

Cors Goch The Cors Goch reserve is one of several lowland fens on Anglesey and you can find it between the villages of Pentraeth and Benllech. The reserve lies in the bed of an ancient glacial lake. Over time, the lakes ancient hollow has filled in with peat, as plant life thrived and died through the past 10,000 years - leaving the fen we see today.

Cors Bodeilio Cors Bodeilio is a nationally important nature reserve due to its unique mire, which lies in a shallow limestone valley between Llangefni and Pentraeth, on the Isle of Anglesey. Water from the surrounding Carboniferous limestone rocks feed the mire, and this in turn has encouraged the development of a range of different wetland fen species, which prosper over the bed of fen peat.

Newborough Warren & Ynys Llanddwyn At the south-western point of Anglesey, guarding the southern opening of the Menai Strait, Newborough Warren is one of the finest coastal sand dune systems in Britain, with huge expanses of mobile and fixed dunes. The reserve boasts important geological features – the pre-Cambrian rocks (some of the oldest in the country) of which Ynys Llanddwyn is formed and the pillow lavas that form the approach to that tidal island8.

5 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Status of all NNR species and habitat features

Local Nature There are 6 Local Nature Reserves on the Isle of Anglesey: Data Gap. Reserves Coed Cyrnol An area of mixed woodland and foreshore near the famous Menai suspension bridge. This urban site is a popular walk for local people. Good views of the Menai Strait, with shelduck, redshank, dunlin and oystercatcher often evident on the adjacent shore.

6 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Cytir Mawr/ Llandegfan This tiny area of common land east of the old village of Llandegfan was once heathland, but a severe fire during the drought of 1976 created ideal conditions for the invasion of birch and much of the site today is woodland. Remnants of the former heathland are retained.

Llanddona Common The village of Llanddona is intimately entwined with its common land - a result of centuries of erosion of the common land by smallholders. As a result, heathery outcrops characterise the village landscape, but the original grazing and estover (firewood) function of the land has long since ceased an these remnants are now mown and occasionally burnt. The larger block of common land at Rhos Llaniestyn to the east, a fine area of lowland heath, still retains the potential for traditional management (grazing and burning) to be restored.

Llangoed Common This common land was once grazed by the villagers' cattle, but long since abandoned it has developed into wet woodland of willow and alder.

Trwyn yr Wylfa This headland next to the Wylfa nuclear power station was gifted to the local community by the power company. A mixture of coastal grassland and heath, it offers a fine location for sea watching of passing gannets, shearwaters, terns etc.

Y Dingle An area of mixed woodland along the steep sided valley of the Afon Cefni. There are good stands of sessile oak as well as plantings of sweet chestnut, beech and larch. The site includes marshland and the river which still sometimes has an elusive dipper and records of otter10.

7 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Ancient The woodland cover on Anglesey is very low when compared to other parts of Wales or Europe at 3.5% of the land Woodlands area compared to an average of 13% for Wales and 33% for the EU. Only Iceland and Malta in all of Europe have a lower percentage woodland cover. Much of the woodland is fragmented occurring in isolated blocks providing a limited habitat for locally rare animal, bird and plant species. Ancient and semi-natural woodland is a particularly rare resource; there is less than 250 hectares on Anglesey, less than 0.5% of our land area. The majority of the woodlands that are in private ownership are poorly managed11.

Birds Bird population data is at an all-Wales level. • Overall, in Wales, 16.9 per cent of species increased Short-term abundance of widespread breeding birds in Wales, 1994 to and 42.7 per cent 12 2009 decreased in range between 1968-1972 and 1988-1991. 40.3 per cent remained stable. • Over half the species of birds of farmed habitats decreased in range over the 20-year period.

8 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity

1 Anglesey County Council 2 JNCC - Protected sites. 3 WAG (July 2010) State of the Environment. Available online: http://wales.gov.uk/topics/statistics/headlines/environment2010/100722/?lang=en 4 Anglesey Nature - Protected Areas. Available online: http://angleseynature.co.uk/ 5 CCW - SSSIs in Wales - Current State of Knowledge Report for April 2005 - March 2006. 6 Biodiversity Action Reporting System - Partnership plans - G. Cymru/ N. Wales - Anglesey's LBAP. Available online: http://ukbars.defra.gov.uk/ 7 JNCC - The UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Highlights from the 2008 reporting round. Available online: http://jncc.defra.gov.uk/default.aspx?page=5398 8 CCW - Welsh National Nature Reserves. Available online: http://www.ccw.gov.uk/landscape--wildlife/protecting-our-landscape/special-landscapes-- sites/protected-landscapes/national-nature-reserves.aspx 9 CCW - National Nature Reserves in Wales - Status of NNRs. Available online: http://www.ccw.gov.uk/landscape--wildlife/protecting-our-landscape/special- landscapes--sites/protected-landscapes/national-nature-reserves/nnr-report.aspx 10 Anglesey Nature - Protected Areas. Available online: http://angleseynature.co.uk/ 11 Isle of Anglesey Council - Anglesey County Council’s Tree, Hedgerow and Woodland Strategy 2003-08 12 Welsh Assembly Government http://www.statswales.wales.gov.uk/TableViewer/document.aspx?ReportId=5759

9 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Communities

Anglesey is experiencing an ageing population with fewer children being born and more people living into older age which reflects the national trend. Although the number of births in the Isle of Anglesey is projected to generally decrease over the next 25 years, the Fertility Rate is projected to remain fairly stable. The number of deaths in the Isle of Anglesey is projected to decline until 2014/15 and then rise as a result of increased life expectancy, which will contribute to the ageing population. The Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation has shown that 55% of Lower Super Output Areas (LSOAs) in Anglesey were more deprived than the Wales average. Of the 44 LSOAs in Anglesey, three (Morawelon, Tudur and Porthyfelin) fall within the 10% most deprived areas in Wales. Anglesey has one of the highest proportions of white residents in the country. In 2007, the estimated population of Anglesey was 69,000 of which 68,300 were predicted to be white. Anglesey has a lower level of crime and road accidents than the national average.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population In 2001, the total population of Anglesey was recorded as being 66,829 which with 97 people per The population of Total and square kilometre is less densely populated than Wales as a whole (143 people per sq km)1. Based Anglesey is increasing Projections on the mid-2008 WAG population projections, the total population of the Isle of Anglesey is projected slowly (4.5% by 2023) to increase by 3,100 (or 4.5 per cent) by mid-2023. This is the ninth lowest population growth to mid- compared to other LAs in 2023 of all local authorities in Wales. The population is projected to continue growing for the last ten Wales. years of the projection period reaching 72,600 by mid-20332.

Isle of Anglesey Total Population3

10 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Percentage change since 2008 by local authority, selected years4

11 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population Gender There are more females Composition than males in Anglesey. and Change Based on the mid-2008 WAG population projections, there will be more females than males in the population of Anglesey throughout the projection period. From mid-2008 to mid-2023 it is projected Anglesey is experiencing that there will be relatively similar growth patterns in the male and female population (4.7 per cent and an ageing population. 4.3 per cent respectively). This pattern is projected to continue for the remainder of the projection period up to mid- 20335. Births on Anglesey are projected to decline and then level out. Isle of Anglesey Population by Gender6 Deaths are projected to decrease until around 2014/15 before increasing.

Life expectancy on Anglesey is projected to increase from 80.6 in 2008/09 to 83.0 in 2022/23.

12 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population of Wales, North Wales and its Local Authorities by gender7.

Age of Population

The population of the Isle of Anglesey is projected to increase by 4.5 per cent from mid-2008 to mid- 2023. This increase is predominately due to the increase in people aged 65+, projected to grow by around 40 per cent from 14,400 in mid-2008 to 20,100 in mid-2023. This increase in the number of older people is due to two factors; firstly increased expectation of life which results in more people living longer, and secondly the ageing on of larger cohorts, such as those born after the Second World War8.

Isle of Anglesey population change, key years and key age groups9

13 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Population by age group in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales-% change between 1991 and 200910

25 24 22 21 20 18

15 12 10 9 7 5 1 0

-5

Percentage Change Percentage -4 -6 -6 -10 -8

-15 -13 -14

-20 -19

-25 0 to 14 15-29 30-44 45-64 65+ Age Group

Gwynedd Anglesey Wales

Births and Deaths

The most recent actual data shows that there have been small dips in the number of births in the Isle of Anglesey in 2004/05 and 2006/07. From 2008/09 onwards births in the Isle of Anglesey are projected to decline, before becoming constant toward the end of the projection period. This decline is due to a projected decline in the number of women of fertility age (15-49) in the first fifteen years of the projection period. Although the number of births in the Isle of Anglesey is projected to generally decrease over the 25 year period, the Total Fertility Rate (TFR) is projected to remain fairly stable at around 2.1.

14 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Deaths in the Isle of Anglesey remained relatively constant from 2003/04 to 2007/08. Deaths are projected to decrease until around 2014/15 before increasing towards the end of the projection period, mainly due to an increase in older people (aged 65+) in the Isle of Anglesey. This is in line with the general pattern expected to be seen across Wales11.

Isle of Anglesey Births and Deaths12

15 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Number of births, deaths and natural change by local authority, selected years13

Life Expectancy

The most recent actual data shows that expectation of life in the Isle of Anglesey has been generally stable, with the exception of 2006/07 which saw a very small dip. Over the projection period, expectation of life in the Isle of Anglesey is expected to increase from 80.6 in 2008/09 to 83.0 in 2022/23. This increase is projected to continue over the last ten years of the projection period14.

16 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Isle of Anglesey Expectation of Life15

17 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Expectation of life at birth by local authority, selected years16

Migration Internal net migration by gender

In each year of the projection period, the Isle of Anglesey is projected to experience: • 2,340 people arriving in the authority from the rest of the UK; • 2,130 people leaving the authority for the rest of the UK; • A net internal migration of 220 people.

18 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities In each year of the projection period, net internal migration for the Isle of Anglesey is projected to be: • Positive for both males and females, indicating more people arriving than leaving; • Slightly higher for females than males (+120 and +100 respectively); • The 10th lowest level of internal net migration across all Welsh local authorities.

International net migration by gender

In each year of the projection period, the Isle of Anglesey is projected to experience: • 120 people arriving in the authority from overseas; • 130 people leaving the authority for overseas; • A net international migration of -10 people.

In each year of the projection period, net international migration for the Isle of Anglesey is projected to be: • Slightly higher for females than for males (around zero for females and -10 for males); • The 11th highest level of international net migration across all Welsh local authorities17.

19 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Assumed migration levels for the duration of the projection period by local authority, selected years18

Ethnicity In 2007, the estimated population of Anglesey was 69,000 of which 68,300 were predicted to be white. When compared to other LAs this is one of the highest proportions of white residents in Wales.

20 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Population estimates by ethnic group and Local Authority19

21 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Health Anglesey has a higher cancer rate than the national average (424.2 per 100,000, compared to 410 in Wales between 2004-2006).20

Isle of Anglesey - adults who reported key illnesses, health-related lifestyle or service use21

22 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

(a) Includes those who reported ever being treated for a heart attack. (b) Adults who reported having any long-term illness, health problem or disability which limits their daily activities or the work they can do. Adults were asked to include problems due to old age. (c) Adults who reported smoking daily or occasionally. (d) In response to a question asking about the most units drunk on any one day in the last seven days. Above guidelines means men drinking more than 4 units a day and women drinking more than 3 units. (e) Binge means men drinking more than 8 units a day and women drinking more than 6 units. (f) Based on all adults (drinkers and non-drinkers). (g) Guidelines recommend adults eat at least five portions of a variety of fruit and vegetables each day. (h) Guidelines recommend adults do at least 30 minutes of at least moderate intensity physical activity on five or more days a week. Respondents were asked to include physical activity which is part of their job. (i) Reported Body Mass Index (BMI) of 25+. BMI is calculated as weight (kg) divided by squared height (m2). (j) Reported Body Mass Index (BMI) of 30+. BMI is calculated as weight (kg) divided by squared height (m 2). (k) Bases vary: those shown are for the whole sample.

Road Between 1994 and 2009, Accidents Road Accidents 2006 there was an overall Anglesey Wales decrease in the number of Accidents 14.1 25.5 road accidents and in the Casualties 19.9 37.3 number of all car Casualties – slight 306.3 381.6 occupants killed or Casualties – killed or 42.1 46.3 seriously injured. seriously injured

23 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Road Accidents in Anglesey and Gwynedd

500

450

400

350

300

250

Accidents 200

150

100

0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 1994-98 Year

Isle of Anglesey Gwynedd

Years of life lost by death due to motor vehicle accident, 2000 – 2004 = Anglesey 19 per 10,000 population; Wales 15.3 per 10,000 population

The rate of accidents per length of road in noticeably lower in the area than the rate for Wales (14.1 per 100km and 25.5 per 100km respectively) – the 2nd lowest rate of all Unitary Authorities in Wales22.

24 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Welsh Index of WIMD 2008 shows that in Anglesey (which has 44 Lower Super Output Areas (LSOAs)) 3 LSOAs fall Multiple within the 10% most deprived LSOAs in Wales. These are: Deprivation (WIMD) • Morawelon with a score of 48.2, which ranked 119 out of 1896 in Wales. This LSOA was placed in the 10% most deprived category in Wales. • Tudur with a score of 42.9, which ranked 187 out of 1896 in Wales. This LSOA was placed in the 10% most deprived category in Wales. • Porthyfelin 1 with a score of 41.6, which ranked 204 out of 1896 in Wales. This LSOA was placed in the 10-20% most deprived category in Wales.

In Isle of Anglesey: • The LSOAs had deprivation score distribution over 88% of the whole range for Wales. • 5% of its LSOAs fall within the 10% most deprived LSOAs in Wales. • 55% of its LSOAs fall within the 50% most deprived LSOAs in Wales. • There are lower than average levels of deprivation in the 3 most deprived categories ( most deprived 10%, 20%, 30%), but higher than average levels of deprivation in the most deprived 50% category).

In the 10% most deprived LSOAs for Wales there are:

• Above average numbers of LSOAs in Anglesey for Housing (18%) and Access (18%) • Below average numbers of LSOAs in Anglesey for: • Overall Deprivation (5%) • Income (7%) • Employment (2%) • Health (2%) • Education (5%) • Community (7%)

55% of LSOAs in Anglesey were more deprived than the Wales average23.

25 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Map Showing Overall WIMD Rankings of Wards in Anglesey24

Crime The crime rate in Anglesey Recorded Crime 2006-07 (per 100,000 population) has gradually fallen in recent Anglesey Wales years with an overall reduction of 23% between Recorded Crime 67.7 87.5 2006/07 and 2009/10. Violence against the person 20.4 18.2

Burglary from a dwelling 1.3 3.6

Theft of a vehicle 1.3 3.8 Theft from a vehicle 2.1 8.6

26 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities

Communities 25 Rate of Crime per 1,000 people

In 2009/10, Anglesey had the 4th lowest crime rate in Wales

27 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Notifiable Offences Recorded by the Police (April 09 – March 10)26 Violence against the person

75 107 Wounding or Other Act 230 Endangering Life 68 Other Wounding 1084 Harassment

Common Assault

Robbery 864 Theft from a person 16 Criminal Damage 311 7 Burglary in a Dwelling 6 454 Other Burglary 213

Theft of a vehicle

1 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. Available online: http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.gov.uk/dissemination/LeadDatasetList.do?a=7&b=276858&c=Anglesey&d=13&g=412995&i=1001x1003&m=0&r=1&s=13 02598070859&enc=1&domainId=13 2 WAG (2010) Local Authority Population Projections for Wales (2008-based) Local Authority Report. 3 Ibid. 4 Ibid. 5 Ibid. 6 Ibid.

28 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

7 Learning and Skills Observatory for Wales: Labour Market Intelligence and Planning Toolkit - Local LMI: Isle of Anglesey. Available online: http://www.learningobservatory.com/lmi-anglesey 8 WAG (2010) Local Authority Population Projections for Wales (2008-based) Local Authority Report. 9 Ibid. 10 Office for National Statistics (Accessed on 12/04/11) Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. 11 WAG (2010) Local Authority Population Projections for Wales (2008-based) Local Authority Report. 12 Ibid. 13 Ibid. 14 Ibid. 15 Ibid. 16 Ibid. 17 Ibid. 18 Ibid. 19 Statswales: Population and Migration: Estimates by Ethnic Group. Available online: http://www.statswales.wales.gov.uk/TableViewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=29063 20 InfoBase Wales: http://www.infobasecymru.net/IAS/dataviews/tabular?viewId=49&geoId=1&subsetId=

21 WAG (2010) Welsh Health Survey 2008 + 2009: Local Authority/ Health Board Results. 22 Office for National Statistics (Accessed on 12/04/11) Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. 23 WAG (2008) Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation. 24 Ibid. 25 Office for National Statistics (Accessed on 12/04/11) Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. 26 Ibid.

29 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Climatic Factors

Anglesey has one of the highest per capita CO2 emission levels in Wales. The most significant CO2 emissions for Anglesey plan area arise from industry. The overall projected increases in the annual average temperatures in Wales are 1.3°C by the 2020s, 2.0°C by the 2040s and 3.3°C by the 2080s, against the 1961 to 1990 baseline. Projected increases for Anglesey are at the lower end of the ranges provided i.e. average maximum summer temps are predicted to be 3°C higher than baseline figures as opposed to up to 6°C higher for central and south Wales. Overall the county can also expect drier summer and more irregular/ extreme weather events, such as high rainfall/ wetter winters. WAG has set a target of 7 TWH to be produced by renewable energy in order to meet the UK’s target of producing 15% of energy from renewables by 2020. Anglesey’s Energy Island Strategy is a key initiative directly focused on supporting WAG’s low carbon revolution. Key opportunities include: Offshore wind, the Skerries Tidal project and the forthcoming application in 2012 for a new reactor at Wylfa (3.2GW).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Climate Change The overall projected increases in the annual average temperatures in Wales are 1.3°C by the Climate change adaptation Projections 2020s, 2.0°C by the 2040s and 3.3°C by the 2080s, against the 1961 to 1990 baseline. measures will required as an Projected increases for Anglesey are at the lower end of the ranges provided i.e. average integral element of new maximum summer temps are predicted to be 3°C higher than baseline figures as opposed to infrastructure and housing up to 6°C higher for central and south Wales1. Overall the county can also expect drier summer development. and more irregular/ extreme weather events, such as high rainfall/ wetter winters.

Carbon Dioxide Wales: Net CO2 emissions reduced by Wales Carbon Dioxide Emissions 80% compared to 1990 levels. Tonnes per capita – 13. 1 (2007)2

Carbon Dioxide Emission by Sector Anglesey (2007) (kt CO2) 2 Emissions Land use, Most significant CO emissions Industry/ decreased by Road Land use Rank out for Anglesey plan area arise from Commerci Domestic Total 0.68% between Transport change & of 22 LAs industry. al 2005/2007 Forestry

411 181 143 43 778 15

30 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

Carbon Dioxide Emissions per capita by sector Anglesey (2007)

Land use, Industry & Land use Domestic Road Transp Total Commerc change & Forestry

Anglesey has one of the highest 6.0 2.6 2.1 0.6 11.3 Anglesey per capita emission levels in Wales Wales 6.5 2.4 2.3 -0.1 11.1 Further opportunities to improve Anglesey is in the top 5 UK authorities with 18% of the LA’s housing stock lagged (loft/ cavity the performance of existing and wall) under the as part of the Carbon Emissions Reduction Target (CERT)3 future housing stock.

Greenhouse Gas Total emissions of the six Greenhouse Gases in Wales for 2006 were Opportunities to improve the Regional Data 2 2 Emission Gap 51.1MtCO equivalent. This represents a 3.9% increase on 2005 and a 7.4% trend for reduced CO emissions decrease on base year emissions of the six greenhouse gases. (e.g. through housing and transport measures). Total emissions of CO2 in Wales for 2006 were 42.5MtCO2 equivalent, which represents a 4.7% increase on 2005 and a 1.8% decrease on base year CO2 emissions.

These figures show a reduction in emissions when compared to the base year but an increase in emissions compared to 20054

31 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Air Pollution Air Pollution in Wales since 1990

Source: Air Quality in Wales (2009) Welsh Air Quality Forum5

Air quality in Wales continues to improve year on year and both emissions and ambient concentrations of key pollutants are decreasing, though annual average concentrations across the country have started to level out in recent years.

32 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Modelled Annual Mean Concentrations for PM10 (2008)6

The above map shows modelled annual mean concentrations for PM10 mapped to a 1km grid. The data is provided by NetCen and is based on modelled emissions to the atmosphere from UK sources from the National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory (NAEI) together with measured concentrations. The current UK National Air Quality Strategy objectives for PM10 are a concentration of less than 40ugm3 measured as an annual mean and 50 ugm3 measured as a 24 hour mean (not to be exceeded more than 35 time per year). The map shows that in 2008, PM10 concentrations were well within the national limits. The map also suggests that PM10 concentrations are lower in the more coastal areas of the county.

33 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Welsh Index of The Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation 2008 (WIMD) is the official measure of deprivation for Deprivation in relation to the Multiple Deprivation: small areas in Wales. The physical environment domain of the WIMD index incorporates four physical environment domain of Air Quality indicators including air quality (concentrations of air pollutants) and emissions of air pollutants. the WIMD is not significant for The Air Quality indicator uses data on concentrations of pollutants (benzene, nitrogen dioxide, Anglesey and on this index the sulphur dioxide, particulates, carbon monoxide and ozone). Island is one of the least deprived areas in Wales, provided a high Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation (WIMD): Population Averaged Air Quality quality environment for the local Concentration Index (2008) population.

34 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Note: Communities with the most significant air quality issues in relation to population are shown in red.

The above maps illustrates that air quality in Anglesey is good when compared to the rest of Wales. All Lower Layer Super Output Areas (LSOA) areas in the County are amongst the least deprived in Wales7.

Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation (WIMD): Population Averaged Air Emissions Index (2008)8

35 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors The above maps illustrates that air quality in Anglesey in terms of population averaged air emissions index is generally very good when compared to the rest of Wales. Most LSOAs are within the least deprived in terms of this measure. However, it is noticeable, that the more populated centres of Amlwch, Holyhead, Menai Bridge and Llangefni are more deprived.

Note: Communities with the most significant air quality issues in relation to population are shown in red.

Concentration of Sulphur Dioxide Local authority has considered Air quality is not a significant gases subject to air quality emission links with issue for Anglesey, with the regulation / Air quality Between 27th September 2007 and 27th November 2008 fugitive sources and poultry exception of identified ‘hot spots’ AEA Energy and Environment conducted Sulphur Dioxide farms as part of annual review related to road transport, which monitoring at Penrhos Coastal Park on behalf of Anglesey process and concluded that are subject to regular monitoring. Aluminium Metals Ltd. The results of this monitoring little likelihood of exceeding air indicated that there is little risk of exceeding the objectives quality objectives at any for SO2 at this location. sources.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

During the last twelve months the Local Authority has been undertaking PM10 monitoring at three fugitive emission sources, including a new location at the former sedimentation ponds, Parys Mountain. The results from these studies indicate that there is little likelihood of the air quality objectives for PM10 being exceeded at these locations.

36 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

The NO2 diffusion tube results for the kerbside of the A55(T) at Llanfair P.G. remains the only location where the Welsh Assembly Government’s annual objective of 40μg/m3 is exceeded. The closest property is approximately 20m from kerbside where it is estimated that the concentration would be 22.1 μg/m3. Nevertheless, the NO2 diffusion tube location at Llanfair P.G. is situated adjacent to an authorised lay-by with no time restriction on its use. Consequently, the 1 hour objective of 200 μg/m3 (which is not to be exceeded more than 18 times a year) would apply. While the annual mean remains below 60 μg/m3 the 1 hour mean objective for NO2 is unlikely to be exceeded Llanfair P.G. but it should be noted that there has been a year on year increase in NO2 from 40.7 μg/m3 in 2005 to 44.5 μg/m3 in 2008.

The Local Authority will continue with the NO2 diffusion tube location at Llanfair P.G. as it is situated adjacent to a lay-by where the 1 hour objective of 200 μg/m3 (which is not to be exceeded more than 18 times a year) would apply. The Local Authority will need to monitor whether the annual mean remains below 60 μg/m3 , particularly given recent increases in annual average NO2 at this location.

Sources of Air Pollution

The Local Authority has received only one application for approval for chimney height associated with a biomass furnace in recent years. The application, related to a 10m high chimney situated well within the perimeter fence of RAF

37 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Valley and no relevant public exposure was considered likely.

The Local Authority has considered air quality issues linked with both fugitive emissions and poultry farms in this review. It has concluded that there is little likelihood of exceeding the air quality objectives at any of these sources. No other sources were identified for assessment that had not already been assessed in previous reviews.

The Local Authority has identified that diesel or steam locomotives are regularly stationary for periods of 15 minutes or more at Holyhead Railway Station. The locomotives are left running for long periods of time within short distances of the public bus stop and pavement on Victoria Road. Consequently, the Local Authority has recently installed a UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyser in the former public toilets on Victoria Road, to monitor emissions from stationary locomotives. Results of this monitoring will be reported within a Detailed Assessment at the end of April 20109.

Acid Deposition Acid deposition includes both wet and dry deposition of pollutants from the atmosphere that have the potential to acidify soils and freshwaters. The pollutants include sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxide (NOx) and ammonia (NH3). Nitrogen deposition is the deposition of mainly nitrogen oxides (NOx) and ammonia (NH3) from the atmosphere to land. Total deposition is the combination of both wet and dry deposition. Nitrogen refers to the pollutant dose that may lead to eutrophication.

In order to decipher whether acid or nitrogen deposition is having a negative effect on an ecosystem, or an aspect of an ecosystem, critical loads are set for individual habitats, for

38 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors example a woodland or a bog, and species, for example a moss or a freshwater plant. Critical load relates to the quantity of a pollutant deposited from air to ground. Where deposition is less than a critical load it can be concluded that deposition of a pollutant above which harmful indirect effects can be shown on a habitats or species. If deposition is greater than the critical load then it is deemed as an exceedance of critical load. The following maps show modelled prediction for acid depositions and nitrate depositions for 2010.

Natura 2000 Sites Air Quality Impacts – Acid Depositions Modelled Predictions for 201010

39 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Natura 2000 Sites Air Quality Impacts – Nitrate Depositions Modelled Predictions for 2010

Ecological Footprint In 2003 Anglesey’s ecological footprint was 5.3 global The footprint of Wales has The need to reduce the ecological hectares (gha) per person which is amongst the highest 6 footprint of Anglesey and 11 increased at an average rate of local authorities in Wales . 1.5% per year between 1990 Gwynedd, with a particular focus and 2003. on the emissions arising from housing and transport. .

40 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

Stockholm Environment Institute estimates suggest that the average ‘earthshare’ is 1.8 gha per person.

It was estimated that the total Ecological Footprint for Wales in 2003 was 5.16 gha per person. This is nearly three times greater than the average ‘earthshare’. When calculated on the same basis, the total ecological footprint of the UK in 2003 was 5.6 gha per person.

41 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Renewable Energy WAG has set a target to 7 TWH to be Anglesey’s Energy Island Targets produced by renewable energy in order to Strategy is a key initiative directly meet the UK’s target of producing 15% of focused on supporting WAG’s low energy from renewables by 2020 carbon revolution. Key (supplement to TAN8)12. opportunities include: Offshore wind, the Skerries Tidal project and forthcoming application in 2012 for a new reactor at Wylfa (3.2GW)13. Installed renewable No regional/ There are 143 sites in Wales generating electricity from renewable sources. Anglesey offers significant capacity plan area Growth in capacity across Wales is primarily from wind energy sources opportunities to increase installed breakdown of (+157MWe) 14. renewables capacity (offshore capacity. wind & tidal).

Climate Change No regional/ Climate Change Strategy for Wales sets No established baseline of Support/ facilitate the Adaptation plan area data strategic framework. measures, current approaches development of sector adaptation on adaptation focused on risk assessment plans. Changing Climate, Changing Places pilot progress/ project, practical actions in LAs to take including resilience of measures. forward adaptation15. infrastructure, coastal management, land management.

1 WAG (2009) Climate Change: its impacts for Wales (Nov, 2009). http://wales.gov.uk/docs/desh/policy/091101climateimpactsen.pdf 2 WAG http://www.assemblywales.org/09-037.pdf 3 Energy Savings Trust (2010) http://www.energysavingtrust.org.uk/business/Business/Information/Homes-Energy-Efficiency-Database-HEED/CERT-reports-from-HEED 4 WAG Written Statements 2008 http://wales.gov.uk/about/cabinet/cabinetstatements/2008/greenhouse/?lang=en 5 Air Quality in Wales (2009) Welsh Air Quality Forum 6 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 7 Lower Layer Super Output Areas (LSOAs): England and Wales have been divided into Super Output Areas (SOA) each having roughly the same population. There are three levels: Lower Layer (the smallest), Middle Layer, and Upper Layer (the largest). There are 1,896 Lower Layer Super Output Areas

42 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

in Wales each having about 1,500 people. Deprivation scores are worked out for each of these areas: higher scores mean more deprivation. WAG (2008) Statistics for Wales WIMD Summary Report. 8 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 9 Isle of Anglesey County Council (2006) Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates). 10 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 11 Wales’ Ecological Footprint - Scenarios to 2020 E. Dawkins, A. Paul, J. Barrett, J. Minx and K. Scott. http://wales.gov.uk/topics/sustainabledevelopment/publications/ecofootprint/?lang=en 12 Technical Advice Notes (TAN) 8 Renewable Energy http://wales.gov.uk/topics/planning/policy/tans/tan8/?lang=en 13 Isle of Anglesey’s Energy Island Vision http://www.anglesey.gov.uk/doc.asp?cat=5046 14 Department for Energy and Climate Change Energy Trends: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/statistics/publications/trends/ 15 WAG (2010) Climate Change Strategy for Wales. http://wales.gov.uk/docs/desh/publications/101006ccstratfinalen.pdf

43 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Cultural Heritage

Anglesey has rich heritage that includes numerous designated sites and scheduled sites that contribute significantly to the overall character of the cultural landscape, and importantly provide a key source of tourist interest and revenue from the visiting public. Anglesey forms a key hub for Welsh speakers in Wales, with its resident population accounting for one of the highest proportions of spoken Welsh (after Gwynedd) across Wales. The development and promotion of the Welsh Language in Anglesey is a key element of the Island’s overall cultural wealth and offering to both the resident and visiting population.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage The 2001 census showed that approx 39,000 people in Anglesey speak Welsh, accounting for Support and promote the use of just over 60% of the population (63.3% of the population over the age of 3 yrs say they can the Welsh language, for existing speak Welsh)1 The census also showed some declines in Welsh speaking between 1991 and and developing communities. 2001 (Llaneugrad in Anglesey saw a fall of 10.3%). Take forward the provisions set

2 out the Welsh Language (Wales) Skills in the Welsh language (2001) 3 Measure 2011 .

Speaks Speaks and Speaks, but reads Populatio reads Other No does but Welsh Language n aged 3 and combinati knowledge not read does and over writes on of skills of Welsh or write not Welsh Welsh write Welsh % % % % % Anglese 64,679 6.39 2.94 50.51 1.82 29.60 y Wales 2,805,701 2.83 1.37 16.32 2.98 71.57

44 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Trends in the Welsh Language

Changes in Number and % of Welsh Speakers Since 1951

Year Ynys Môn Wales 1951 38,443 (80.0%) 714,700 (28.9%) 1961 37,101 (75.0%) 656,000 (26.0%) 1971 37,135 (66.0%) 542,400 (20.8%) 1981 39,229 (61.0%) 508,200 (18.9%) 1991 41,240 (61.9%) 500,000 (18.5%) 2001 38,893 (60.1%) 582,368 (20.7%)

Whilst there has been a significant decline in the percentage of the population that can speak Welsh, it is interesting to note that the number of Welsh speakers in 2001, 38,893 is slightly higher than the level in 1951 which was 38,443. This reflects the overall growth in the Island’s population as result of major employment developments in the 1960s namely Wylfa Nuclear Power station and Anglesey Aluminium Smelter Plant.

In parallel to the influx of population from outside Wales onto the Island there is an outflow of young people who depart looking for work due to the narrow economic base that exists on the Island. The national level saw a decline of approximately 10% in the percentage of Welsh speakers from 1951 to 1991. However, this trend was changed with an increase of over 2% seen in the percentage of Welsh speakers between 1991 and 2001.

The level of Welsh speakers on the Island in 1991 stood at almost 62%. 16 of the Island’s wards had over 70% of its population who were able to speak Welsh. Results from the 2001 Census can be compared to 1991 and show the pattern of change in the use of the Welsh language. The number of communities with over 70% of the population able to speak Welsh had declined to 13 by 2001 as shown in the maps below.

45 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage % of Welsh Speakers in Anglesey Wards in 1991

% of Welsh Speakers in Anglesey Wards in 2001

46 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage

The figure below compares the changes seen per individual communities on the island between 1991 and 2001.

Change in % of Welsh speakers in Anglesey wards from 1991 to 2001

The main messages from these maps are:

• The greatest fall, of 10.3%, was in Llaneugrad although this is a small community and therefore a small change in numbers can have a major impact on the percentages; • Llanfair-yn-Neubwll saw the greatest increase of 6.9%. This was probably as a result of the fact that some of the air force housing was sold off and may have been purchased by local people; • A further 3 communities (Holyhead, Rhosneigr and Llaneugrad) fell to under 50% of Welsh speakers, which means that there are now 7 communities in this category.

47 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage They are all in coastal locations; • In addition, 3 communities fell to under 70% of Welsh speakers between 1991 and 2001 (Llanfaethlu, Bodorgan and Llanfachraeth); • There are still 13 communities on the island with over 70% of Welsh speakers in them. The majority of these are communities in the centre of the Island; • On average there was a decline of almost 2% of Welsh speakers on the Island between 1991 and 2001.

People Born in Wales

Maps 4 and 5 below compare the percentage of the population that had been born in Wales in 1991 and 2001 while maps 6 and 7 compare the percentage of the population who were born in Wales and who could speak Welsh in 1991 and 2001. Finally maps 8 and 9 look at the percentage changes in these figures between 1991 and 2001. These figures are based on the Island’s 1991 wards.

48 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Changes in % of people born in Wales

49 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage

Key issues arising from the available data (noting that census information is limited in its ability to reflect current trends) : • The majority of the island’s wards have seen a reduction in the percentage of their population who were born in Wales but they have not changed category; • The only major exception to this is the area from Benllech towards Llanidan; • Over 70% of all the people born in Wales are Welsh speakers in every ward except Beaumaris and the wards on Holy Island (which contain the settlements of Holyhead and Trearddur); • With regard to the increase in the number of Welsh speakers, the area of the South West of the Island has the most extensive area of growth is from Benllech down to Llanfairpwlll; • In general, these maps show that residents born in Wales are more likely to speak Welsh and that in-migration of non Welsh speakers reduces the overall percentage of people on the Island who speak Welsh.

Beaumaris Castle, a World heritage site (1987), is a perfect The Castle is managed by Key historical resource form part example of concentrically planned castle. The defences of Cadw and open to visitors, a of the cultural offering of the unfinished castle survive and are surrounded by a key historical asset and source Anglesey. World Heritage Sites partially restored moat. The designation is spread over 2 of conservation/ tourism sites and includes the Caernarfon Castle and Town Walls in funding. Gwynedd. Anglesey has 142 scheduled ancient monuments, located In line with the figures for Maintain and enhance condition within view of the shores and comprising a range of Wales, the overall condition of SAMs. Scheduled Ancient structures including Neolithic and Bronze Age burial status of SAMs on Anglesey is Monuments chambers and standing stones. improving. In Wales the number of SAMs destroyed has reduced (period 1996-2003)4. Parks and gardens of Anglesey has eight parks and gardens that are on the Historic Interest Cadw/ICOMOS Register of parks and gardens of special

50 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage historic interest in Wales: Bodogoran; Carreglwyd; Cestyll; Llanidan; Plas brew; Plas Gwyn; Plas Newydd; Plas Rhianfa. Facilitate appropriate management practice to support good condition status and recognise the wider cultural and economic opportunities arising from historical assets and designations.

As at October 2007, there were 1116 listed buildings in the Anglesey (9th highest in Wales). Of Listed Buildings those listed buildings 137 are classed as being ‘at risk’ which is 11.99% of the total – the 4th

51 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage highest proportion of all Local Authorities in Wales. 19.6% of all listed buildings were classed as ‘vulnerable’ and 68.42% were classed as not being at risk5. There are also 12 building conservation areas.

Listed buildings at risk by Unitary Authority

Torfaen 20.42

Neath Port Talbot 16.88

Flintshire 14.3

Anglesey 11.99

BBNP 11.2

Ceredigion 11.14

Rhondda Cynon Taff 11.11

Denbighshire 11.01

Wrexham 10.93

Gwynedd 10.79 Loca Authority Vale of Glamorgan 10.67

Merthyr Tydfil 9.8

Carmarthenshire 9.21

Powys 9.08

Monmouthshire 8

Conwy 7.03

Cardiff 3.41

0 5 10 15 20 25 % a t r is k

There are two designated wreck sites off the coast of Designated Wrecks Anglesey, the Mary and Pwll Fanog6.

52 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

1 WAG, StatsWales. http://www.statswales.wales.gov.uk/index.htm 2 Census (2001) Office of National Statistics (ONS) http://www.statistics.gov.uk/hub/ 3 WAG. http://wales.gov.uk/topics/welshlanguage/legislation/?skip=1&lang=en . Welsh Language Board. http://www.byig-wlb.org.uk/English/Pages/index.aspx 4 StatsWales. Indicator No. 26 http://www.statswales.wales.gov.uk/tableviewer/document.aspx?ReportId=6001 5 Welsh Historic Environment: Position Statement 2007 (WAG) & Gwynedd Council. 6 Royal Commission of the Ancient and Historical Monuments of Wales. http://www.coflein.gov.uk/en/site/390/details/PWLL+FANOG+SLATE+WRECK/

53 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Economy

Anglesey’s economy isn’t strong in terms of manufacturing, commerce and services of high financial value. In 2009, the Gross Value Added (GVA) per head generated by industry on Anglesey was estimated at £11,333, the lowest of all local authorities in the UK. However, GVA is estimated at the place of work rather than the place of residence, and the high net outflow of commuters from the island accounts for the low productivity per head of residents. Overall, claimant count rates have been higher in Anglesey than the whole of Wales since around 2009. In January 2011,899 people of working age in Anglesey were counted as being unemployed.

Some industries are more prevalent in Anglesey than others. In 2007, public administration, education and health were the greatest single employer of people in Anglesey (32.9%). The second highest was distribution, hotels and restaurants (25.4%), which also reflects the pattern in Wales as a whole. The proportion of industries in agricultural, forestry and fishing; and construction are significantly higher than in Wales overall.

There has been a small and steady rate of growth across most parts of the tourism industry. However, the growth rates are not significantly high to suggest that the industry is experiencing rapid rates of expansion; there is a requirement for a substantial level of investment in high quality accommodation, tourist attractions and recreational activities to encourage a larger customer base to the island. The total visitors to Anglesey declined between 2004 and 2006 after seeing an increase since 2001. The total employed in the tourist industry in Anglesey has remained fairly stable since 2001.

In the agricultural sector there have been significant changes in the number of full time farmers between 2002 and 2007; a small decrease in the number of part time farmers; and a substantial increase in the number of regular workers and casual workers. The total area farmed in Anglesey has increased since 2002, with a significant increase in the hectares of permanent pasture being farmed and a significant decrease in the area of new grassland being farmed.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Gross Value The Gross Added Value (GVA) provides a measure of the value of production taking place within the County. A need to Added (GVA) Output from the Anglesey economy was valued at £780 billion in 2008. The value of output from Anglesey facilitate the contributed 1.6% to the value of output from Wales as a whole, compared with 4.2% output from Powys, 5.9% continued from Conwy and Denbighshire combined and 3.7% from Gwynedd. Gross Value Added (GVA) per head promotion of investment in generated by industry on Anglesey was estimated at £11,333 in 2009, the lowest of all local authorities in the UK the local which highlights the fact that the county’s economy isn’t strong in terms of manufacturing industries, commerce economy in and services of high financial value. However, GVA is estimated at the place of work rather than the place of order to support residence, and the high net outflow of commuters from the island accounts for the low productivity per head of

54 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy residents1. growth in local business GVA per head 1998-2006 particularly within the 16000 manufacturing 14000 and commerce industries. 12000

10000

8000 £ per head £ per 6000

4000

2000

0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Year

Gwynedd Isle of Anglesey Conwy & Denbighshire Wales

Economic The economic activity rate measures the percentage of the population who are in employment or unemployed, A slightly higher Activity and is therefore a useful general measure of the labour market opportunities available to people. It is usually economic activity expressed as a percentage of the working age population. In June 2010, Anglesey was estimated to have a rate and a lower higher economic activity rate (73.7%) than Wales as a whole (72.8%). Unemployment is also substantially lower unemployment rate compared to than the national rate2. the national average. Economic Activity in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales (Jun 2010 Qtr) Anglesey Gwynedd Wales % of working age people who are employees 58.6 54.8 58.0 % of working age people who are employed 69.7 69.5 66.8 % of working age people who are self employed 10.2 13.4 8.2 % of working age people who are economically 73.7 73.6 72.8 active % of working age people who are unemployed 5.5 5.6 8.3 % of working age people who are economically 5.2 4.0 6.6 inactive – want a job % of working age people who are economically 21.1 22.4 20.6

55 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy inactive – do not want a job

Within Anglesey, the economic activity rate of the island shows variation between different areas, and between males and females. In the northern parts in particular and areas to the west, the economic activity rate for females is noticeably lower than for males, which is a reflection of the business and industrial structure of these more peripheral areas.

Areas closer to the bridges linking Anglesey with mainland Wales are within the Menai Hub identified in the Wales Spatial Plan Update 2008, and being the key economic driver for the sub-region. Within this ‘bridgehead’ area which is close to Bangor, economic activity rates are stronger, and the strength extends to adjacent areas which can be described as South Anglesey.

Spatial Plan Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead Outside the Hub ’ Hub Economic 62.3% 60.3% 53.7% 63.6% 56.7% Activity

The table above, using 2001 Census data, shows how the Hub and ‘bridgehead’ areas are stronger than areas to the north and west. Llangefni is also relatively strong, but the position of Holyhead is noticeably weaker. One of the main reasons for economic inactivity is retirement. Economic activity is now measured for the population aged 16-74 years, but obviously the normal retirement age still remains around 65 years. That may change in

56 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy future as new legislation will allow people to work longer if they choose to do so.

Spatial Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead’ Outside the Plan Hub Hub % of Economic Inactive 43.1% 39.5% 33.8% 45.9% 41.8% (16-74) Retired

This table, using 2001 Census data, shows how the proportion of economically inactive persons of working age who have retired is highest in the Menai Hub and ‘Bridgehead’ areas. This can be compared with the proportions who are permanently sick or disabled, or with long-term illness, which are the other main causes of economic inactivity.

Spatial Plan Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead Outside the Hub ’ Hub % of Economic Inactive 18.3% 21.1% 25.4% 15.7% 21.5% (16-74) sick or disabled

Spatial Plan Hub Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead Outside the ’ Hub % with long-term 18.7% 20.3% 24.5% 17.3% 22.8% illness

From the above table, it is clear that outside the Menai Hub and ‘Bridgehead’ areas, permanent illness or disability, and long-term illness, are more prevalent as a cause of economic inactivity. It appears that in areas to the north and the west, there may be levels of hidden unemployment, where illness or disability rather than retirement causes many people to leave the workforce. This may be a reflection of the structure of industry and business in those areas, where jobs that are physically less strenuous, which could be suitable for people with health problems, are in short supply.

It is also worth noting that the age profile of the Menai Hub and ‘Bridgehead’ areas means that more people will be reaching retirement age in a few years time, and availability of workers could constrain the labour market and limit economic development. However, an economy that offers attractive opportunities for people to stay in work for longer might hold up the economic activity rate. The other major challenge is to extend the strength of the Hub area, to offer opportunities to workers from the disadvantaged northern and western parts.

57 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Unemploy- The unemployment figures that usually command most attention are those released monthly and generally ment known as the claimant count. These refer to the number of people out of work and claiming unemployment related benefits, mostly Job Seekers Allowance (JSA). They are the main official sources of information about unemployment for small areas (Anglesey and its wards)3.

Job Seeker’s Allowance (Jan 2011) Anglesey Gwynedd Wales Number of working age people 1,899 2,506 75,163 who are claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance % of working age people who are 4.6 3.4 4 claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance Number of people aged 17-24 who 565 780 24,805 are claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance % of people aged 17-24 who are 29.8 31.1 33 claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance

Job Seekers Allowance Claimants (percentage)4

58 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

Overall, claimant count rates have been higher in Anglesey than the whole of Wales since around 2009.In January 2011,899 people of working age in Anglesey were counted as being unemployed. This equated to 4.6% of the working age population (the 6th highest in Wales), whilst the percentage for Wales was 4%. Unemployment varies across Anglesey. Table 3 below illustrates some of the variations within the County.

Claimant unemployment at ward level (January 2011)5

Claimant % of estimated Unemployed working age population Highest Holyhead Town (12.8) Second Highest Morawelon (12.3) Third highest Porthyfelin (9.4) Third lowest Cefni (1.8) Second lowest Llangoed (1.6) Lowest Braint (1.6)

The table below also shows that areas to the north and west of the county showing much higher levels of unemployment than the Menai Hub and the south.

Spatial Outside the Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead’ Plan Hub Hub Unemployed (Econ active 5.7% 7.4% 11.7% 4.9% 8.6% 16-74)

The table above, using 2001 Census data, shows how unemployment is highest in Holyhead and the rural areas away from the Menai Hub. Llangefni is also higher than the ‘bridgehead’ areas close to Bangor.

Earnings CACI Paycheck is used to calculate earnings. This data is income data collected from various commercial sources which is continuously updated as further information is obtained.

59 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy The median income in Anglesey in 2009 was £24,350, which was lower than the Wales median income (£24,750). Anglesey ranked 11th highest of the 22 Unitary Authorities of Wales on this measure.

Earnings in 20096 % households Median Income below 60% of GB (£) Median Gwynedd £23,050 34.5% Isle of 32.1% £24,350 Anglesey Conwy £24950 30.9% Denbighshire £24,700 31.6% Flintshire £28,300 26.4% Wrexham £25850 30% Wales £24750 28%

A further analysis of CACI Paycheck Data in 2009 showed the following key results:

• 61.5% of the county’s households have household income of less than £30K 13.5% of Anglesey’s households have a household income which is less than £10K. • 38.5% of Anglesey’s households have a household income of £30K or more. • The wards with the highest median household income is Cwm Cadnant (£37,100) and the ward with the lowest mean household income is Morawelon (£16,450).

Type of Some industries are more prevalent in Anglesey than others. In 2007, public administration, education and Industry health were the greatest single employer of people in Anglesey (32.9%). The second highest was distribution, hotels and restaurants (25.4%), which also reflects the pattern in Wales as a whole7.

Industry by sector in Gwynedd and Wales (2008)

Industry Anglesey Wales Number % Number % Agriculture and N/A N/A 18,300 1.5

60 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy fishing Energy and water N/A N/A 6,400 0.5 Manufacturing 2,800 14.9 161,500 13.7 Construction 1,200 6.5 61,000 5.2 Distribution, hotels 4,800 25.4 272,500 23.0 and restaurants Transport and 1,300 6.9 50,600 4.3 communications Banking, finance and 1,900 9.9 166,500 14.1 insurance Public administration, 5,400 28.3 389,600 32.9 education and health Other services 800 4.3 56,600 4.8

There are significant variations in the GVA performance of different industry sectors between 1996 and 2008 as % of all industries: • Agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing decreased by 74.1% • Production increased by 36.3% • Distribution, transport and communication increased by 158.1% • Business services and finance increased by 129.4% • Public administration, education, health and other services increased by 76.8%

61 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy GVA by industry, 1996-20088 900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Agriculture, forestry and fishing Production Construction Distribution, transport and communication Business services and finance Public administration, education, health and other services Total GVA

The table below, based on 2001 Census data, shows the main industrial sectors for parts of Anglesey.

Spatial Plan Outside the Llangefni Holyhead ‘Bridgehead’ Hub Hub Wholesale, retail and repairs 15.4% 17.3% 15.3% 14.4% 14.6% Education 13.1% 16.4% Health and Social Work 15.6% 13.1% 16.7% 12.3% Manufacturing 18.8% 21.8% 14.6% Transport, storage, and 13.3% communications

From the above, it emerges that the wholesale and retail sectors (including vehicle and other repairs) are strong

62 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy in all parts. The Menai Hub area has a strong services sector, predominantly in education, health and social care, which reflects the proximity to Bangor and the dependence on hospital, university and college services. Holyhead, on the other hand, has a more traditional industrial structure, where manufacturing and transport, storage and communications are stronger. Manufacturing may now be entering a vulnerable period, with uncertainty and strong global competition. However, transport and communications are strong growth sectors, which can benefit from the ferry route to Ireland. Llangefni has the most diverse mix of services and traditional manufacturing.

Occupations The structure of Anglesey's economy will favour certain types of jobs more than others. In July 2009-2010, the Annual three occupations most likely to be found in Anglesey were: Population • Skilled trade occupations - generally manual work, these trades are mainly associated with men and see Survey (Jul 2009-Jun 2010) a difference of +2.5% compared to the figure for Wales. • Associate professional and technical occupations - this occupation sees a difference between Anglesey and Wales of +2.0%. • Managers and senior officials – lower than the national average as a whole with a -2.2% difference between Anglesey and Wales figures.

The 3 types of occupation less likely to be found in Anglesey were: • Process, plant and machine operatives – entirely manual, semi-skilled often involving routine work, mainly in factories. The incidence of such occupations are however slightly higher than Wales as a whole (+0.5%). • Sales and customer service occupations – a marginal difference between Anglesey and Wales of +0.4%. • Elementary occupations – unskilled occupations such as plant and storage occupations, elementary and service occupations such as filing and cleaning - a marginal difference between Anglesey and Wales of - 0.9%.

Occupations in Anglesey and Wales (Jul 09-Jun 10)9 Occupation Anglesey Wales Number % Number % Managers and senior officials 3,200 10.8 169,500 13% Professional occupations 3,100 10.3 162,700 12.5% Associate professionals & 5,000 16.5 189,300 14.5% technical occupations Administrative and secretarial 3,200 10.5 140,200 10.8%

63 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy occupations Skilled trades occupations 4,400 14.7 158,200 12.2% Personal service occupations 3,300 10.8 127,200 9.8% Sales and customer service 2,400 8.0 99,100 7.6% occupations Process, plant and machine 2,400 7.8 95,000 7.3% operatives Elementary occupations 2,900 9.7 153,200 11.8%

Registered Businesses by Industry10 As can be seen in Businesses table 7, the % of all local Anglesey Gwynedd Wales proportion of business units industries in the Agriculture, Forestry & 21.1 19.7 12.4 agricultural, Fishing forestry and Production 5.0 5.0 6.0 fishing; and Construction 11.5 9.8 10.5 construction are Motor Trades 3.0 2.6 3.4 significantly higher Wholesale 3.4 3.0 3.9 than in Wales overall. Retail 11.5 12.6 12.1 Transport & Storage 3.4 2.7 3.5 Accommodation and 8.7 10.9 8.1 Food Services Information and 1.8 2.9 3.3 Communication Finance and Insurance 1.2 1.4 2.0 Property 1.9 1.7 2.5 Professional, Scientific 6.0 5.4 8.4 & technical Business Admin & 6.0 5.2 6.6 Support Services Public Administration & 1.8 1.8 1.4 Defence Education 3.0 3.2 2.9 Health 5.1 5.4 6.4 Arts, Entertainment, 5.7 6.7 6.7

64 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Recreation & Other Services

Businesses by Size11

Education A marginally higher proportion of pupils in their final year of compulsory education achieved 5 or more GCSEs at and Skills grades A*-C in Anglesey compared to the figure for Wales – 57.9% in Anglesey compared to 57.7% in Wales (2009-10)12. In 2006/07, a lower proportion of pupils left full-time education with no qualifications in Anglesey compared to Wales13.

Education and lifelong learning in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales (2009-2010)14

Anglesey Gwynedd Wales Pupil teacher ratio (09-10): LEA maintained 19.5 19 20.1 primary schools Pupil teacher ratio (09-10): LEA maintained 16.2 15.6 16.5 secondary schools

65 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy % achieving the expected level – key stage 83.2 84.9 81.6 1 (L2+) (09-10) % achieving 5+ GCSE A*-C (09-10) 57.9 63.8 57.7 % of adult population with no qualifications, 18.4 14.6 16.2 2006

15 Percentage of pupils achieving 5 or more GCSE grades A*-C

There is considerable variation in qualifications of residents of different parts of Anglesey as illustrated in table * below.

Qualifications at ward level in Gwynedd, 2001 (Source: 2001 Census)

% of the population aged No qualifications 16 - 74 Highest Morawelon (49%) Second highest Tudur (43.7%)

66 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Third highest London Road (43.7%) Third lowest Braint (22%) Second lowest Cwm Cadnant (20%) Lowest Cadnant (18.4%)

The problem of lack of qualification is most prevalent amongst older workers, who left school at a time when formal qualifications were less necessary than they are now to obtain traditional craft apprenticeships, etc. Lack of opportunity for adult education and retraining in the peripheral areas may now be limiting the ability of many older workers to adapt to new job opportunities. In the Menai Hub area closer to Bangor, there is a different type of economy, for which basic qualifications will be essential, and retraining opportunities may be more easily accessible. As the labour market in the Hub area becomes constrained by an ageing of the workforce, the need to rely on a qualified and trained workforce from further afield will grow. Workers from the disadvantaged northern and western areas will therefore need training opportunities to adapt to a changing and diversifying local economy. That will be particularly true when the Wylfa power station starts to decommission from 2010 onwards.

Tourism The total visitors There is a Analysis by Sector of Expenditure to Anglesey need to (£’s millions) 2008 2007 % change declined support the Accommodation 34.6 32.5 6 between 2004 growth of the Food & Drink 31.8 29.4 8 and 2006 after tourism Recreation 12.5 10.7 16 seeing an industry with Shopping 41.3 38.7 7 increase since the necessary Transport 15.5 13.9 11 2001. infrastructure. Indirect Expenditure 55.1 51.2 8 VAT 23.7 21.9 8 Total 214.6 198.4 8 The total Revenue by Category of Visitor employed in the (£’s millions) 2008 2007 % change tourist industry Serviced 32.4 31.7 2 in Anglesey has Accommodation remained fairly Non-serviced 158.7 143.0 11 stable since Accommodation 2001. SFR 6.6 6.6 0

67 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Day Visitors 16.8 17.1 -1 Total 214.6 198.4 8

Tourist Days Thousands 2008 2007 % change Serviced 351 352 0 Accommodation Non-serviced 4,137 3,770 10 Accommodation SFR 254 253 0 Day Visitors 466 473 -1 Total 5,207 4,848 7

Tourist Numbers Thousands 2008 2007 % change Serviced 201 203 -1 Accommodation Non-serviced 643 587 10 Accommodation SFR 107 106 0 Day Visitors 466 473 -1 Total 1,417 1,369 3

Sectors in which employment is supported (FTEs) 2008 2007 % change Accommodation 1,046 1,046 0 Food & Drink 742 685 8 Recreation 354 304 17 Shopping 879 822 7 Transport 161 145 11 Total Direct 3,183 3,003 6 Employment Indirect Employment 849 789 8 Total 4,031 3,791 6

There has been a small and steady rate of growth across most parts of the tourism industry in the period from 2007 to 2008. However, the growth rates are not significantly high to suggest that the industry is experiencing

68 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy rapid rates of expansion, which suggests that there is a requirement for a substantial level of investment in high quality accommodation, tourist attractions and recreational activities on the island to encourage a larger customer base to the island.

The total tourist expenditure in Anglesey in 2008 was £214 million whilst the number of tourists that visited the local authority area was 1,417,000.

In 2008, 4,031 were employed in the tourism industry. Total direct employment employed the most (78.9%)16.

Total visitors (millions)17

1.4

1.2

0.8

Millions 0.6

0.4

0.2

0 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Year

69 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

Total in employment in the tourist industry in Gwynedd and Anglesey18

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000 Employee jobs Employee

2000

1000

0 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Year Anglesey Gwynedd Serviced Accommodation The data patterns generally appear to follow population trends, with the highest bedstock levels in the most densely populated parts of the island. The most rural communities generally do not offer high levels of bedstock places.

Serviced Accommodation Bedstock Figures by Community19

70 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

A surprising trait is the fact that, with the exceptions of Beaumaris, Menai Bridge and Llanfairpwll, the level of serviced accommodation on the Riviera Coast is not particularly high.

Self Catering

A total of 6,645 bed spaces are in self-catering properties (cottages, bungalows, apartments, etc), an increase of 251% since 2000 when the figure stood at 1,893. This substantial increase in bed stock suggest a significant development within the self-catering market.

There are 1,187 self-catering properties on Anglesey containing a total of 3,769 rooms. These rooms fall under three categories: single, double and twin.

Self-catering Bedstock Figures by Community20

71 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

Caravan and Camping

There appears to be two ‘hub’ areas for caravan and camping bedstock figures on the island. The first is a combination of the Historic Coast (Cemaes, Amlwch) and the Family Coast (Benllech, Moelfre), the second being a combination of the Mountain, Nature and Harbour Coast with one community each from the Active Coast, Rural Coast and the Open Countryside. Again the main areas of concentration for caravans and camping are located on the coast21. Agriculture In the 22 People employed in Agriculture (2001) agricultural Anglesey Wales sector there All People 26,167 1,186,256 have been Agriculture, hunting, forestry 1015 29,125 significant Percentage 3.9 2.5 changes between 2002 Anglesey has a higher percentage of people working in the agriculture industry than the national average.

72 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Employment in Agriculture drops sharply in the more urban settlements of Amlwch, Holyhead, Llangefni and and 2007 in the Menai Bridge. The highest areas of agricultural employment tends to be situated away from major settlements number of full or areas of high levels of tourist activity such as Benllech. time farmers; a small decrease Number of Agricultural, Forestry and Hunting Workers23 in the number of part time farmers; and a substantial increase in the number of regular workers and casual workers.

While the number of active holdings in Anglesey with sheep, dairy and pigs have decreased

since 2002, the Number of people employed in Agriculture, Forestry and Hunting number of Ward Number Ward Number holdings with Aberffraw 57 Amlwch port 8 Amlwch Rural 17 Beaumaris 17 beef, goats and Bodffordd 60 Bodorgan 47 poultry has Braint 3 Bryngwran 36 increased. Brynteg 17 Cadnant 4 Cefni 9 Cwm Cadnant 27 The total area Cyngar 9 Gwyngyll 13 farmed in Holyhead Town 4 Kingsland 4 Anglesey has Llanbadrig 21 Llanbedrgoch 15 increased since Llanddyfnan 53 Llaneilian 67 2002. There has Llanfaethlu 42 Llanfair yn Neubwll 41 been a Llanfihangel 64 Llangoed 19 significant

73 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Ysgeifiog increase in the Llanidan 31 Llanerchymedd 77 hectares of London Road 6 Maeshyfryd 13 permanent Mechell 52 Moelfre 17 pasture being Morawelon 3 Parc a’r Mynydd 3 farmed and a Pentraeth 39 Porthyfelin 6 significant Rhosneigr 9 Rhosyr 34 decrease in the Trearddur 24 Tudur 10 area of new Tysilio 14 Valley 23 grassland being

The wards with the highest levels of employment in the agricultural industry are Aberffraw, Bodffordd, farmed. Llanddyfnan, Mechell, Llaneilian and Llannerchymedd. These are all wards with low populations and contain According to the survey data the relatively small settlements. average farm For the same period, there has been an increase in the number of holdings conforming to EU size standards, as size in Anglesey increased from well as in the hectares being farmed. 39 to 44 hectares per holding between 2002 and 2008. Welsh Agricultural Census – Small Agricultural Areas in Gwynedd, 2002 to 200724 Year and European Land Main Main Regular Casual Change sized Units farmed farmers – farmers – workers workers full time part time 2002 23,516 50,544 844 1202 282 201 2007 26,863 54,488 807 1174 416 249 Change +3347 +3944 -37 -28 +134 +48 2002-07 % change +14.2% +7.8% -4.3 -2.3 +47.5 +23.9 2002-07

Employment by category in the Anglesey LPA area (2002-2008)25

74 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

3000

2500

2000 Casuals Regular workers 1500 Part time main farmers Full time main farmers No. of workers 1000

500

0 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Year

In 2008 48% of active holdings supported a full-time farmer, although only 22% of holdings hired regular workers. Both the number of regular workers and holdings with regular employment increased steadily between 2002 and 2008, while the level of casual labour showed considerable variability. The number of active holdings in the study decreased during this period from 1,282 to 1,181.

Livestock

Table 15 below shows that while the number of active holdings in Gwynedd with sheep, dairy and pigs have decreased since 2002, the number of holdings with beef, goats and poultry has increased.

Livestock holdings in Anglesey26

Active With With With With With Pigs With Holdings Sheep Goats Dairy Beef Poultry 2002 1282 799 5 177 429 31 225

75 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy 2003 1245 761 6 165 413 23 230 2004 1230 750 12 160 407 13 249 2005 1227 746 12 155 399 17 259 2006 1217 734 15 150 393 22 261 2007 1213 701 6 196 521 12 252 2008 1181 708 12 168 472 12 248 % change -7.9 -11.3 140 -5 10 -61 10.2

Arable Land Agricultural land use (Hectares) – Anglesey LPA Area27 Year Area Grassland Permanent Rough New Crops and Farmed Pasture Grazing Grassland Horticulture 2002 50,544 47,106 36,425 4,604 6,079 2228 2003 52,352 48,856 40,357 3,148 5,349 2267 2004 51,742 48,454 40,050 3,250 5,157 2335 2005 55,639 52,500 41,635 6,261 4,601 2100 2006 55,707 52,811 43,578 5,214 4,019 2797 2007 54,488 47,392 42,484 4,908 3,890 2021 2008 52,787 49,536 42,576 3,712 3,248 2251 % change +4.4 +5.2 +16.9 -19.4 -46.6 +1

Agriculture in the Anglesey AONB Area

Agricultural land use (Hectares) – Anglesey AONB study area 2002 to 2006 and compared to Wales and NW Region (2006) Year Area Grassland Permanent Rough New Crops and Farmed Pasture Grazing Grassland Horticulture 2002 11,592 10,637 8,642 843 1,152 600 2003 11,984 11,077 9,414 614 1,049 594 2004 11,933 11,114 9,364 694 1,056 564 2005 12,828 12,007 9,594 1,395 1,017 538 2006 13,095 12,317 10,187 1,242 888 475 NW 248,710 235,543 149,410 74,052 12,081 3,650

76 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Wales 1,499,606 1,366,125 1,037,585 228,879 99,661 63,945

1 WAG : www.statswales.gov.uk 2 Office for National Statistics: nomis - official labour market statistics 3 Ibid. 4 Local Government Data Unit Wales: InfoBase Cymru 5 Office for National Statistics: nomis - official labour market statistics 6 CACI - Paycheck 7 Welsh Assembly Government www.statswales.gov.uk 8 Ibid. 9 Office for National Statistics: nomis - Annual Population Survey 10 Local Government Data Unit Wales: InfoBase Cymru 11 Ibid. 12 Ibid. 13 Welsh Assembly Government: Key Statistics for Gwynedd 14 Local Government Data Unit Wales: InfoBase Cymru 15 Ibid. 16 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 17 Ibid. 18 Ibid. 19 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 20 Ibid. 21 Anglesey County Council 22 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. 23 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 24 WAG: Welsh Agricultural Small Areas Statistics 25 Ibid. 26 Ibid. 27 Ibid.

77 - - Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Housing

There has been a marked increase in the proportion of rented homes in Anglesey, however the proportion is still relatively low when compared to the level of owner occupied housing. Then number of households in Isle of Anglesey is projected to increase by 5,100 or 17% to 35,400 between 2006 and 2031. This represents average annual household growth of 0.6% which is below the projected growth across Wales of 0.9% per year. According to the Welsh House Condition Survey of 1998, the housing stock in Anglesey is similar to that of Wales as a whole with 32% of dwellings built before 1919. Anglesey, like the rest of the UK, saw a dramatic rise in house prices over recent years, although house prices are now beginning to slowly decrease. The high proportion of vacant and/or second/holiday homes as well as the provision of affordable housing are key issues for Anglesey, particularly in some coastal and rural areas.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing House There are 28,356 households in the whole of Anglesey (2001). Owner occupier remains the dominant tenure on There has been There is a Tenure the island with 19,214 units (2001) which equates to 68% compared to 71.3% in Wales. As can be seen in the a marked need figure below, the private rented sector as well as housing rented from Housing Associations have seen a marked increase in the therefore, to increase with a growth of 25.9% and 79.9% respectively between 1991 and 20011. proportion of facilitate the rented homes in development Housing Tenure in Anglesey and Wales2 Anglesey. of affordable Nevertheless, housing for the proportion is those who 34.8 Owns outright 34 still relatively need it most. low when Owns with a mortgage 33 or loan 36.8 compared to the high proportion 0.3 Shared Ownership 0.5 of owner

15.5 occupied Rented from Council 13.7 housing. Rented from Housing 1.5 Association / Registered 4.2 Social Landlord Rented from private 9.5 landlord or letting 7.4 agency

5.5 Other rented 3.3

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Wales Anglesey

78 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing

Housing tenure - Key Changes3

Tenure 1991 2001 Increase/ Decrease Total Households 26,799 28,356 +5.8% Owner Occupied 18,508 19,214 +3.8% Rented Privately 2,141 2696 +25.9% Rented from LA 5,068 4396 -13.3% Housing Association 234 421 +79.9% rented Other rented 848 1558 +83%

Household In 2001, 37.3% of households in Anglesey housed married couples, which was similar to the figure for Wales Overcrowding is The relatively Composition (37.22%). The table below provides a ward level analysis of household composition on the island. an issue in high proportion some parts of of lone parent 4 Household Composition the county, households in All Households All lone parent Married with and Pensioner Cohabiting with whilst there are some areas without children and without a relatively high means that children proportion of more single

Highest Tudur (18.3%) Braint (48%) Llanbedrgoch Tudur (11.2%) households person (38.3%) living in houses households Second highest Morawelon Llanddyfnan Brynteg (38.2%) Cyngar (10.3%) which have will need to be (18.1%) (47%) more room than accommodate Third highest London Road Llaneilian (47%) Rhosneigr London Road (17%) (37.1%) (9.5%) is required also. d along with Third lowest Llaneilian (6.4%) Beaumaris Llanfihangel Holyhead Town housing (26.4%) Ysgeifiog (20.5%) (4.9%) designed Second lowest Cadnant (6.4%) Holyhead Town Kingsland Aberffraw (4.3%) specifically for (26.3%) (19.1%) the increasing Lowest Llanbedrgoch London Road Llanfair-yn- Cwm Cadnant elderly (5.4%) (26%) Neubwll (17.3%) (4%) population. Anglesey 10.6% 37.3% 26.6% 7%

Wales 10.7% 37.2% 25.1% 7.5%

79 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing By comparing the number of rooms and the number of occupants, the 2001 Census provides a score to represent overcrowding or under-occupancy. A value of -1 implies that there is overcrowding in the household. Within Anglesey, 3% of households are living in overcrowded conditions. This is marginally lower than the national figure of 4.4% (table below).

Occupancy rating in Anglesey and Wales

% all Occupancy Rating households +2 or more +1 0 -1 or less Anglesey 61 23 12 3 Wales 56.4 24.7 14.5 4.4

The average number of rooms per household in Anglesey is 5.79 – the 7th highest of all unitary authorities in Wales and slightly higher than the national average (5.59).

Household Then number of households in Isle of Anglesey is projected to increase by 5,100 or 17% to 35,400 between The projected Projections 2006 and 2031. This represents average annual household growth of 0.6% which is below the projected growth increase in the across Wales of 0.9% per year. number of households Projected households in Anglesey 2006-20315 means that 36 appropriate

35 housing development 34 should be 33 facilitated to accommodate 32 this increase. 31 Thousands

27 2006 2011 2016 2021 2026 2031

Year

80 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing

In comparison, Gwynedd is expected to see a 23.2% increase in the number of households, Conwy, a 27% increase and Denbighshire a 34% increase over the same period.

The household population in Anglesey is projected to increase by 2,400 or 3.5% to 70,500 between 2006 and 2031. This is below the projected average growth in the household population across Wales of 10.6%.

Despite the projected increase in the number of households between 2006 and 2031, the projected average household size is expected to decrease from 2.26 in 2006 to 1.99. By comparison, the average household size in Wales is projected to decrease from 2.30 in 2006 to 2.03 by 20316.

Housing In 2001, it was estimated that there were 31,483 household spaces in Anglesey, just less than 3% of Wales' total The high Stock dwelling stock. More than 90% were with residents whilst 3.7% were holiday or second homes and 4.9% were proportion of vacant. vacant and Household Spaces (1991 and 2001) second/holiday homes is a Household spaces 1991 2001 Increase/Decrease problem in Total Spaces 30,499 31,483 +3.2% certain parts of Occupied households 26,786 28,772 +7.4% Anglesey and Unoccupied household 3,795 2711 -36.21% limits the spaces choice of Not used as main 1,834 1170 -21.4% houses for residence Voids 1,961 1541 local people which in turn The table above shows that occupied household spaces have increased by a rate of 7.4% between 1991 and can have a 2001 to 28,772 units. The increase in occupied space has been evenly sourced from new build and unoccupied detrimental spaces at 984 and 1084 respectively. The increase in the number of households coupled with the buoyant effect on the market conditions on the island has reduced the market share of voids from 6.4% in 1991 to 4.8% in 2001. The sustainability Council’s housing stock portfolio stood at 3877 units as at 31 March 2006. The Right to Buy over the last 5 of years has witnessed the loss of approximately 100 dwellings per annum. There are four Registered Social communities. Landlords which provide social housing on the island. They are: i) Cymdeithas Tai Eryri, ii) Clwyd Alun Housing Association, iii) North Wales Housing Association, and iv) Wales and West Housing Association. The property portfolio of RSLs on the island stands at 531 units (as at 1st June 2006). This equates to an increase trend of approximately 20 units per annum (applied from base figure of 231 in 1991)7.

81 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Condition of According to the Welsh House Condition Survey of 1998, the housing stock in Anglesey is similar to that of There is Housing Wales as a whole with 32% of dwellings built before 1919 compared to 47% in Gwynedd. therefore a Stock need to % unfit dwellings by date of construction in UA (1998)8 provide a Pre1919 1919-44 1945-64 Post 1964 All range of Anglesey 8.9 7.3 2.8 0.9 4.4 appropriate Conwy 12.7 2.9 2.8 0.2 4.8 housing which Denbighshire 17.5 7.5 3.2 2.0 7.2 will satisfy the Gwynedd 16.9 5.5 7.4 2.6 10. needs of all 5 types of Wales 14.9 9.3 8.0 2.4 8.5 households so

that everyone In 1998, 4.4% of the estimated dwelling stock in Anglesey were categorised as being unfit. The rate of unfitness has the was less than half the rate of Wales and Gwynedd (10.5%). In 2001, Anglesey had the 2nd highest proportion of opportunity to housing without central heating of all unitary authorities in Wales. In 2001, 19.1% of dwellings in Anglesey did live in a decent not have central heating compared to 7.5% in Wales. The 1991 Census revealed that there were 8268 and affordable households on the island without central heating. This figure had fallen to 5420 in the 2001 Census – a drop of home either 35%. through new

build by % of all households with no central heating9 facilitating the 25 improvement 21.6 in existing 20 19.1 housing.

15 14.6 14.5 12.7 12.6 11.7 %

10 8.5 7.5 6.8 6.7 6.6 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.2 5 443.9 3.6 2.6 2.6 2.5

0 Wales Powys Cardiff Conwy Torfaen Newport Bridgend Gwynedd Flintshire Wrexham Swansea Caerphilly Ceredigion Merthyr Tydfil Merthyr Denbighshire Blaenau Gwent Blaenau Pembrokeshire Isel of Anglesey of Isel Monmouthshire Carmarthenshire Neath Port Talbot Port Neath Rhondda Cynon Taff Cynon Rhondda The Vale of Glamorgan of Vale The

82 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing On a ward level, London Road has the highest proportion of households with no central heating (33.9%) – almost double the national average. At 5.2% of all households, Cefni ward has the lowest proportion without central heating. 0.24% of household in Anglesey are without central heating nor sole use of a bath, shower or a toilet, compared to 0.16% in Wales10.

House House Completions by Local Authority11 An average Completions annual house 2001 2002- 2003- 2004- 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009- Ave.Annual completion - 2003 2004 2005 - -07 - - 2010 Completions range that may 2002 2006 2008 2009 not deliver the Anglesey 188 223 160 126 226 255 281 296 226 220 trend based Gwynedd 203 151 210 292 196 164 250 187 149 158 requirement.

House Prices Property prices on Anglesey have significantly increased since 2001/02 as can be seen in the figure below. Anglesey, like There is a the rest of the need to Anglesey Average Property Price by Type12 UK, saw a facilitate the dramatic rise in development house prices of affordable over recent housing in the years, although county. house prices are now beginning to slowly decrease.

83 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing

The table below shows that there has been a significant slow down in the sale rate of detached properties. The stagnation in the sales of the detached sector requires monitoring. If the trend signifies a reduction in owner occupiers moving up the property ladder, it may have a cascading effect on the availability of potential of householders seeking ‘owner’ tenure.

House Sales by House Type13 Financial Detached Semi- Terrace Flat Overall Year detached 2005/06 £213,138 £133,864 £98,075 £156,436 £155,714 2004/05 £186,214 £115,526 £90,016 £341,876 £145,463 2003/04 £143,882 £83,917 £63,699 £91,869 £106,039 2002/03 £114,633 £72,195 £49,841 £58,980 £87,043 2001/02 £89,583 £56,104 £40,673 £58,202 £69,818 2000/01 £80,640 £50,513 £38,115 £51,842 £61,839 1999/00 £75,861 £48,537 £36,931 £34,951 £60,055 1998/99 £72,325 £44,136 £33,583 £36,227 £55,524 1997/98 £65,734 £44,658 £35,946 £39,226 £54,522 1996/97 £62,284 £42,293 £32,143 £59,227 £51,080

Anglesey House Sales by Type14

84 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Housing Using average house prices and median income details, it is possible to establish which areas that it was Affordable Affordability possible to for people to buy in. The table below shows the housing affordability ratio of selected wards in housing is a Anglesey compared to the county overall and Wales. key issue in Anglesey Affordability Ratios (Jan 2010-Dec 2010)15 although affordability Area Affordability Ratio does vary geographically Rhosneigr 8.45 with some Cadnant 8.09 coastal and Llanfaethlu 8 rural areas Moelfre 7.93 having high Llanddyfnan 7.57 affordability Holyhead Town 4.28 ratios. Amlwch Port 3.89 Llanfair-yn-Neubwll 3.81 Kingsland 3.73 London Road 3.15 Wales 5.01

The above table shows that 3 of the wards where housing is most affordable are in Holyhead.

Housing The Housing register put forward a list of households who want to move into or between homes owned by the Register County Council and participating housing associations. The table below shows the preferred locational requirements of households who are registered on the social housing waiting list (as at 7 October 2005).

The table below shows the preferred locational requirements of households who are registered on the social housing waiting list (as at 7 October 2005).

Housing Register16 Parish Households on Total number of % of need from % of sub area the housing households households in need against register sub area total need Cylch Y Garn 7 311 2.2 0.2

85 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Llaneugrad 5 160 3 0.1 Llanddyfnan 15 389 3.8 0.3 Trearddur 46 874 5.2 1 Llanfaelog 56 950 5.9 1.3 Penmynydd 9 151 6 0.2 Tref Alaw 14 211 6.6 0.3 Mechell 39 520 7.5 0.9 Llanfair ME 120 1505 7.9 2.8 Cwm Cadnant 76 863 8.8 1.7 Rhosyr 80 902 8.9 1.8 Llangristiouls/Cerr 43 454 9.4 1 igceinwen Llangoed 55 565 9.7 1.2 Rhosybol 41 403 10.2 0.9 Llanidan 39 376 10.4 0.9 Bodorgan 44 386 11.4 1 Moelfre 62 542 11.4 1.4 Aberffraw 38 292 13 0.9 Llanddona 37 279 13.3 0.8 Bodffordd 50 373 13.4 1.3 Llneilian 66 485 13.6 1.5 Trewalchmai 47 345 13.6 1.1 Bryngwran 44 306 14.4 1 Llanfair – yn - 88 602 14.6 2.1 neubwll Llanddanielfab 41 277 14.8 0.9 Amlwch 240 1533 15.6 5.7 Caergybi 731 4466 16.4 17.1 Llanfachraeth 34 202 16.8 0.8 Beaumaris 160 942 17 3.7 Pentraeth 87 485 17.9 2 Llanerchymedd 76 476 18 1.7 Llanbadrig 112 602 18.7 2.7 Llanfaethlu 47 233 20 1.1 Rhoscolyn 55 264 20.8 1.2 Gaerwen/Pentre 138 593 23.3 3.2 Berw

86 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Llangefni 425 1750 24.3 9.8 Llanfairpwll 275 1073 25.6 6.6 Bodedern 98 367 26.7 2.2 Porthaethwy 380 1299 29. 8.8 Dyffryn/Fali 281 893 31.5 6.5 Total 4301 27700 15.5 100

There are 4301 households on the Island’s housing register. From the table above, it can be seen that the communities/town councils of Y Fali, Porthaethwy, Bodedern, Llanfairpwll and Llangefni have the highest level of need when the register is measured as a percentage against the existing household population.

The housing register suggests that there is a significant requirement for additional homes across the island. Whilst it is seen that Holyhead and Llangefni have the highest proportion of households on the housing register, the communities of Y Fali, Porthaethwy and Bodedern have the highest demand of need in when the register is measured as a percentage against the existing household population. This shows that affordable housing is a significant issue within all communities of Anglesey.

Housing Land At the base date of the Joint Housing Land Availability Study, 1 April 2009, the total land supply on sites of 5 or The findings of Availability more units within the Ynys Mon LPA could accommodate 1238 dwellings. With the inclusion of sites of under 5 the Joint units, the total land supply in the Ynys Mon LPA area increased by 624 dwellings to 1862. Housing Land Availability The 5-year supply totalled 1191 dwellings, a decrease on the figure in the 2008 study of 1246 dwellings. The five Study will year supply figure comprised 691 units on large sites and 500 on small sites. need to be considered Outside the 5 year supply, category 3i contained 429 units, with a further 118 units in category 3ii. during the formulation of A total of 108 units were under construction on large sites at 1st April 2009. The study gave a 5.13 year land the LDP. supply for the Island.

Due to age of the development plan on the island and limited windfall opportunities it is uncertain whether a 5- year land supply will be maintained up to the adoption of the Joint Local Development Plan17.

87 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

1 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey 2 Ibid. 3 Ibid. 4 Ibid. 5 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 6 WAG - Household projections for Wales (2006-based) 7 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey 8 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 9 Ibid. 10 Ibid. 11 Ibid. 12 Land Registry 13 Ibid. 14 Ibid. 15 Hometrack 16 Anglesey Housing Register 17 Isle of Anglesey Council (2005) Housing Land Availability Study.

88 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Landscape

Almost the entire coastline of Anglesey is designated as an AONB due to the variety of fine coastal landscapes. The AONB coincides with stretches of Heritage Coast, which contain some of the oldest rocks in Britain form the low ridges and shallow valleys of Anglesey's sea-planed plateau. Holyhead Mountain is its highest point (219m) with superb distant views to Snowdonia. Low cliffs, alternating with coves, pebble beaches and tucked-away villages, line the island's northern shores. The east coast's sheer limestone cliffs, interspersed with fine sandy beaches, contrast with the south's wilderness of sand dunes that roll away down to Aberffraw Bay. Anglesey also has an important historic landscape, with its protected sites ranging from Bronze Age burial chambers to medieval Beaumaris Castle. Two areas within the AONB are listed in the Register of Landscapes of Outstanding Historic Interest in Wales.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape Areas of Anglesey AONB1 New development Outstanding needs to be Natural Beauty Almost the entire 201 km coastline of Ynys Mon, the ancient Isle of Anglesey, is designated as an AONB. The island contains a sympathetic to the (AONB) great variety of fine coastal landscapes. The AONB coincides with stretches of Heritage Coast. Some of the oldest rocks in existing Britain, the pre-Cambrian Mona Complex, form the low ridges and shallow valleys of Anglesey's sea-planed plateau. Holyhead landscape. Mountain is its highest point (219m) with superb distant views to Snowdonia. Low cliffs, alternating with coves, pebble beaches and tucked-away villages, line the island's northern shores. The east coast's sheer limestone cliffs, interspersed with fine sandy beaches, contrast with the south's wilderness of sand dunes that roll away down to Aberffraw Bay.

Varied habitats, from marine heaths to mud-flats, give the AONB a high level of marine, botanical and ornithological interest. The dunes of Newborough National Nature Reserve are a noted example of this complex habitat and the island's limestone cliffs are an important nesting site.

Anglesey has an important historic landscape, with its protected sites ranging from Bronze Age burial chambers to medieval Beaumaris Castle. Two areas within the AONB are listed in the Register of Landscapes of Outstanding Historic Interest in Wales.

The AONB's rural economy is traditionally based on small-mixed-agricultural holdings, although the number has fallen by 44 per cent since 1945. Significant local industry skirted by the AONB includes Wylfa nuclear power station, aluminium smelting and bromine extraction. The AONB contains no sizeable towns and residents of its coastal villages increasingly commute to work on the mainland.

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape Tourism plays a significant part in the rural economy, largely centred on static caravan sites. The AONB is also an important recreation area both for local people, for day visitors from the Bangor mainland and also for urban north-west England. Sailing, riding, sea fishing, diving and cliff climbing are just some of the leisure demands on the AONB coastline. A circular island footpath is currently being developed.

Source2

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape Heritage There are 3 Heritage Coasts in Anglesey3: Nearly half the coast of Wales has been Coasts identified as Heritage Coast. This includes 14 different stretches of coastline and 11 of these are within National Parks or Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty. Six of the Welsh Heritage Coasts are in Pembrokeshire, three are on Anglesey and the rest are in the Vale of Glamorgan, on the Gower peninsula, the Llŷn peninsula, on the Great Orme near Llandudno and in Ceredigion4.

North Anglesey Heritage Coast The North Anglesey Heritage Coast runs for 18 miles along the northern shore of the Isle of Anglesey from Church Bay in the west to Dulas Bay in the east.

Holyhead Mountain Heritage Coast This heritage coast runs for 8 miles up the western shore of Holy Island from the bathing beaches of Trearddur Bay to the cliffs at North Stack.

Aberffraw Bay Heritage Coast Aberffraw was once an important port, but the estuary gradually silted up, leaving the present coastline of sand dunes. The dunes range as high as 30 feet and more. The sculptured sand is stabilised by marram grass near the sea, and patches of sea holly can be found in autumn. The build-up of dunes has also created the inland lake of Llyn Coron.

Historic Two areas of Anglesey have been designated as Landscapes of Outstanding Landscapes Historic Interest; Amlwch and Parys Mountain and Penmon5.

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

1 The National Association of AONBs - Ynys Mon AoHNE (Anglesey AONB). Available online: http://www.aonb.org.uk/wba/naaonb/naaonbpreview.nsf/Web%20Default%20Frameset?OpenFrameSet&Frame=Main&Src=%2Fwba%2Fnaaonb%2Fnaaonb preview.nsf%2F%24LU.WebHomePage%2F%24first!OpenDocument%26AutoFramed 2 Anglesey Countryside and AONB - Service Anglesey AONB Educational Resource. Available online: http://www.anglesey.gov.uk/upload/public/attachments/142/AONBeducationresource.pdf 3 Britain Express - Heritage Coasts. Available online: http://www.britainexpress.com/countryside/coast/index.htm 4 CCW - Heritage Coasts – Wales’ Unspoilt Coastline. Available online: http://www.ccw.gov.uk/landscape--wildlife/protecting-our-landscape/special- landscapes--sites/protected-landscapes/heritage-coasts.aspx 5 Cadw - Register of Historic Landscapes, Parks and Gardens of Special Interest in Wales (2001)

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Soils, Minerals & Waste

The majority of agricultural land on Anglesey is either Grade 3 (Moderate Quality) or Grade 4 (Poor Quality), however there are small pockets of Grade 2 (Very Good Quality) mainly on the eastern side of the island, which will need to be preserved. There has been a gradual loss of carbon from soils in England and Wales which can be attributed to many factors including climate change. In line with this trend Anglesey has low soil carbon density. The amount of municipal waste throughout the UK is increasing year by year, and figures show that Anglesey is no exception to this trend. Trends show that the recycling/composting rate of municipal waste in Anglesey has been consistently higher than the Welsh average since 2007/2008. In 2009/10 around 51% of municipal waste was recycled or composted in Anglesey, for the same period the percentage for Wales was lower at 40%.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Agricultural Series Agricultural Land Classification1 There is a need Land to direct development to brownfield sites as much as possible so as to conserve high grade agricultural land.

Grade Grade 2 Grade Grade Grade 1 3 4 5 Land predominantly in urban Land primarily in non- use agricultural use

93 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste

The majority of agricultural land on Anglesey is either Grade 3 (Moderate Quality) or Grade 4 (Poor Quality). This puts limitations of the range of agricultural uses for the majority of land available for farming. There are pockets of Grade 2 (Very Good Quality) agricultural land, mainly on the eastern side of the island and retaining these pieces of land for agricultural use will be a primary consideration in the emerging Local Development Plan.

Soil Quality Soil Carbon Density per 1km in Wales2 A recent paper Loss of soil by Bellamy et al organic matter (2005) can lead to soil suggested that erosion, loss of fertility, losses of carbon compaction and from soils in general land England and degradation. Wales have occurred at a There is a need mean rate of 0.6 to protect and per cent per manage soil year over the including period 1978 – maintaining soil carbon and 2003. should aim to avoid causing additional risk from pollution and contamination.

The above map illustrates the carbon density in Welsh soils. The distribution depends on soil type, with over 50% of total soil carbon located in an area equivalent to 23% of the total land surface.

Wales’ landscape and geology is extremely diverse, and contains a wide range of soil types that are reflected in

94 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste land use throughout the country. Hard sedimentary rocks underlie the majority of Wales, which are then overlain by a characteristic suite of acid soils, characterised by a peaty surface horizon. Less than 5% of Wales’ land area is covered by thicker peat, organic material of at least 40cm in depth.

Soil Types in England and Wales3

95 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste

Major soil groups and their extent in Wales4

Major Soil Group Extent in Wales (%) Description Terrestrial raw soils <0.1 Very young soils with only a superficial organomineral layer Raw gley soils 0.2 Unripened young soils of saltmarshes Lithormorphic soils 2.2 Shallow soils without a weathered subsoil Pelosols 0.1 Clayey ‘cracking’ soils Brown Soils 30.2 Loamy permeable soils with weathered subsoil Podzolic soils 32.3 Acid soils with brightly coloured iron enriched subsoil Surface-water gley soils 24.7 Loamy and clayey seasonally waterlogged soils with impermeable subsoil Groundwater gley soils 3.4 Soils associated with high seasonal groundwater Man-made soils 0.4 Restored soils of disturbed ground Peat soils 3.4 Soils in deep peat.

Unclassified land 3.0

Waste As of 2008, there were 13 Active Waste Management Licences in the whole of Anglesey. These consist of 7 Maintain a Facilities in Transfer Sites, 4 Landfill Sites, and 2 MRS Sites5. network of Anglesey waste management facilities to deal

with the waste that is produced in the county in

96 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste a sustainable Active Waste Management Licenses6 manner.

The Planning for Future Waste management and Disposal in Anglesey Report (2005) identified 13 sites that had the potential for development of new waste management infrastructure, or for the extension of an existing waste management facility either in terms of scale or range of activities:

Site name Indicative Uses Railway Sidings Amlwch Civic Amenity Site Area to north of timber yard, Holyhead Civic Amenity Site Holyhead EP S2 Civic Amenity Site; Material Recycling Facility; In Vessel composting; Residual waste treatment BNFL Flask Transfer Area Civic Amenity Site; Material Recycling Facility; In Vessel composting; Residual waste treatment Llangefni Business Park, Site 1 Civic Amenity Site Llangefni Business Park Site 2 Civic Amenity Site; Material Recycling Facility; In Vessel

97 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste composting; Residual waste treatment Clegir mawr former landfill In vessel composting/compost maturation Penhesgyn Gors landfill New landfill facility; Material Recycling Facility; In Vessel composting Gwalchmai Quarry New landfill facility; Expansion of Materials Recycling Facility Gwalchmai Quarry West landraise New landfill facility (landraise); Open Windrow composting Gwyndy Quarry New landfill facility Bwlch Gwyn Quarry, Pentre Berw New landfill facility Rhosgoch New landfill facility; Civic Amenity Site; Material Recycling Facility; In Vessel composting; Residual waste treatment

Waste Municipal waste includes household waste as well as other wastes collected by a waste collection authority. It is There are a Arisings recognised that municipal waste arisings throughout the UK are increasing year by year, with current annual range of factors growth for the UK as a whole put at 2.7% per annum. Figures 5 and 6 depict waste arisings for Anglesey for that can affect municipal waste and household waste, respectively, up to the year 2020 for a number of growth rate scenarios: the growth in the amount of waste

produced • 6% growth rate (representing growth over the past 5 years); including, • 2.0% growth rate (representing current growth); population • 1.5% growth rate; and changes, • Declining growth rate. (This assumes the current growth rate of 2.0% up to 2006, followed by a falling changes to the growth rate to 2017 and zero growth rate thereafter) number and size of households, consumer Both figures depict a ‘Meet WAG Targets growth rate’ which aims to comply with the waste reduction and behaviour, stabilisation targets, for household waste only, set out in ‘Wise about Waste’. These targets are: effectiveness of • by 2009/10 waste arisings per household should be no greater than those in 1997/98; and waste • by 2020 waste arisings per person should be less than 300 kg/annum. minimisation strategies, and Figure 3 indicates considerable variations between the projected household waste arisings and the maximum changes in the tonnage to comply with the waste generation stabilisation targets noted above. In fact to achieve the waste economic stabilisation targets it would be necessary to reverse the growth trend, and prosperity of a region. There is achieve a decline in waste arisings of approximately 2.2% per annum. a need to reduce waste The ‘declining growth’ scenario is considered to be the most realistic, taking account of recent/current growth arisings from all rates and the probability that growth should decline over the strategy period due to the impact of waste sectors so that minimisation strategies7. targets set by

98 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Predicted Municipal Waste Arisings in Anglesey8 Europe and the Welsh Assembly Government are met.

Predicted Household Waste Arisings in Anglesey9

99 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste The North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review (2009) forecast the following waste quantity arisings in North Wales by 2013.

Current and Forecast Waste Arisings for North Wales (2004-2013)10

Figure 8 below shows how the relative proportion of each principal waste stream is forecast to change between the years 2004 and 2013. Comparison of this data indicates that:

• Construction & demolition and Commercial & Industrial make up the majority of arisings in the region; • MSW will continue to be the fastest growing principal waste stream; and • The proportion of agricultural waste requiring external management remains insignificant compared to the other principal waste streams.

100 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Current and Projected Proportional Waste Split (2004/5 and 2012/13) in North Wales11

The Consultation on a New Waste Strategy for Wales (‘Towards Zero Waste’ (2009)) notes the following targets for waste in Wales:

Waste Targets for Wales Target for: TARGETS FOR EACH YEAR 09/10 12/13 15/16 19/20 24/25 Minimum levels of reuse and recycling / 40% 52% 58% 64% 70% composting (or AD) Minimum proportion of reuse / recycling/ 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% composting that must come from source separation (kerbside, bring and/ or civic amenity (CA) site) Minimum levels of composting (or AD) of source - 12% 14% 16% 16% separated food waste from kitchens as part of the combined recycling/ composting target above. Maximum level of residual household waste per - 295kg 258kg 210kg 150kg inhabitant per annum

101 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Maximum level of landfill - - - 10% 5% Maximum level of energy from waste - - 42% 36% 30%

Municipal Around 51% of municipal waste was recycled or composted in 2009/10. The percentage for Wales for the same Trends show There is a need Waste - period was lower at 40%. that the to contribute Recycling recycling/compo towards Percentage municipal waste reuse/recycling/composting rate12 sting rate of reducing the amount of municipal waste municipal waste in Anglesey has that is landfilled 60 been by facilitating in consistently the provision of 50 higher than the a Welsh average comprehensive, since integrated and 40 2007/2008. sustainable network of new waste % 30 management facilities for

20 treating and disposing of waste as an 10 alternative to landfill.

0 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 Year

Isle of Anglesey Wales

102 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste

Municipal recycling/composting rates by unitary authority 2008-09 & 2009/10

Figure 10 shows that in 2009/10, the percentage of municipal waste arisings recycled or reused in Wales ranged from 29.2% in Blaenau Gwent to 52.5% in Denbighshire. The percentage for waste recycled or reused in Anglesey was 51.2% of municipal waste arisings – the second highest of all unitary authorities in Wales13.

103 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Municipal The municipal waste collected is transported from Penhesgyn Waste Transfer Station to landfill in Llanddulas Some of the Waste - Conwy. Dry recyclates are bulked up at Gwalchmai. The sorted materials are then sent to merchants or waste which is Landfilled processors for treatment. All green waste from the Gwalchmai Household Waste Recycling centre including landfilled is street sweepings is processed via windrow at a local farm. Garden waste collected at the Penhesgyn HWRC capable of site, and from the kerbside green garden waste collection is processed on site at the IVC Plant operated by the being re-used, Council. recycled, composted or Permitted Landfill Sites in Anglesey (8/10/2010) treated in different ways to produce energy derived fuel.

In 2007-08, Anglesey landfilled 17,027 tonnes of Biodegradable Municipal Waste.

104 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste The statutory targets in the Landfill Directive relate to the reduction in the volumes of Biodegradable Municipal Waste (BMW) which is sent to landfill. The statutory targets set by the EU Landfill Directive include: • By 2010 no more than 75% of the BMW can be landfilled • By 2013 no more than 50% of the BMW generated can be landfilled • By 2020 no more than 35% of the BMW generated can be landfilled

A scheme has been launched in Wales to reduce the amount of domestic waste that we dump into landfills. The Landfill Allowances Scheme (Wales) Regulations 2004 (The LAS regulations) came into force in Wales on 1 October 2004, to reduce the amount of biodegradable municipal waste (BMW) going to landfill sites.

Comparison of percentage of LAS Allowances used for last 3 years of the LAS scheme14

Local Total BMW LAS Total BMW LAS Total BMW LAS Authority landfilled in Allowance landfilled in Allowance landfilled in Allowance 2006/7 used in 2006/7 2007/8 used in 2008/9 used in (tonnes) (%) (tonnes) 2007/8 (%) (tonnes) 2008/09 (%) Isle of 22,471 93.4 17,027 78.1 12,865 65.8 Anglesey Gwynedd 35,588 91.7 31,808 89.6 28,920 89.7 Wales Total 754,582 79.9 680,912 78.6 599,703 76.1

Landfill Allowance Scheme Targets15

2010-11 2011- 2012-13 2013- 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018- 2019- 12 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Isle of Anglesey 15,938 13,914 11,890 11,384 10,879 10,373 9,867 9,361 8,855 8,349

Gwynedd 28,909 25,238 21,567 20,649 19,731 18,814 17,896 16,978 16,060 15,143

Anglesey achieved its Landfill Allowance Scheme target for 2008/09 but with a much reduced margin compared to 2006/07.

The statutory targets in the Landfill Directive relate to the reduction in the volumes of Biodegradable Municipal

105 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Waste (BMW) which is sent to landfill. The statutory targets set by the EU Landfill Directive include: • By 2010 no more than 75% of the BMW can be landfilled • By 2013 no more than 50% of the BMW generated can be landfilled • By 2020 no more than 35% of the BMW generated can be landfilled

Current The performance of the north Wales region against the NWSW targets has been closely monitored throughout The need to Performanc the review process. Whilst both the availability and quality of data across the various waste streams has contribute e Against improved over time, there remains a lack of data to fully establish the performance against a number of the towards Targets targets. Of the targets for which sufficient regional data is available, the data shows a variety of significant reducing the challenges and met targets: amount of municipal • Stabilisation and reduction of household waste – the latest figures show that household arisings per waste that is household in the region remains above that of the 1997/98 target figure for Wales. In addition, the region landfilled by also faces the significant challenge of reducing household waste per person by approximately 40% per facilitating in annum; the provision • Recycling and Composting of Municipal Waste – all North Wales authorities achieved the combined of a recycling and composting target for 2006/0736. comprehensiv • Landfilling of Biodegradable Municipal Waste – the data shows that for the 2006/07 Scheme Year all e, integrated authorities in the region achieved their respective landfill allowances. Powys was one of the top and performing authorities, and Flintshire also performed well, remaining well below its allowance. sustainable • Landfilling of Industrial & Commercial Waste – the data shows that the region is already achieving network of the 2010 diversion target; new waste • Hazardous Waste Arisings – whilst acknowledging that in relation to the latest available data the target management date is still 6 years away, the figures show that the region is generating approximately 30,000 tonnes facilities for over and above the 2010 target; and treating and • Facilities for Hazardous Household Waste – even though there has been significant improvement disposing of with regard to the wastes specified in the target, the region is still failing to meet the target for providing waste as an facilities for the improved segregation of hazardous household waste16. alternative to landfill.

Minerals The most commonly worked economic minerals include the quartzites, granites, limestones, sandstones, sand and gravel and shales. These minerals have been used locally, regionally and nationally for building purposes and road construction as well as ornamental workings.

106 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils. Minerals & Waste Significant deposits of non-ferrous, base metal mineralisation can be found to the north of the Island. The majority of which have been extensively exploited although continued exploration is taking place at Mynydd Parys where there is vast polymetallic mineralisation.

A survey carried out by the former Gwynedd County Council revealed a total of 419 historical and existing mineral extraction sites on the Island, of these 72 had a planning history with 30 having active planning permissions. In 2005 there were 11 active mineral workings operating on Ynys Môn.

1 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 2 Bradley, R.I., Milne,R., Bell J., Lilly, A., Jordan C. and Higgins, A. (2005) A soil carbon and land use database for the United Kingdom. Soil Use and Management, 21, 4, 363-369. 3 National Soil Resources Institute (http://www.landis.org.uk/index.cfm) 4 CCW : Strategic Environmental Assessment - A Guidance for Practioners 2007 5 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 6 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 7 Ibid. 8 North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009) 9 Ibid. 10 Ibid. 11 Ibid. 12 WAG: StatsWales 13 Ibid 14 North Wales Regional Members Group - North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009) 15 Ibid. 16 Ibid.

107 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Transport

The number of cars per household on Anglesey is higher than the national average, which reflects the rural nature of Anglesey and a dependency on the private vehicle. The car is the preferred mode of transport for travelling to work, however Anglesey does have a higher number of people working from home than the national average. Approximately 85% of the Islands households lie within walking distance to public transport, however there is often limited frequency to public transport services in certain areas.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Transport The A55 dual carriageway completed in 2001 forms the strategic transport corridor crossing the Island and is Residents of Routes also part of Euro Route E22. In addition the Island has 236km of urban county roads and 943km of rural county Anglesey are roads which constitutes the backbone of the highway network. highly dependent on On the western side of the Island lies the port of Holyhead which is the main ferry link to Ireland from Britain with the use of 2.2 million passengers travelling in 2004. A recent approval has been granted to provide commercial flights from private vehicles RAF Valley to Cardiff and potentially provide an air link to Ireland as well. Twice daily commercial flights from which raises the RAF Valley to Cardiff began in May 2007. The North Wales main line railway crosses the Island from Llanfairpwll issue of how to Holyhead providing 6 train stations. There is also a disused branch line from Gaerwen to Amlwch. public transport links can be The island has an extensive network of bus services of which half operate commercially with approximately 1.49 improved and million passenger journeys in 2005. There is also an extensive Public Rights of Way network consisting of where new 1060km public footpaths, 4.1km of bridleways and 4.5km byways (of which 1.1km is restricted byways). development should be Furthermore there is a sign-posted, 29 mile section of the National Cycle Route No.8 Holyhead to Cardiff along concentrated in minor roads across the Island, in addition to Route No.5, which is to the north. In total the Council have order to reduce responsibility for 195km of maintained cycle routes of which 16.9km does not form part of the Public Highway1. carbon emissions.

108 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Principal Transport Networks and Infrastructure in North Wales2

Public The Island is served by an extensive bus route network and the North Wales main line railway runs across the Approximately Transport Island to Holyhead providing 6 train stations. The map below highlights the location of these public transport 85% of the routes. Islands households lie within walking distance to public transport, however there is often limited frequency in

109 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Anglesey Public Transport Routes3 certain areas.

A 400 metre buffer to the bus route and an 800 metre buffer around the train stations reveal that approximately 85% of the Islands households lie within walking distance to public transport.

110 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Frequency of weekday bus service4

The figure above shows that there is a great deal of variation between the main bus routes on the Island compared with some of the more rural routes, with the backbone of the service being the Holyhead to Bangor route. Numerous parts of the service have a very limited number of buses passing through the settlement on a daily basis.

111 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

Frequency of bus provision from Secondary to Main Centres5

The figure above shows that only on the main Holyhead to Bangor route that provides a frequency of half hour or better for certain secondary centres to the Main Centres. It is possible to reach one of the main centres within 30

112 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport mins from all secondary centres apart from Rhosneigr and Beaumaris.

The ferry port at Holyhead is the main port serving Britain with Ireland with over 2.2 million sea passengers. However, this figure is a reduction of approximately 18% from the 1998 figure of over 2.7 million sea passengers.

The Island has an extensive Public Rights of Way network consisting of 1060km public footpaths, 4.1km of bridleways and 4.5km byways (of which 1.1km is restricted byways).

There is a Coastal Footpath around the Islands 125 miles of coastline with 14 way marked circular walks. Furthermore there is a sign-posted, 29 mile section of the National Cycle Route No. 8 Holyhead to Cardiff along minor roads across the Island, in addition to Route No. 5 to the north.

In total the Council have responsibility for 195km of maintained cycle routes of which 16.9km does not form part of the Public Highway.

Travel to High Work Method of Travel to Work6 dependence on the private vehicle.

113 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

• Cars - Ynys Môn was less than the national average in 1991, however, by 2001 it was above the national average. • Working from home - a far higher proportion on Ynys Môn compared with the national average. If the working from home category is removed then those travelling by car to work on Ynys Môn in 2001 increases to 80.9% whilst the national average only increases to 77.7% which shows the impact of this category on the Ynys Môn figures. • Bus / Train - the figure is much lower on Ynys Môn when compared with the national average. However, in relation to use of buses the Ynys Môn figure is similar to other rural authorities, and it is the urban authorities e.g. Cardiff 11%, Swansea 8.2% which influences the national average. • Foot - decline on Ynys Môn from higher than the national average in 1991 to below the national average by 2001.

This shows a greater reliance on cars for journey’s to work on Ynys Môn between 1991 and 2001.

Distance Travelled to Work for Llangefni Workforce7

114 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

Distance Travelled to Work of People Working in Llangefni Workforce8

• Llangefni Workforce - outside of the centre itself the highest percentage of workforce from Llangefni travel into the 10 to 20km zone (21.8%). • Whilst the exact locations of where these people work is not know the fact that this zone includes Bangor is a clear indication that the majority travelling this distance would be heading towards this centre. • Working in Llangefni - Again outside of the centre itself the highest level of inflow is from the 10 to 20km zone (31.5%) which includes Bangor and Caernarfon. • This area also covers the majority of the northern part of the Island, however, other than Wylfa there are no large scale employers in this area.

115 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

Distance Travelled to Work for Holyhead Workforce9

116 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

Distance Travelled to Work of People Working in Holyhead Workforce10

• Holyhead Workforce – over half of the workforce stay within the town. • The reminder of the workforce falls within the 5.1 to 10% category up to 40km away except for the 10 to 20km zone which only accounts for 3.2%, this would be due to lack of major employers within this zone. • Working in Holyhead – again a high proportion from the town itself with the majority of the remainder coming from all the zones up to 30km which provide 33% of the town’s workforce. • Bangor falls into the 30 to 40km zone and this zone only provides 4.9% of the town’s workforce.

117 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Distance Travelled to Work for Amlwch Workforce11

Distance Travelled to Work of People Working in Amlwch Workforce12

118 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Transport • Amlwch Workforce - a slightly lower level of 40% of the town’s workforce remain within the town. • It is then within the 10 to 30km zones that the highest level of workforce travel to. These zones include Holyhead, Llangefni and Bangor. • Working in Amlwch – other than from the town itself there is a consistent level of inflow from all the zones up to 30km which in effect is the remainder of the Island and Bangor.

Car The number of households without a car has decreased on Ynys Môn from a quarter (25.5%) in 1991 to a fifth Car ownership Ownership (20.9%) by 2001. The average number of cars per household on Ynys Môn in 2001 is 1.19 (based upon 3 cars in increased households of 3 plus cars), compared to the national average of 1.08. If the figures for the Island’s main urban between 1991 centres of Holyhead and Llangefni are removed then the average number of cars per household increases to and 2001. 1.30.

The figures reflect the rural nature of Anglesey and dependency on the private vehicle as the number of cars per household is higher than the national average for each category.

Car Ownership13

1 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates)

119 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

2 Taith (Sept 2009) North Wales Regional Transport Plan 3 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 4 Ibid. 5 Ibid. 6 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey. 7 Isle of Anglesey Council (2006) SEA Scoping Report Volume II (2010 updates) 8 Ibid. 9 Ibid. 10 Ibid. 11 Ibid. 12 Ibid. 13 Office for National Statistics: Neighbourhood Statistics - Isle of Anglesey.

120 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Water

Rivers, lakes and coastal waters on and surrounding the Isle of Anglesey are assessed as having moderate to good water quality, which is expected to improve over the next 5 years. Anglesey is situated in the North Eryri - Ynys Mon Water Resource Zone, which is identified as being in deficit by the Water Resource Management Plan (WRMP) produced by Welsh Water - principally due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change. Both planning scenarios considered in the WRMP are in surplus until approximately 2017/18. From that point onwards the deficit increases under the Annual Average scenario to a maximum of 1.63 Ml/d in 2024/35 and under the Critical Period scenario to a maximum of 3.19 Ml/d in 2029/30. Measures to address the potential deficit have been proposed and include an upgrade of Mynydd Llandegai WTW and increased abstraction at Marchlyn Bach reservoir. The Isle of Anglesey is assessed as having approximately 1,000 to 2,500 properties at risk of flooding, which is likely to increase as a result of climate change.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Water Current Ecological Status/ Potential of Surface Waters in the North West Wales Catchment1 A need to maintain and Quality improve water quality by reducing the risk of pollution entering river watercourses.

Incorporating Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems into new developments.

121 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water General Quality Assessment (GQA) – Chemistry

GQA chemistry describes the quality of rivers in terms of chemical measurements which detect the most common types of pollution. These are Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Dissolved Oxygen and Ammonia. Rivers are divided into stretches and each of these is given grades A to F, where A is the best quality and F is the worst.

Chemical river quality in Anglesey (2009)2

Chemical River Quality (2006)3

Anglesey Wales Good Quality (% of river length) 100 94.9

Good or Fair Quality (% of river length) 100 98.1

122 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Chemical Quality of Rivers in Anglesey 20094

General Quality Assessment (GQA) – Biology

Biological River Quality (2006)5

Anglesey Wales Good Quality (% 100 94.9 of river length) Good or Fair Quality (% of 100 98.1 river length)

123 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Biological river quality in Anglesey 1990 - 20096

Biological Quality of Rivers in Anglesey 20097

124 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water GQA Biology and Chemistry Recent Year Summary Table (2009)8

The above table shows that 100% of river length in Anglesey was of very good or good quality in terms of chemistry compared to 94.9% in Wales and 90% of rivers were of good or very good biological quality compared to 83.57% in Wales.

Nitrates and Phosphates

Two nutrients are assessed under the GQA scheme, nitrates and phosphates. A grade from 1 to 6 is allocated for both phosphate and nitrate. These are not combined into a single nutrients grade. In this respect it differs from the chemical and aesthetic classifications which combine factors into a single grade.

125 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water GQA Assessment - Nitrates (2009)9

Phosphates trends in Anglesey rivers (2009)10

126 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water GQA Nitrate and Phosphate Trends in Anglesey11

GQA Nitrates and Phosphates Recent Year Summary Table (2009)12

127 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Water Body Name Category Current River and lake water bodies in the North West Now 2015 Overall Wales catchment Status Anglesey13 Un-named - River Moderate Braint/Cadnant/ Lleiniog catchment Un-named - River Good % at good ecological status or potential 26 30 Crigyll/Caradog catchment Braint - lower River Good % assessed at good or high biological status 57 59

Cefni - tidal limit to River Moderate % assessed at good chemical status 93 93 Ceint Braint - upper River Good % at good status overall (chemical and 26 30 ecological) Cefni - Ceint to Cefni River Good % improving for one or more element in rivers 10 reservoir Cefni - Cefni reservoir River Good east In the North West Wales catchment there are 202 river water Cefni - Cefni reservoir River Good bodies and 33 lakes in the catchment. 26 rivers and 20 lakes are west artificial or heavily modified. 25 per cent of rivers (350km or 31 Un-named - River Good per cent of river length) currently achieve good or better Crigyll/Caradog ecological status/potential, including the Dyfi upstream of Afon catchment Twymyn, the Dwyfach and the Braint. 64 per cent of rivers Un-named - River Moderate assessed for biology are at good or high biological status now, Braint/Cadnant/Lleinio with 27 per cent at moderate biological status. 27 per cent of g catchment lakes assessed currently achieve good or better ecological Un-named - River Moderate status/potential including Llyn Ogwen and Llyn Idwal. 30 per cent Crigyll/Caradog of lakes assessed currently achieve good or better biological 14 catchment status, with 43 per cent moderate and 26 poor biological status . Un-named - River Moderate Braint/Cadnant/Lleinio g catchment

128 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Un-named - River Moderate Indicator 35a: River water quality - biological and chemical15 Crigyll/Caradog catchment Key points: Crigyll River Moderate • The percentage of river lengths in Wales of good or fair Un-named - River Moderate chemical quality has been consistently higher than 98 per Braint/Cadnant/Lleinio cent since 1994. The percentage of river lengths of good g catchment chemical quality has remained fairly stable over the same Llyn Alaw Lake Moderate period, peaking at 95.4 per cent in 2007. Cefni Reservoir Lake Moderate • The percentage of river lengths in Wales of good or fair Llyn Coron Lake Moderate biological quality has consistently been 99 per cent or higher Cemlyn Lagoon Coastal Good since 2002. The percentage of river lengths of good biological The Skerries Coastal Good quality has generally increased over the same period, from Caernarfon Bay North Coastal Good 78.5 per cent in 2002 to 87.1 per cent in 2009. Anglesey North Coastal Good Indicator 35c: Compliance with 'good status' under the Water North Wales Coastal Good 16 Cymyran Bay Coastal Good Framework Directive Conwy Bay Coastal Moderate Key points: Menai Strait Coastal Moderate Holyhead Bay Coastal Moderate • 75 per cent of coastal waterbodies assessed were given a good or better ecological status in 2008. Holyhead Strait Coastal Good • 35 per cent of transitional waterbodies, 29 per cent of rivers and canals and 20 per cent of lakes assessed were given a good or better ecological status in 2008.

Bathing Bathing water quality has been variable around Anglesey and is dependent on a number of factors including rainfall, Promote activities which Water diffused pollution and outfalls from sewage treatment plants. In 1996, at the formation of the Green Seas are likely to sustain the high Quality Partnership, Welsh Water made the commitment to carry out an extensive programme of capital improvements at quality of bathing water. their sewage treatment plants through Wales. These improvements on Anglesey have undoubtedly led to a general improvement in bathing water quality around the island, but there are pockets around the coast where bathing water quality is still poor or is variable. Areas of the island are unsewered and, as such, sewage from properties in these areas is disposed of by individual treatment plants, such as septic tanks or cesspools.

In 2008, 13 EC identified beaches were sampled by the Environment Agency and 13 Non-EC identified beaches were sampled by the Isle of Anglesey County Council. On the whole, water quality has improved over time, with 73% of

129 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water beaches achieving the guideline standard in 2008, compared with only 33% in 1992.

The EC Bathing Waters Directive (76/160/EEC) was intended to safeguard public health and the environment by reducing pollution of bathing waters and protecting bathing waters against further deterioration. Under the Environment Act 1995, the Environment Agency inherited the responsibility for carrying out the necessary monitoring programmes in relations to certain water-related directives, including the Bathing Waters Directives, in England and Wales17.

Environment Agency – 2008 Bathing Waters Report Wales (A)

When Directive 76/160/EEC was first adopted, only a limited number of bathing waters were identified by the UK Government. A large number of bathing waters has since been added to the initial list. A number of non-identified bathing waters have, in the past, been routinely monitored by one of the Environment Agency’s predecessor organisations, the National Rivers Authority.

130 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Environment Agency – 2008 Bathing Waters Report Wales (B)

Compliance of Non-EC identified bathing waters for the G Standard (the water standard quality required for Blue Flag and Green Coast beach awards) has proved to be more problematic with a high rate of failure recorded. Several locations have failed to meet the required G Standard. There are three locations (Traeth Bach, Porth Eilian and Beaumaris) that have recorded a 100% failure rate on this particular standard.

The current Bathing Water directive specifies a range of water quality standards that should be achieved in designated bathing waters. These standards fall into two categories: mandatory and guideline (G) standards. Compliance with the guideline standards is not mandatory but the directive states that member states should ‘endeavour’ to observe them as guidelines. Guideline water quality is a requirement for Blue Flag and Green Coast beach awards.

Compliance in one particular in one particular year is an unreliable indication of trends. Variation in compliance from year to year does not necessarily indicate genuine improvement or deterioration, owing to the statistical limitations of using such a small data set. There will always be some beaches that change their status as a result of marginal failures or passes.

131 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water The revised Bathing Water Directive (rBWD) entered into European Law in March 2006 and was translated into UK Bathing Water regulations in April 2008. The new features of the revised directive will take longer to come into effect. The revised directive should be fully in operation by 201518.

Risk of Future Non Compliance with Guideline Standards of Current Bathing Water Directive

132 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Predicted classification under the revised bathing water directive

Blue Flag Awards19

To be awarded bathing water quality must meet the highest, recommended European guideline standards and the beach must be clean, well managed and promote sound environmental management.

There has clearly been an upward trend in Blue Flag awards for beaches on Anglesey with the first being achieved in 1995. Since this date more locations have won the award with a high level of consistency throughout the remainder of the 1990s into the following decade.

However, there are a significant number of beaches that have never been awarded Blue Flag status. Despite the overall increase in Blue Flag awards there is still a significant scope for improvement before a 100% record of Blue

133 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Flag awards for all of Anglesey EC identified beaches is achieved.

There is also one instance at Cemaes where it was awarded Blue Flag status in 2004 but lost it in the following year. Since this time it has failed to regain Blue Flag status. Six of the thirteen sites have never been awarded Blue Flag status during the period of 1988 to 2008.

Seaside Award Beaches

In March each year, the distinctive yellow and blue flag is awarded to beaches that meet mandatory standard water quality and are clean, safe and well-managed. In 2009, 26 of Anglesey’s beaches won this award.

Green Coast Awards

The Green Coast Award is unique in that it recognises Guideline water quality (Guideline is the EU designation for excellent water quality) as well as Best Practice in environmental management for rural beaches, which may not have the facilities associated with resort beaches. The following beaches in Anglesey were awarded a Green Coast Award in 2008:

• Traeth Mawr, Aberffraw • Traeth Llydan, Rhoscolyn • Porth Trecastell, • Borth Wen, Llanfaelog Rhoscolyn • Porth Nobla, Llanfaelog • Porth Tywyn Mawr, Llanfaethlu • Porth Tyn Tywyn, • Porth Trwyn, Llanfaelog Llanfaethlu • Traeth Llydan, Rhosneigr • Cemlyn • Traeth Lligwy, Dulas • Dewi Sant, Traeth Coch, Red Wharf Bay • Traeth Lleiniog, Penmon

Water Environment Agency Wales is responsible for managing water resources in Wales. One of the ways this is done is A need to promote the Resources through licensing water abstraction. Catchment Abstraction Management Strategies (CAMS) have been produced ‘to sustainable use of water as

134 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water provide a framework for resource availability assessment and produce a licensing strategy which aids the sustainable a natural resource. management of water resources on a catchment scale.’

The Anglesey Catchment Abstraction Management Strategy (CAMS) area is approximately 716km2 and is wholly within the county council area. Some of the main river channels are the Cefni, Alaw, Braint, Wygyr and Goch. The island’s water is supplied mainly from Cefni and Alaw reservoirs, although some is piped across the Britannia Bridge from Cwellyn reservoir in Snowdonia.

The map below shows the resource availability of water resources in Anglesey20.

CAMS Resource Availability Status21

Water Currently water supply is provided to the majority of Anglesey by reservoirs located at: Potential for reduced Supply • Llyn Alaw (north west of Llanerchymedd) availability of water • Cefni Reservoir (north west of Llangefni) resources as a result of

135 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water • Llyn Traffwll (east of Cargeiliog and Llanfihangel in Towyn) climate change. • Llyn Cwellyn Water supply is provided to Menai Bridge and Llangefni from Llyn Cwellyn in Arfon, Gwynedd on the main land via Ensure that new pipes that run across the Britannia Bridge. development incorporates water efficiency measures. The North Eryri - Ynys Mon Water Resource Zone is identified as in deficit by the Water Resource Management Plan (WRMP) produced by Welsh Water principally due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change. Both planning scenarios considered in the WRMP are in surplus until approximately 2017/18. From that point onwards the deficit increases under the Annual Average scenario to a maximum of 1.63 Ml/d in 2024/35 and under the Critical Period scenario to a maximum of 3.19 Ml/d in 2029/30.

Annual Average and Critical Period Planning Senarios

To resolve the deficits in both the planning scenarios, the WRMP proposes the following Options: • Enhanced leakage detection • Upgrade of Mynydd Llandegai WTW with increased abstraction at Marchlyn Bach reservoir.

The leakage option would be implemented in 2017/18 to save a maximum of 2.79 Ml/d. The option to upgrade Mynydd Llandegai WTW would commence in 2022/23 and provide a maximum of 0.43 Ml/d throughout the remainder

136 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water of the planning period22.

Groundwater Groundwater Vulnerability Maps provide information on how significant the groundwaters are likely to be and if they A need to mitigate against Quality are vulnerable o pollution occurring at the land surface. The maps have descriptions on them to explain the different the contamination of aquifer and soil types. Areas shown as ‘major aquifers’ have strategic significance for water resources, they often groundwater resources and support large abstractions for the public water supply. Minor aquifers have a more localised significance to domestic, drinking water supplies. agricultural and industrial users (although they may still be used for drinking water). Non-aquifers do not store significant amounts of groundwater. However, in some areas, they can support local supplies e.g. small springs feeding individual properties23.

Groundwater Vulnerability (2009)24

137 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Groundwater Vulnerability Drift Map (2009)25

There are currently no licensed groundwater abstractions in the area as groundwater abstraction is exempt from licensing, but it is extensively utilised for small, private water supplies across the island.

Minewater

Parys Mountain in northern Anglesey has a long association with the copper and precious metals industry. As a result of this industrial heritage there is poor water quality associated with acidic run off and particular problems in the Afon Goch. Parts of Mynydd Parys also have SSSI designation.

138 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Flood Risk Areas at risk from flooding in Anglesey26 Potential for increased flood risk as a result of climate change.

Ensure that new development is directed away from high flood risk areas.

A need to introduce flood minimisation or mitigation measures to reduce the volume and rate of run-off in new development.

Key to Legend:

Flood zone 2 – the Environment Agency’s best estimate of the areas of land between zone 3 and the extent of the flood from rivers or the sea with a 1000 to 1 chance of flooding in any year. It includes those areas defined in flood zone 3. Flood zone 3 – the agency’s best estimate of the areas of land with a 100 to 1 chance (or greater) of flooding each year from the sea. The map above shows the main rivers and the flooding zones provides by the TAN15 advice maps. Zone B – Areas known to have been flooded in the past evidenced by sedimentary deposits Zone C1 – Areas of the floodplain that are developed and served by significant infrastructure, including flood defences Zone C2 – Areas of the floodplain without significant flood defence infrastructure.

Holyhead - significant parts of land within the port are shown as being subject to flood risk this being due to tidal flooding. Further tidal flooding is indicated from Penrhos Beach and extends inland over part of the Anglesey Aluminium plant. The only other area of flood risk is a watercourse running from the west of Pentrefelin housing estate to the sea by Porthyfelin House.

139 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Therefore the majority of the settlement is not affected at present by flood risk. The significant factor for Holyhead is the role that the breakwater plays in protecting the inner harbour and the town and the work required to maintain the breakwater.

Llangefni – The Afon Cefni runs through the centre of Llangefni although due to the topography of the town the area affected by flood risk is fairly limited. It also mainly involves commercial and industrial premises through the town centre and down the western side of the industrial estate.There are large parts of the settlement not affected by the flood risk although the location of the flood risk may impact upon the residential re-development potential of town centre sites.

Amlwch – Afon Goch runs through the centre of Amlwch and whilst it mainly affects commercial and industrial sites it does also restrict the potential for residential growth and re-development in certain parts of the centre.

Percentage of properties in each Local Authority in a Flood Zone (2008)27

140 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Number of properties in each Local Authority in a Flood Zone (2008)28

141 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Local Authorities in Wales ranked by the number of people at risk of flooding29.

Local Authorities in Wales ranked by the number of properties at significant risk of flooding30.

142 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

1 Environment Agency Western Wales RBMP Available online: http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/125095.aspx

143 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

2 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package: Anglesey 3 WAG: Key Statistics for Anglesey. Available online: http://www.assemblywales.org/anglesey.pdf 4 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package: Anglesey 5 WAG: Key Statistics for Anglesey. Available online: http://www.assemblywales.org/anglesey.pdf 6 Ibid. 7 Ibid. 8 Ibid. 9 Ibid. 10 Ibid. 11 Ibid. 12 Ibid. 13 Environment Agency Western Wales RBMP: Surface water bodies - classification status and objectives for Water Framework Directive Cycle 1 (updated January 2011). Available online: http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/125095.aspx 14 Environment Agency Wales (December 2009) Western Wales River Basin Management Plan. 15 WAG (July 2010) State of the Environment. Available online: http://wales.gov.uk/topics/statistics/headlines/environment2010/100722/?lang=en 16 Ibid. 17 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package: Anglesey 18 Ibid. 19 Keep Wales Tidy www.keepwalestidy.org 20 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package: Anglesey 21 Ibid. 22 Welsh Water (2008) Water Resource Management Plan Main Report. 23 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package: Anglesey 24 Ibid. 25 Ibid. 26 Ibid. 27 Ibid. 28 Ibid. 29 Environment Agency Wales (2009) Flooding in Wales: A National Assessment of Flood Risk. 30 Ibid.

144

GWYNEDD BASELINE ANALYSIS

Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Biodiversity

Gwynedd has a rich and varied biodiversity resource. The importance of this biodiversity is reflected by the number of designated sites, which includes 12 SACs, 4 SPAs, 1 Ramsar and 146 SSSIs. However, the integrity of many of the sites is under constant threat. Natur Gwynedd, the habitat and species action plan of the authority identifies a number of important species and habitats and outline the status of the habitat /species in question, the factors that affect them along with proposed actions to undertake to improve their status. In order to improve the condition of these species and habitats, there needs to be effective management of their features. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity European Special Areas of Conservation (SAC)1 Indicator 21: Percentage of Protect designated Sites features on Natura 2000 sites and wider areas of There are 12 SACs within the Gwynedd LPA area and 6 outside the Council’s in favourable or recovering biodiversity by boundary but considered to be near enough to be potentially affected: condition in Wales2 minimising the impacts of • Lleyn Peninsula and the Sarnau SAC (146023.48ha) Indicator status: Stable / No development. • Menai Strait and Conwy Bay SAC (26482.67ha) clear trend • Meirionnydd Oakwoods and Bat Sites SAC (1832.55ha) Enhance designated • Glynllifon SAC (189.27ha) Species - key points: and wider areas of • River Gwyrfai and Llyn Cwellyn SAC (114.29ha) • 45 per cent of all species biodiversity by • Berwyn and South Clwyd Mountains SAC (27221.21ha) were in favourable condition maintaining and • Snowdonia SAC (19739.6ha) in the assessments from improving green infrastructure. • Sea Cliffs of Lleyn SAC (1048.4ha) 2000 to 2009. • Lleyn Fens SAC (283.68ha) • There is large variation between species groups. • Corsydd Eifionydd SAC (144.32ha) For example, 80 per cent or • River Dee and Bala Lake SAC more of marine mammals • Migneint-Arenig-Dduallt (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC (19968.23ha) and birds were in • Morfa Harlech and Morfa Dyffryn (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC favourable or recovering (1062.57ha) condition. However, 80 per

1 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity • Rhinog (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC (3144.53ha) cent or more of amphibians, • Abermenai to Aberffraw Dunes SAC (1871.03 ha) butterflies and fish were in • Cadair Idris (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC (3785ha) unfavourable condition. • Afon Eden, Cors Goch – Trawsfynydd (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC (284.29ha) Habitats - key points: • Coedydd Aber (outside Gwynedd LPA area) SAC (346.2ha) • Within most habitat groups, between 40 and 50 per cent SAC’s in Gwynedd of features were in favourable or recovering condition in the assessments from 2000 to 2009. Outside of that range, 100 per cent of caves and 75 per cent of reefs and sea caves were in favourable or recovering condition. However, 76 per cent of lowland grasslands and 70 per cent of sandbanks, bays and lagoons were in unfavourable condition.

2 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Special Protection Areas (SPA)

There are 4 SPAs within the Gwynedd LPA area: • Berwyn SPA (24187.53ha) (partly within Gwynedd LPA) • Glannau Aberdaron & Ynys Enlli SPA (505.03 ha) • Lavan Sands, Conwy Bay SPA (2642.98ha) • Mynydd Cilan,Trwyn y Wylfa & Ynysoedd Sant Tudwal SPA (373.55ha)

SPAs in Gwynedd

3 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Ramsar Sites

There is 1 Ramsar Sites within the Gwynedd LPA Area: • Anglesey and Lleyn Fens Ramsar (624.9ha)

Ramsar Sites in Gwynedd

4 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Sites of In 2009, there were 146 SSSIs with a combined area of around 57193ha within SSSIs in Wales - Current State Protect designated Special the Gwynedd Unitary Authority boundary. of Knowledge (April 05 to and wider areas of Scientific March 06)3: biodiversity by Interest SSSIs in Gwynedd minimising the • 12% of Wales is designated impacts of as Sites of Special Scientific development. Interest (SSSI) • During 2005/6 Wales gained three SSSIs, an additional 399 ha • 71% of SSSIs by area are also sites of international importance for wildlife • One quarter of SSSIs can be reached within 1km of a town or city • 62% of SSSIs by area are classed as open access land. • From a sample of SSSIs, 47% of designated habitats and species were considered to be in favourable condition • 25% of SSSIs by area are known to be owned or managed by conservation sector bodies

In 2009, 66 SSSI within

5 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Gwynedd were classed as being in an unfavourable condition whilst 72 were classed as being in a favourable condition. The status of the remaining 7 was unknown.

6 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity National There are 25 National Nature Reserves in Gwynedd, covering approximately 2% of the Gwynedd land area. Nature Reserves Whole Site Assessment4 Status of all NNR species and habitat features

Local Nature There are 7 LNRs in Gwynedd covering an area of 1700 hectares5: Data Gap Reserves • Lon Cob Bach LNR • Parc y Borth LNR • Pen y Banc LNR • Traeth Lafan LNR • Y Foryd LNR • Parc Dudley LNR

7 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity Biodiversity Natur Gwynedd is the Local Authority’s Biodiversity Action Plan. The tables Summary of main results of the 2008 UK Biodiversity Action Plans below shows the species and habitats which have action plans included in Natur Action Plan Reporting Round: Gwynedd along with their current condition • Biodiversity Action Plan partnerships at UK and local LBAP Species Current Status Included in levels continue to deliver gains for some priority Section 74 species and habitats, with the rate of decline slowing CROW Act? and in some cases halted or Otter Otters have been returning to many river Yes reversed. Nevertheless there is a lot more to do. catchments in Gwynedd in recent years. Pine Marten Unknown No Polecat Historically Gwynedd is a Welsh stronghold No • 8 priority habitats (18%) and 40 priority species for the polecat. Appears that they may have (11%) were increasing or probably increasing. a high density in some localities. Brown hare Distribution unknown. Yes • 9 priority habitats (20%) and 144 priority species Hazel dormouse Unknown Yes (39%) were stable or probably stable. Water vole Recent surveys suggest that water voles are Yes likely to be widespread throughout Gwynedd. • 19 priority habitats (42%) and 88 priority species Barn Owl It is likely that the UK wide decline has been No (24%) were declining or probably declining but the reflected in Gwynedd. rate of decline is slowing for 9 habitats (20%) and 28 Lesser horsehoe Unknown Yes bat species (8%). Chough 67 sites occupied by pairs in Gwynedd LPA No • 8 species were reported to have been lost since the in 2002 and the population is currently publication of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan in increasing. 1994 and 11 were thought to have been lost before Arctic Charr Unknown No this date. Lampreys Unknown No Salmonids Catches of migratory trout and salmon are No • The state of our knowledge of the conservation declining in Gwynedd but brown trout still requirements for priority habitats and species was appears to be maintaining steady numbers. reported as increased compared with 2002, but Adder There are 11 confirmed 10km2 with adders No gaps still existed in our monitoring. Beyond 2010, present within Gwynedd LPA. Marsh Fritillary Coloniesare in England and Wales estimated Yes the main gaps were identified as likely to be for marine, coastal and grassland habitats and for

8 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity to be disappearing at a rate of well over 10% groups of invertebrates and plants. over decade. Hornet robberfly Recent records restricted to Cors Geirch. Yes • Progress on targets was mixed. For those aimed at Bluebell Locally abyndant in Gwynedd. No maintaining biodiversity (the timescale for these is Floating water Gwynedd is a stronghold for floating water Yes 2010), 52% of species targets were met and 17% plantain plantain in Wales. were not achieved, whilst on habitats, 26% were met Lapwing Breeding population has decreased greatly No in recent years. and 30% were not achieved. The remainder were either not known or not reported. For targets aimed LBAP Habitat Current Status Included in at making improvements, progress was behind Section 74 schedule on the majority, but for some species, such CROW Act? as the Ladybird spider, Large Blue butterfly and Upland Oakwoods Estimated total area in the Gwynedd LPA is Yes Bittern, the progress was impressive. 1100 ha2.Not known if the resource is declining. • Habitat loss/degradation (particularly owing to Wet woodland Estimated total area in Gwynedd LPA Yes agriculture, changes in management practice or is 1100 ha2. infrastructure development) and global warming Arable field Proportion of arable land in Gwynedd LPA is No continued to be the key threats reported for the margins 3% of total area. The soils of the Llyn 6 Peninsula are consistently graded. highest proportion of priority species and habitats . Cloddiau Cloddiau are particularly characteristic of the No Llŷn Peninsula. Mudflats In 2000 all estuaries in Gwynedd were given Yes the highest classification (A/good) on their biological quality. Maritime cliff and Gwynedd has 107km of coastline with Maritime Yes slopes cliff and slope habitat, a great proportion of which containing important habitats and species. River corridors Unknown No Rhos pasture Gwynedd LPA has over 4% of the Welsh No resource. There has been a decline in rhos pasture in Gwynedd since the 1930s, with

9 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and Status/ Trend Issues/ targets Constraints/ Opportunities Biodiversity much of it being replaced by rye-grass pasture.

Ancient Woodland Reserves in Gwynedd LPA: Woodlands • Bryn Meurig • Coed Doctor • Nursery Woods • Wern Mynach • Orielton Woods

There are large areas of identified ancient semi-natural woodland within the Gwynedd LPA.

Birds Bird population data is at an all-Wales level. • Overall, in Wales, 16.9 per cent of species increased 7 Short-term abundance of widespread breeding birds in Wales, 1994 to 2009 and 42.7 per cent decreased in range between 1968-1972 and 1988-1991. 40.3 per cent remained stable. • Over half the species of birds of farmed habitats decreased in range over the 20-year period.

10 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

1 JNCC Protected Sites 2 WAG (July 2010) State of the Environment (Accessed on 06/04/11) Available online: http://wales.gov.uk/topics/statistics/headlines/environment2010/100722/?lang=en 3 CCW (Accessed on 06/04/11) SSSIs in Wales - Current State of Knowledge Report for April 2005 - March 2006 4 CCW (Accessed on 06/04/11) National Nature Reserves in Wales - Status of NNRs. Available online: http://www.ccw.gov.uk/landscape--wildlife/protecting-our- landscape/special-landscapes--sites/protected-landscapes/national-nature-reserves/nnr-report.aspx 5 Gwynedd Council 6 JNCC - The UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Highlights from the 2008 reporting round. Available online: http://jncc.defra.gov.uk/default.aspx?page=5398 7 Welsh Assembly Government http://www.statswales.wales.gov.uk/TableViewer/document.aspx?ReportId=5759

11 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Communities

Gwynedd is experiencing an ageing population with fewer children being born and more people living into older age which reflects the national trend. For a number of years there have been concerns about the out-migration of young people from north west Wales and evidence suggests it is a significant problem in the county. In terms of health, there is a need to reduce the incidence of a number of diseases and conditions such as high blood pressure. The Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation has shown that the majority of small areas in Gwynedd are less deprived than the average for Wales. However, there are pockets of relative deprivation within the authority, most notable in terms of housing and access particularly in the more rural areas of the Llyn Peninsula. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population In 2001, the total population of Gwynedd was recorded as being 116,843, which with Steadily growing population over The effect of an Composition 47 people per square kilometre is less densely populated than Wales as a whole (143 recent years. Between 2003 and ageing population and Population people per sq km)1. 2009, the local authority’s population will be an Change increased by 1.3% compared to a increase in the Mid-year Population Estimates – 2003 to 20092 2.4% rise in Wales overall number of 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 individuals of Gwynedd 117,200 118,300 118,100 118,100 118,400 118,600 118,800 pensionable age Wales 2,918.2 2,928.8 2,943.5 2,950.1 2,961.9 2,976.1 2,990.1 and a decrease in the number of individuals of Gwynedd and UK Population Pyramid by Age and Gender (2001)3 working age. This will lead to a large increase in the demand for health care, residential services, pensions and other services used by the elderly. In turn this will provide

12 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population by age group in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales-% change between opportunities for 1991 and 2009 employment in

30 these fields. An examination of the changing age 25 24 22 21 profile of Gwynedd’s residents over 20 18 the period 1991 to 2001 shows 15 12 evidence of an ageing population. 9 10 7 The proportion in the 65+ age group

5 increased by 9% in Gwynedd 1 compared to 12% in Wales overall. 0

-5

Percentage Change Percentage -4 -6 -6 -10 -8 The change in the proportion of young -15 -13 -14 people was mixed with a -6 %

-20 -19 decrease for the 0-14 age group; and

-25 a 7% increase in the 15-29 age group. 0 to 14 15-29 30-44 45-64 65+ Age Group Gwynedd Anglesey Wales

June 2009 Mid Year Estimates show that 23.7% of Gwynedd’s resident population was aged over 60/65 (retirement age) and was the 9th highest in terms of the percentage of people in this age group of all Unitary Authorities in Wales. Gwynedd has a slightly lower proportion of its population in the working age category (16-59/64 age group) compared to the national average – 58.7% compared to 60% in Wales overall (mid- year estimate 2009).

Population Based on the mid-2008 WAG population projections, the total population of Gwynedd is projected to increase by 4,600 (or If past trends Projections4 3.9%) by mid-2023. This is the sixth lowest population growth to mid-2023 of all local authorities in Wales. The population is continue, there projected to continue increasing for the last ten years of the projection period, reaching 126,000 by mid-2033. The most recent will be a need to actual data shows that there have generally been more deaths than births in Gwynedd in the five years up to mid-2007/08, apart facilitate from a small positive natural change in 2005/06. Over the projection period, natural change is projected to increase in Gwynedd appropriate

13 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities reaching around 130 more births than deaths in 2019/20. From here on natural change is projected to decline, becoming development to negative towards the end of the projection period, resulting from an increase in deaths and decrease in birth numbers. Without a satisfy the needs positive net inward migration for these last few years of the projection period, the population of Gwynedd would decline. of the growing population and Total Population consideration should be given to the future viability of services as a consequence of population growth

Natural Change and Net Migration

14 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Population change, key years and key age groups 2008 2013 2018 2023 Children 21,170 20,094 19,798 20,422 Ages 16-64 73,893 73,579 73,516 73,076 Ages 65+ 23,527 26,040 27,976 29,671 Total 118,590 119,713 121,290 123,170

The population of Gwynedd is projected to increase by 3.9 per cent from mid-2008 to mid-2023. This increase is predominately due to the increase in people aged 65+, projected to grow by around 26.1 per cent from 23,500 in mid-2008 to 29,700 in mid- 2023. This increase in the number of older people is due to two factors; firstly increased expectation of life which results in more people living longer, and secondly the ageing on of larger cohorts, such as those born after the Second World War.

Over the projection period, the dependency ratio in Gwynedd is projected to increase from around 610 per 1,000 people aged 16-64 in mid-2008 to 690 per 1,000 people aged 16-64 in mid-2023. This is predominately driven by an increase in the number of people aged 65+.

In each year of the projection period, Gwynedd is projected to experience: • 5,290 people arriving in the authority from the rest of the UK; • 5,140 people leaving the authority for the rest of the UK; • A net internal migration of 150 people.

Key Points:

• The number of births in Gwynedd is projected to decrease to 1250 in 2010/11 before increasing to 1,360 by 2022/23. From here onwards births are projected to decline for the remainder of the projection period.

• The number of deaths in Gwynedd is projected to decline until 2018/19 reaching 1,220, and then rise to 1,360 in 2032/33. The changes seen in the death figures are due to two factors: firstly the projected increases in life expectancy (hence the decrease in deaths in the early years of the projection); and secondly, a cohort effect, in that if people are living longer, in future years there will be more older people. The number of older people (age 65+) in Gwynedd is projected to increase from 23,500 in mid- 2008 to 33,200 in mid-2033. The older age groups have a higher mortality rate, leading to more deaths being projected.

• Over the projection period, natural change is projected to increase in Gwynedd reaching 130 more births than deaths in

15 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities 2019/20. From here onwards natural change is projected to decline, becoming negative towards the end of the projection period, resulting from an increase in deaths and decrease in birth numbers. Net migration for Gwynedd is 250 in each year of the projection period.

• Therefore by the end of the projection period, net change for Gwynedd starts to gradually decrease due to an increasingly negative natural change, resulting in the population increasing at a slower rate.

• The number of people aged 65+ is projected to increase by 41% in Gwynedd by 2033 with continuous growth during the projection period.

Ethnicity5 In 2001, 1.2 % of the population of Gwynedd were categorised as being in non-white The need to ethnic groups compared to 2.1% in Wales overall. Of the ethnic groups, those of a facilitate Mixed background are the most predominant group (34.7%) with the Black or Black development British ethnic group being the least prominent (8.6%)4. which considers all sections of the Percentage of white people by local authority community. 100 99.3 99.2 99.2 99.1 99.1 99.1 99.1 99.1 99 98.9 98.9 98.9 98.9 98.8 98.8 98.8 98.6 98.6 98 97.9 97.8 97.8

96 95.2

92 91.6

86 Cardiff Powys Conwy Torfaen Newport WALES Bridgend Swansea Flintshire Gwynedd Wrexham Caerphilly Ceredigion Denbighshire Merthyr Tydfil Pembrokeshire Blaenau Gwent Monmouthshire Isle of Anglesey Carmarthenshire Neath Port Talbot Rhondda; Cynon; Taff The Vale of Glamorgan

16 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Migration6 People move in and out of Gwynedd constantly for numerous reasons. Work, study, retirement and families ties are all reasons The scale and why people move from one place to another to live. nature of in and out-migration will Within the North Wales region, between mid-1999 and mid-2004, Conwy experienced the largest number of net immigrants, have an impact 27.7 per cent, with the Isle of Anglesey (7.5 per cent) the least. Conwy (32) and Denbighshire (31) had the two highest inflow on the population rates. Gwynedd (24) had the highest outflow rate with Conwy and Denbighshire (both 23) close behind. structure of the County. There is Average annual migration movements with England by local authority, per year, based on estimates between mid-1999 an ongoing need to mid-2004 (thousands). to address the out migration of Average Rate (per 1000 young people and population) consideration Region Inflow Outflow Net Inflow Outflow should be given Isle of 1.5 1.2 0.3 22 18 to the impact of Anglesey the loss of Gwynedd 3.5 2.8 0.6 29 24 working age Conwy 3.5 2.5 1.0 32 23 people on the local economy Denbighshire 2.9 2.1 0.8 31 23 Flintshire 3.7 3.1 0.7 25 21 Wrexham 2.7 2.3 0.4 21 18 North Wales 17.7 14.0 3.7 27 21

The scale and nature of in- and out- migration will have an impact on the population structure of the county. For a number of years there have been concerns about the out-migration of young people from north west Wales, and many economic and social initiatives have been attempting to keep young people in the area and to encourage those that have left to live elsewhere to return to the area. The figure below shows that a significant number of young people in the 20-29 age category moved out of Gwynedd during the year up to June 2009 period, whilst in-migration was higher than out-migration for the 45-64 age category. The high inflow of people aged between 15-19 can probably be attributed to the influx of students to the County.

17 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Gross and net flows by age group (year up to June 2009)

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0 Net balance (thousands) balance Net 0-4 5-9 65+ 75+ 0-14 -0.2 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 15-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 30-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 45-59 60-64 45-64 65-69 70-74

-0.4

-0.6 Age group

General Health In 2001, 69.2% of the population of Gwynedd described their health as ‘good’, which There is a need exceeded the ‘good’ health rate for Wales of 65.1% and is the highest of all Unitary to maintain the Authorities in Wales7 general health and well-being of 9.5% of the population of Gwynedd described their health as ‘not good’, compared with residents and to 12.5% of the Welsh population. encourage healthier lifestyles General Health (2001) in order to reduce Good Health Fairly good Not good health the incidence of health high blood All Number % Number % Number % pressure and People respiratory Gwynedd 116,843 80,910 69.2 24,781 21.2 11,152 9.5 illnesses. Wales 2,903,085 1,888,849 65.1 652,769 22.5 361,467 12.5

18 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

General Health by Ward (2001) All People % people who % people who described their described their health as ‘good’ health as ‘not good’ Highest Bethel (78.2) Llanbedrog (14.5) Second Highest Cwm y Glo (76.9) Talysarn (13.9) Third Highest Llandderfel (75.9) Hirael (13.3) Third Lowest Dyffryn Ardudwy Llanuwchllyn (5.6) (60) Second Lowest Tywyn (59.8) Menai Bangor (5.3) Lowest Llanbedrog (56.2) Bethel (4.8) Gwynedd 69.3 9.5 Wales 65.1 12.5

Limiting Long- In 2001, 24,122 people (20.6% of Gwynedd’s total population) had some form of In 1991, 13.9% of the population of term Illness8 limiting long-term illness (4th lowest out of all unitary authorities in Gwynedd and Gwynedd had a limiting long-term slightly lower than the all-Wales figure of 23.3%. illness. By 2001, this figure had increased to 20.1%.The differences Limiting Long-term Illness (2001) most likely reflect different attitudes or All People With a limiting long-term Without a limiting long- perceptions of illness/health illness term illness Number % Number % Gwynedd 116,843 24,122 20.6 92,721 79.4 Wales 2,903,085 675,662 23.3 2,227,423 76.7

19 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Limiting Long-term Illness by Unitary Authority (2001)

Wrexham 21.5 78.5 The Vale of Glamorgan 19.9 80.1 Torfaen 24.8 75.2 Swansea 24.7 75.3 Rhondda; Cynon; Taff 27.2 72.8 Powys 20.4 79.6 Pembrokeshire 22.3 77.7 Newport 21.6 78.4 Neath Port Talbot 29.4 70.6 Monmouthshire 19.1 80.9 Merthyr Tydfil 30 70 Isle of Anglesey 22.4 77.6 Gw yne dd 20.6 79.4 Flintshire 19.2 80.8 Denbighshire 23.4 76.6 Conwy 23.5 76.5 Ceredigion 20.7 79.3 Carmarthenshire 26.3 73.7 Cardiff 18.8 81.2 Caerphilly 26.3 73.7 Bridgend 25 75 Blaenau Gwent 28.3 71.7 Wales 23.3 76.7

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% % with a LLTI % without a LLTI 13 of Gwynedd’s wards had a higher percentage than the Welsh average. The 5 wards in Gwynedd with the highest rates of Limiting Long-term Illness were Llanbedrog (31%), Talysarn (26.4%), Cadnant Caernarfon (26%) and Penygroes (25.6%).

Life Life Expectancy9 For both men and women, life Expectancy expectancy has on the whole 1991-1993 1995-1997 1999-2001 2003-2005 increased steadily since 1991. Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Gwynedd 73.6 79.7 75.1 80.4 76.0 80.9 76.9 81.0 Wales 73.3 78.8 73.8 79.1 74.8 79.8 76.2 80.6

20 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Between 2003-2005, Gwynedd had the 4th highest life expectancy rate for both men and women in Wales.

Between 2003-2005, life expectancy in Gwynedd was higher than for Wales, and England and Wales as a whole.

Health Gwynedd has a higher cancer rate than the national average (418 per 100,000, Gwynedd has a higher cancer rate The proportion of compared to 410 in Wales between 2004-2006)10. than the national average. The county residents with performs equal or better in terms of some form of Gwynedd - adults who reported key illnesses, health-related lifestyle or service the incidence of other noted diseases condition /illness use11 compared to Wales. is an issue. There is a need to maintain the general health and well-being of residents and to encourage healthier lifestyles.

21 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Physical In 2005/06, 37% of the Gwynedd population reported meeting physical activity There is a need Health12 guidelines during the previous week, 7% higher than the rate for Wales and 2% higher to maintain the than the figure recorded for Gwynedd in 2003/05 general health and well-being of Gwynedd was ranked equal highest (with Ceredigion) of the 22 Unitary Authorities of residents and to Wales on this measure. In 2005/06, 51% of Gwynedd's population was considered encourage overweight on this measure, 4% lower than the rate for Wales. healthier lifestyles.

Road Traffic Between 1999 and 2003, there was 13 Accidents Road Accidents 2006 an overall decrease in the number of Gwynedd Wales all casualties of road accidents and in Accidents 11.9 25.5 the number of all car occupants killed

22 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Casualties 19.1 37.3 or seriously injured. Casualties – slight 419.5 381.6 Casualties – killed or 50.7 46.3 seriously injured

Road Accidents in Anglesey and Gwynedd

500

450

400

350

300

250

Accidents 200

150

100

0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 1994-98 Year

Isle of Anglesey Gwynedd

The death rate by cause (direct standardised mortality rate per 100,000 population): road accidents (2004-06 average) – 24.8 – 3rd highest in Wales.

Years of life lost by death due to motor vehicle accident, 2000 – 2004 = Gwynedd 17.9

23 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities per 10,000 population; Wales 15.3 per 10,000 population.

Crime The crime rate in Gwynedd has There is a need Recorded Crime 2006-07 (per 100,000 population)14 gradually fallen in recent years with an to promote the Gwynedd Wales overall reduction of 14% between continuing Recorded Crime 73.5 87.5 2006/07 and 2009/10. reduction of crime Violence against the person 21.9 18.2 rates by Burglary from a dwelling 1.7 3.6 In 2009/10, Gwynedd had the 8th encouraging Theft of a vehicle 1.3 3.8 lowest crime rate in Wales developments Theft from a vehicle 3.5 8.6 which improve the safety of communities. 15 Rate of Crime per 1,000 people

24 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

16 Notifiable Offences Recorded by the Police (April 07 – March 08)

Thef t f rom a Mot or Vehicle Thef t of a Mot or Vehicle 4% 2%

Burglary Other t han a Dwe lling 5% Violence against t he person Burglary in a Dwelling 30% 2%

Criminal Damage Wounding or Other Act 30% Endangering Lif e 0%

Other Wounding 10 % Thef t f rom a Person 0% Harrassment 10 % Robbery Common Assault 0% 7%

Housing The housing affordability ratio in Gwynedd overall is 5.79 – higher than the There is a need Affordability in comparative for Wales (5.01) (Jan 2010-Dec 2010). As can be seen from the maps to facilitate the Rural Areas17 below, house prices to income ratio and average house prices are higher in the more development of rural wards of Gwynedd. This is particularly true in the more rural wards of the Llŷn housing that Peninsula and along the Meirionnydd Coast. satisfy the needs of communities, particularly in rural areas of the county.

25 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

House price to incomes ratio (median) –January 2010 – December 2010

Average price overall (current – 28/2/11) July 2010 – December 2010

26 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Economy18 A detailed spatial breakdown of benefit receipt in rural Wales is presented in the maps below. These maps clearly show an Considerable east-west division within rural Wales in respect to the receipt of these three state benefits, with levels of receipt generally higher geographic in the north-west and lowest in eastern areas. In addition, across rural Wales, benefit levels appear to be highest in those variations in the wards containing the larger towns. The most striking east-west spatial pattern is evident in the second figure below, which unemployment shows the proportion of people in receipt of Job Seekers Allowance, with high levels of benefit receipt evident in most wards in rate which Anglesey, the north-west of Gwynedd and south-east Ceredigion. It is also clear from the three figures that areas of Gwynedd suggests a need and Anglesey exhibit similar benefit profiles to the Valleys. As with benefit and income levels there is a clear west-east divide to strengthen and evident in relation to unemployment rates, with Gwynedd, Anglesey and Pembrokeshire being the authority areas recording diversify rural highest, and Monmouthshire and Powys having the lowest rate. Clusters of high unemployment rural wards are concentrated in local economies Anglesey and north-western parts of Gwynedd. within the county.

Percentage of households claiming Income Support Percentage of households claiming Income-based The need to in 2001, by wards Job Seekers Allowance in 2001, by ward facilitate the development of community facilities and services in rural areas and to facilitate an improvement in local opportunities by improving the availability of quality employment as well as supporting local businesses.

There is a need to encourage investment in

27 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities rural areas by providing an Percentage of households claiming Working Family Percentage of unemployed households in 2001, by infrastructure of Tax ward transport, Credit in 2001, by ward communications and land that helps attract new business providing higher paid employment.

28 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities

Percentage benefit claimant rates, 2001 by rural unitary authority Job Income Council Working Seekers Support Tax Families Allowance Benefit Tax Credit Carmarthenshire 1.9 14.8 22.1 2.5 Ceredigion 1.6 9.6 15.7 2.2 Conwy 2.1 15.1 16.8 2.9 Denbighshire 1.9 15.5 19.1 2.7 Gwynedd 2.8 12.6 12.4 2.9 Isle of Anglesey 3.4 13.7 35.0 2.8 Monmouthshire 1.2 8.4 13.4 1.8 Pembrokeshire 2.2 13.7 20.8 3.1 Powys 1.4 9.8 14.2 2.5 Rural 2.0 12.7 18.5 2.6 Urban * 2.3 14.8 23.0 2.4 * Cardiff, Newport and Swansea local authority areas

Within rural Wales, the four north-western and south-western local authority areas that recorded the lowest average incomes had the highest proportion of low-income households in 2003. Gwynedd recorded just below 22% of households on low-income and Anglesey had about 21% on low income. The spatial distribution of low-income households at ward-level can be seen in the map below with highest proportions of low income households evident in large parts of Gwynedd and Anglesey.

% households with annual incomes below £10,000 Area % households Gwynedd 27.2 Denbighshire 27 Pembrokeshire 26.9 Carmarthenshire 26.5 Conwy 26 Anglesey 24.7

29 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Ceredigion 22.8 Powys 22.8 Flintshire 20.3 Vale of Glamorgan 17.5 Monmouthsire 16.5 Rural Wales average 24.8

Proportion of households with annual incomes below £10,000 in Wales in 2003, by ward

30 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities Percentage benefit claimant rates, 2001 by rural unitary authority

Job Income Council Working Seekers Support Tax Families Allowance Benefit Tax Credit Carmarthenshire 1.9 14.8 22.1 2.5 Ceredigion 1.6 9.6 15.7 2.2 Conwy 2.1 15.1 16.8 2.9 Denbighshire 1.9 15.5 19.1 2.7 Gwynedd 2.8 12.6 12.4 2.9 Isle of Anglesey 3.4 13.7 35.0 2.8 Monmouthshire 1.2 8.4 13.4 1.8 Pembrokeshire 2.2 13.7 20.8 3.1 Powys 1.4 9.8 14.2 2.5 Rural 2.0 12.7 18.5 2.6 Urban * 2.3 14.8 23.0 2.4 * Cardiff, newport and Swansea local authority areas

Welsh Index of WIMD 2008 shows that in Gwynedd (which has 75 Lower Super Output Areas There is a need Multiple (LSOAs)) 3 LSOAs (4%) fall within the 10% most deprived LSOAs in Wales. to reduce Deprivation deprivation (WIMD) In the 10% most deprived LSOAs for Wales there are: particularly in terms of housing • Above average numbers of LSOAs in Gwynedd for Housing (41%) and Access and access, (24%) especially in the • Access to services deprivation is higher in small villages and rural areas. most deprived • Below average numbers of LSOAs in Gwynedd for: areas. • Overall Deprivation (4%) • Income (3%) • Employment (1%) • Education (4%) • Environment (1%)

31 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Communities • Community (5%)

44% of LSOAs in Gwynedd were more deprived than the Wales average.19

The map below illustrates how rural areas such as Pen Llŷn have a generally higher overall deprivation index than the majority of Gwynedd.

Map Showing Overall WIMD Rankings of Wards in Gwynedd20

1 2001 Census (Table KS01)

32 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

2 Mid-Year Population Estimates, Office for National Statistics 3 Office for National Statistics: http://www.statistics.gov.uk/census2001/pyramids/pages/00nc.asp 4 WAG (2010) Local Authority Population Projections for Wales (2008-based) Local Authority Report. 5 Census 2001 (Table KS06) 6 Welsh Assembly Government: http://wales.gov.uk/cisd/publications/statspopulation/2006/0215migration/en.pdf?lang=en 7 2001 Census (Table KS08) 8 2001 s (Table KS08) 9 Gwynedd Council: A Demographic Overview 1801-2005 10 InfoBase Wales: http://www.infobasecymru.net/IAS/dataviews/tabular?viewId=49&geoId=1&subsetId=

11 WAG (2010) Welsh Health Survey 2008 + 2009: Local Authority/ Health Board Results. 12 Focus For Gwynedd 2007, Gwynedd Council 13 Office for National Statistics: Key Statistics for Gwynedd 14 Office for National Statistics 15 InfoBase Cymru 16 Office for National Statistics 17 Hometrack 18 Wales Rural Observatory 19 WAG - Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation 2008 20 Gwynedd Council

33 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Climatic Factors

Air pollution is not a significant problem in Gwynedd. However, as a result of climate change, annual average temperatures in Wales are projected to increase by 1.3°C by the 2020s, 2.0°C by the 2040s and 3.3°C by the 2080s, against the 1961 to 1990 baseline. Overall the county can also expect drier summer and more irregular/ extreme weather events, such as high rainfall/ wetter winters.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Climate Change The overall projected increases in the annual average temperatures in Wales are 1.3°C by the Climate change adaptation Projections1 2020s, 2.0°C by the 2040s and 3.3°C by the 2080s, against the 1961 to 1990 baseline. The measures will required as an projected increases in the summer averaged daily maximum temperatures for Wales are 1.9°C integral element of new by the 2020s, 2.8°C by the 2040s 4.8°C by the 2080s. The projected increases in the winter infrastructure and housing daily minimum temperatures for Wales are 1.5°C by the 2020s, 2.1°C by the 2040s and 3.5°C development. by the 2080s. Overall the county can also expect drier summer and more irregular/ extreme weather events, such as high rainfall/ wetter winters.

Carbon Dioxide Wales: Net CO2 emissions reduced by Wales Carbon Dioxide Emissions 80% compared to 1990 levels. Tonnes per capita – 13. 1 (2007)2

Carbon Dioxide Emission by Sector Gwynedd (2007) (kt CO2) 2 Emissions Land use, Most significant CO emissions Industry/ decreased by Road Land use Rank out for Gwynedd arise from domestic Commerci Domestic Total 1.63% between Transport change & of 22 LAs sources whilst land use, land use al 2005/2007 Forestry change and forestry has a negative emission value. 295 302 295 -115 777 16

34 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Carbon Dioxide Emissions per capita by sector Gwynedd (2007)

Land use, Industry & Road Land use Domestic Total Commercial Transport change & Forestry

Gwynedd has one of the lowest 2.5 2.6 2.5 -1.0 6.6 Gwynedd per capita emission levels in Wales Wales 6.5 2.4 2.3 -0.1 11.1 Greenhouse Gas Total emissions of the six Greenhouse Gases in Wales for 2006 were Regional Data 2 Emission Gap 51.1MtCO equivalent. This represents a 3.9% increase on 2005 and a 7.4% Opportunities to improve the decrease on base year emissions of the six greenhouse gases. trend for reduced CO2 emissions (e.g. through housing and Total emissions of CO2 in Wales for 2006 were 42.5MtCO2 equivalent, transport measures). which represents a 4.7% increase on 2005 and a 1.8% decrease on base year CO2 emissions.

These figures show a reduction in emissions when compared to the base year but an increase in emissions compared to 20053.

35 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Air Pollution Air Pollution in Wales since 1990

Source: Welsh Air Quality Forum4

36 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

Modelled Annual Mean Concentrations for PM10 (2008)5

37 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors suggests that PM10 concentrations are lower in the more rural areas of Gwynedd.

WIMD Air Quality The Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation 2008 (WIMD) is the official measure of deprivation for small areas in Wales. The physical environment domain of the WIMD index incorporates four indicators including air quality (concentrations of air pollutants) and emissions of air pollutants. The Air Quality indicator uses data on concentrations of pollutants (benzene, nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide, particulates, carbon monoxide and ozone).

Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation (WIMD): Population Averaged Air Quality Concentration Index 6 (2008)

38 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

Note: Communities with the most significant air quality issues in relation to population are shown in red.

The above maps illustrates that air quality in Gwynedd in terms of population averaged air quality concentration is good when compared to the rest of Wales. Most LSOA areas in the County are amongst the least deprived in Wales. It is noticeable that the Llŷn Peninsula and northern areas of the county are particularly less deprived.

Welsh Index of Multiple Deprivation (WIMD): Population Averaged Air Emissions Index (2008)

39 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

The above maps illustrates that air quality in Gwynedd in terms of the population averaged air emissions index is generally very good when compared to the rest of Wales. The most deprived areas are centred around the main settlements of Pwllheli, Bangor, Caernarfon and Blaenau Ffestiniog. These are typically areas where more air pollution is generated via road transport and increased economic and industrial activity.

Note: Communities with the most significant air quality issues in relation to population are shown in red.

Concentration of Nitrogen Dioxide Air quality is not a significant gases subject to issue for Gwynedd, with the regulation / Air Two Air Quality Objectives for nitrogen dioxide have been adopted by the Welsh Assembly exception of identified ‘hot spots’ quality7 Government: related to road transport, which 3 An annual mean concentration of 40 g/m . are subject to regular monitoring. 3 A 1 hour mean concentration of 200 g/m .

There is no AQMA (Air Quality Management Area) for this pollutant in Gwynedd. During 2007 Gwynedd Council continue to monitor this pollutant at 28 kerbside and intermediate locations throughout the county.

As in all previous years tubes at the same 3 sites have shown the highest levels of nitrogen dioxide. These sites are; C2, located at a roundabout on the A487 at Caernarfon; B3, located on the A4087 at Caernarfon Road Bangor; and B4, located beside the A55 Dual Carriageway at Penrhosgarnedd, Bangor. However, the figures did not exceed the objective. Annual trends at the 3 sites are shown below.

40 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors

Annual trends in NO2 in ug/m3 at the 3 most polluted sites during 2007

Site 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Code C1 34.8 34.5 33.42 38.38 32.9 36.03 35.27 34.0 1 6 3 3 B3 31.4 30.2 28.61 37.18 33.0 30.80 26.74 27.3 4 8 9 0 B4 18.9 21.1 24.70 37.76 29.1 32.73 28.64 29.9 1 9 1 4

Locally, there were no existing, new or proposed industrial sources of the kind listed in Annex 2 of the technical guidance likely to release high concentrations of nitrogen dioxide. During 2007 there were no emissions from aircraft likely to release high concentrations of NO within the 2 county. It was concluded that there was no need to progress to a Detailed Assessment for nitrogen dioxide in Gwynedd.

Particles (PM ) 10 The Welsh Assembly Government has adopted two Air quality Objectives for PM : 10 3 • An annual mean not to exceed 40μg/m 3 • 50 μg/m as a 24-hour mean not to be exceeded more than 35-times a year.

During the summer of 2007 a study was undertaken to monitor PM at a location at Cibyn 10 Industrial Estate, Caernarfon. This Service had received numerous complaints from the Management of Business Units within close proximity to a company called Gwynedd Skip Hire due to the levels of dust from the premises. The company operate a chipping machine and screener for processing waste wood at the site.

41 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors The monitor was placed at an adjoining business at unit A15 to the north of Gwynedd Skip Hire (please see plan – appendix 1) and was put in place from 13/04/2007 until 02/07/2007. When 3 calculated as a 24-Hour mean, none of the results exceeded 50 μg/m objective. Elsewhere in Gwynedd there has been no change in regard to sources that could substantially increase emissions of PM 10

In the Progress report for 2006 it is stated that further studies are to be carried out at Maes Padarn in Llanberis during 2007, where one previous study had shown exceedences in the 3 daily mean air quality objective of 50 μg/m . Residents living in this part of the town have lodged numerous complaints to the council because of the levels of smoke being emitted from the steam engine trains as they warm up before ascending Snowdon. Acid Deposition8 Acid deposition includes both wet and dry deposition of pollutants from the atmosphere that have the potential to acidify soils and freshwaters. The pollutants include sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxide (NOx) and ammonia (NH3). Nitrogen deposition is the deposition of mainly nitrogen oxides (NOx) and ammonia (NH3) from the atmosphere to land. Total deposition is the combination of both wet and dry deposition. Nitrogen refers to the pollutant dose that may lead to eutrophication.

In order to decipher whether acid or nitrogen deposition is having a negative effect on an ecosystem, or an aspect of an ecosystem, critical loads are set for individual habitats, for example a woodland or a bog, and species, for example a moss or a freshwater plant. Critical load relates to the quantity of a pollutant deposited from air to ground. Where deposition is less than a critical load it can be concluded that deposition of a pollutant above which harmful indirect effects can be shown on a habitats or species. If deposition is greater than the critical load then it is deemed as an exceedance of critical load. The following maps show modelled prediction for acid depositions and nitrate depositions for 2010.

42 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Natura 2000 Sites Air Quality Impacts – Acid Depositions Modelled Predictions for 2010

Natura 2000 Sites Air Quality Impacts – Nitrate Depositions Modelled Predictions for 2010

43 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors Ecological Footprint In 2003 Gwynedd’s ecological footprint was 5.3 - 5.46 global The footprint of Wales has The need to reduce the ecological hectares (gha) per person which is amongst the highest 6 increased at an average rate of footprint of both local authorities, local authorities in Wales.9 1.5% per year between 1990 with a particular focus on the and 2003. emissions arising from housing and transport.

Stockholm Environment Institute estimates suggest that the average ‘earthshare’ is 1.8 gha per person.

44 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Climatic Factors It was estimated that the total Ecological Footprint for Wales in 2003 was 5.16 gha per person. This is nearly three times greater than the average ‘earthshare’. When calculated on the same basis, the total ecological footprint of the UK in 2003 was 5.6 gha per person.

Renewable Energy WAG has set a target to 7 TWH to be There is a need to facilitate the Targets produced by renewable energy in order to development of renewable energy meet the UK’s target of producing 15% of schemes. energy from renewables by 2020 (supplement to TAN8).10

Installed renewable No regional/ There are 143 sites in Wales generating electricity from renewable sources. Gwynedd offers significant capacity plan area Growth in capacity across Wales is primarily from wind energy sources opportunities to increase installed breakdown of (+157MWe).11 renewables capacity (wind & capacity. tidal).

Climate Change No regional/ Climate Change Strategy for Wales sets No established baseline of Support/ facilitate the Adaptation plan area data strategic framework. measures, current approaches development of sector adaptation on adaptation focused on risk assessment plans. Changing Climate, Changing Places pilot progress/ project, practical actions in LAs to take including resilience of measures. forward adaptation12. infrastructure, coastal management, land management.

1 WAG (2009) Climate Change: its impacts for Wales (Nov, 2009). http://wales.gov.uk/docs/desh/policy/091101climateimpactsen.pdf ) 2 WAG http://www.assemblywales.org/09-037.pdf 3 WAG Written Statements 2008 http://wales.gov.uk/about/cabinet/cabinetstatements/2008/greenhouse/?lang=en 4 Air Quality in Wales (2009) Welsh Air Quality Forum 5 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package

45 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

6 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 7 Review and Assessment for Air Quality - Progress Report for 2007 (Gwynedd Council) 8 Environment Agency Local Evidence package 9 Wales’ Ecological Footprint - Scenarios to 2020 E. Dawkins, A. Paul, J. Barrett, J. Minx and K. Scott. http://wales.gov.uk/topics/sustainabledevelopment/publications/ecofootprint/?lang=en 10 Technical Advice Notes (TAN) 8 Renewable Energy http://wales.gov.uk/topics/planning/policy/tans/tan8/?lang=en

11 Department for Energy and Climate Change Energy Trends: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/statistics/publications/trends/ 12 WAG (2010) Climate Change Strategy for Wales. http://wales.gov.uk/docs/desh/publications/101006ccstratfinalen.pdf

46 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Cultural Heritage

Gwynedd is a strongholds of the Welsh language having the highest proportion of Welsh speakers in Wales. However, there are variations within the county with proportions tending to be higher in some urban areas as well as in former slate quarrying areas but significantly lower in many coastal areas. Gwynedd also has a rich historic environment which is reflected by the number of formal designations including 2505 listed buildings, 490 scheduled ancient monuments, 16 historic parks and gardens, 40 conservation areas and 1 world heritage site. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Gwynedd has the highest proportion of people in Wales who can speak Welsh. In 2001, 69% A need to facilitate the of people in Gwynedd aged 3 and over spoke Welsh, significantly higher than the Welsh preservation and enhancement of average of 21%. the Welsh language and culture as an important part of out Skills in the Welsh language (2001) cultural heritage.

Speaks but Speaks and Speaks, Populatio Other No Take forward the provisions set does not reads but reads and n aged 3 combination knowledge out the Welsh Language (Wales) read or does not writes 2 and over of skills of Welsh Measure 2011. write Welsh write Welsh Welsh % % % % % Welsh Language1 Gwynedd 112,800 5.75 2.31 60.63 1.50 23.89 Wales 2,805,70 2.83 1.37 16.32 2.98 71.57 1

The proportion of Welsh speakers varies considerably within Gwynedd. Welsh speakers account for at least 30% of the resident population of all but one ward in Gwynedd (the exception being, due probably to student numbers, Menai ward in Bangor (23%)). The highest proportions of Welsh speakers are to be found in and around Caernarfon. The proportion of Welsh speakers tends to be higher in some urban areas as well as in former slate quarrying areas, but significantly lower in many coastal areas of Meirionnydd.

47 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Geographical variations in skills in the Welsh language (2001) Ward % of the population aged 3+ % of the population aged 3+ with who can speak, read and write no knowledge of Welsh Welsh Highest Penygroes(81.8) Menai Bangor (66.3) Second Llanrug (80.4) Deiniol (58.5) highest Third highest Bethel (79.5) Llangelynnin (50.5) Third lowest Tywyn (33.7) Penygroes (8.7) Second lowest Deiniol (24.2) Seiont (7.4) Lowest Menai Bangor (23.3) Peblig (6.0) Gwynedd 60.6 23.9 Wales 16.3 71.6

% Welsh speakers in wards in Gwynedd (2001)

48 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage The table below shows that the number of people in Gwynedd who could speak Welsh decreased from 76.2%% in 1981 to 72.1% in 1991 and to 69% in 2001. As Wales on the whole has seen an increase in the proportion of Welsh speakers between 1991 and 2001, there has been a decline of -3.1% in the percentage of Welsh speakers in Gwynedd.

Changes in % of Welsh Speakers in Gwynedd and Wales 1981-2001 Year Gwynedd Wales 1981 76.2 19.0 1991 72.1 18.7 2001 69 20.8

As well as this, between 1991 and 2001, the number of wards in Gwynedd with over 70% of the population able to speak Welsh decreased from 61 wards in 1991 to 41 wards in 2001 as shown in the figure below.

% change in the population aged 3+ who speak Welsh, 1991-2001

49 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage

It can be noted that the proportion of Welsh speakers has declined in a number of areas between 1991 and 2001, in particular along the Meirionnydd coast and in extensive parts of the Llyn Peninsula. A significant decrease was seen in Bowydd a Rhiw (-14.7%), Botwnnog and Tudweiliog (-11.9%) and Llanengan (-10%) wards. On the other hand, a number of areas experienced an increase in the percentage of Welsh speakers and it is interesting to note that the number of Welsh speakers increased in many areas where a low proportion of Welsh speakers live (Abermaw, +4.8%), Menai Bangor, +30.5%; Tywyn, +10.1%).

People Born in Wales

Approximately 80% Gwynedd residents who were born in Wales are able to speak, write and read Welsh, with 5% of the residents born in Wales not having any skills in Welsh at all. Fewer residents born outside Wales are able to speak Welsh and there is more variation with age. 16.5% of people aged 3-15 do not have any skills in the Welsh language, rising to 79% of residents aged over 65.

% of the population born outside Wales and cannot speak Welsh (aged 3+), 2001

50 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage

It is evident from the figure above that the higher proportions of people born outside Wales and unable to speak Welsh live along the Meirionnydd coast and in extensive areas of the Llŷn Peninsula.

The Castles and Town Walls of King Edward in Gwynedd The Castle is managed by Key historical resource forming which include Caernarfon Castle and Town Walls were Cadw and open to visitors, a part of the cultural offering of World Heritage Sites added to the list of World Heritage Sites (WHS) as a cultural key historical asset and source Gwynedd. site of outstanding universal value in 1987.3 of conservation/ tourism funding. Facilitate appropriate There are approximately 490 Scheduled Ancient Monuments in Gwynedd. In the whole of management practice to support Wales, in both 1996 and 2003, nearly 80% of scheduled ancient monuments were reported to good condition status and be stable and around 10% improved or greatly improved. Over the period there was an recognise the wider cultural and Scheduled Ancient increase in superficial disturbance, generally an increase in invasive vegetation and scrub economic opportunities arising Monuments encroachment, which was probably due to the less intensive agricultural regimes encouraged from historical assets and by agri-environmental schemes. This increase was offset by the reduction in the severe designations. disturbance sometimes caused by intensive agriculture.4

In 2010, there were 40 conservation areas in the Gwynedd Conservation Areas Plan Area - the second highest number in Wales.5

There are 16 historic parks and gardens in the Gwynedd LPA area that contribute greatly to the 6 character, diversity and distinctiveness of its landscape .

Parks and Gardens of

Historic Interest

51 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Sites/Areas in Gwynedd included in the register of historic landscape, parks and gardens of special interest in Wales

Name of Historic Community Historic Park/Garden Council Park /Garden Grade Abermaw:Panora Abermaw II ma Walk Broom Hall Llanystumdwy II Boduan Buan II Bryn Bras Castle Llanrug II Caernarfon: Morfa Caernarfon II Common Park Cefnamlwch Tudweiliog II Glasfryn Llanystumdwy II Glynllifon Llandwrog I Penrhyn Castle Llandygai II* Plas Bodegroes Llannor II Plas yn Rhiw Aberdaron II Portmeirion Penrhyndeudraeth II* Rhiwlas Llandderfel II Tan yr Allt Porthmadog II Vaynol Pentir I Wern Dolbenmaen II*

52 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Historic Parks and Gardens in the Gwynedd LPA Area

Listed Buildings There are 2505 listed buildings in the Gwynedd LPA Area (2nd highest in Wales). Of those listed buildings, in 2007, 266 were classed as being ‘at risk’ which is 10.79% of the total – the 10th highest proportion of all Local Authorities in Wales. 17.1% of all listed buildings were classed as ‘vulnerable’ and 72.1% were classed as not being at risk.7

53 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Cultural Heritage Listed buildings at risk by Unitary Authority

Torfaen 20.42

Neath Port Talbot 16.88

Flintshire 14.3

Anglesey 11.99

BBNP 11.2

Ceredigion 11.14

Rhondda Cynon Taff 11.11

Denbighshire 11.01

Wrexham 10.93

Gwynedd 10.79 Loca Authority Vale of Glamorgan 10.67

Merthyr Tydfil 9.8

Carmarthenshire 9.21

Powys 9.08

Monmouthshire 8

Conwy 7.03

Cardiff 3.41

0 5 10 15 20 25 % a t r is k

1 1981, 1991, 2001 Census 2 WAG. http://wales.gov.uk/topics/welshlanguage/legislation/?skip=1&lang=en . Welsh Language Board. http://www.byig-wlb.org.uk/English/Pages/index.aspx 3 Gwynedd Council 4 WAG: Welsh Historic Environment: Position Statement 2007) 5 Gwynedd Council 6 Part 1 of the Register of Historic Landscapes, Parks and Gardens of Special Interest in Wales) 7 Gwynedd Council).

54 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Economy

Economic performance varies considerably within Gwynedd. Claimant count rates have been lower than the whole of Wales over recent years. Employment is predominantly based around public administration, education and health which has seen the highest increase in GVA over recent years. In contrast the agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing industry has seen a steady decline over the past decade or so. In addition, average household earnings in Gwynedd are lower than the national average. The economic base is primarily focused on the public sector although other sectors in particular tourism is a key industry. However, there has been a recent decline in tourist numbers. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Gross Value The Gross Added Value (GVA) for Gwynedd provides a measure of the value of production taking place within the County. A need to Added (GVA) Output from the Gwynedd economy was valued at £1.620 billion in 2008. The value of output from Gwynedd contributed 3.7% facilitate the to the value of output from Wales as a whole, compared with 4.2% output from Powys, 5.9% from Conwy and Denbighshire continued combined and 1.6% from Ynys Mon. The average GVA per head in Gwynedd in 2008 was £13,664. which was lower than the promotion of average in Wales and the United Kingdom which possibly highlights the fact that the county’s economy isn’t very strong in terms investment in the of manufacturing industries, commerce and services of high financial value1. local economy in order to support GVA per head 1998-2006 growth in local business 16000 particularly within 14000 the 12000 manufacturing

10000 and commerce industries. 8000 £ per head per £ 6000

4000

2000

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Year Gwynedd Isle of Anglesey Conwy & Denbighshire Wales

55 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Economic The economic activity rate measures the percentage of the population who are in A slightly higher Activity employment or unemployed, and is therefore a useful general measure of the labour market economic activity opportunities available to people. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the working age rate and a lower population. In June 2010, Gwynedd was estimated to have a higher economic activity rate unemployment (73.6%) than Wales as a whole (72.8%).2 rate compared to the national Economic Activity in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales (Jun 2010 Qtr) average.

Anglesey Gwynedd Wales % of working age people who are employees 58.6 54.8 58.0 % of working age people who are employed 69.7 69.5 66.8 % of working age people who are self employed 10.2 13.4 8.2 % of working age people who are economically 73.7 73.6 72.8 active % of working age people who are unemployed 5.5 5.6 8.3 % of working age people who are economically 5.2 4.0 6.6 inactive – want a job % of working age people who are economically 21.1 22.4 20.6 inactive – do not want a job

It is also evident that Gwynedd has a higher proportion of self-employed workers but a lower proportion of employees compared to Wales overall. Unemployment is also substantially lower than the national rate.

At a ward level, within Gwynedd, economic inactivity rates vary from 62.7% of people aged 16-74 years of age in Menai (Bangor) (most likely due to the presence of a large full-time student population) to 26.8% in Bethel.

Unemployment The unemployment figures that usually command most attention are those released monthly and generally known as the claimant count. These refer to the number of people out of work and claiming unemployment related benefits, mostly Job Seekers Allowance (JSA). They are the main official sources of information about unemployment for small areas (Gwynedd and

56 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy its wards).

Job Seeker’s Allowance (Jan 2011)3

Anglesey Gwynedd Wales

Number of working age people 1,899 2,506 75,163

who are claiming Job Seeker’s

Allowance

4.6 3.4 4 % of working age people who are claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance Number of people aged 17-24 who 565 780 24,805 are claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance % of people aged 17-24 who are 29.8 31.1 33 claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance

Job Seekers Allowance Claimants (percentage)4

57 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

Overall, claimant count rates have been lower in Gwynedd than the whole of Wales since around 2009. In January 2011, 2,506 of working aged people in Gwynedd were counted as being unemployed. This equated to 3.4% of the working age population, whilst the percentage for Wales was 4%. Unemployment varies dramatically between genders with 56% more men unemployed Considerable compared to women in Gwynedd during January 2009. Unemployment varies across Gwynedd. The table below illustrates the geographic variations within the County. variations in the unemployment Claimant unemployment at ward level (Jan 2011)5 rate which % of estimated Claimant suggests a need working age unemployed to strengthen population and diversify Highest Peblig (8.2) local economies Second Highest Marchog (7.3) within the county. Third highest Talysarn Third lowest Tudweiliog (1.0) Second lowest Llanuwchllyn (1.0)

Earnings CACI Paycheck is used to calculate earnings. This data is income data collected from The need to various commercial sources which is continuously updated as further information is obtained. encourage The median income in Gwynedd in 2009 was £23,050, which was lower than the North investment by Wales and Wales median income (£24,750). Gwynedd ranked 17th of the 22 Unitary providing an Authorities of Wales on this measure. infrastructure of transport, Earnings in 20096 communications and land that helps attract new % households Median business below 60% of GB Income (£) providing higher Median paid Gwynedd £23,050 34.5% employment. Isle of Anglesey £24,350 32.1%

Conwy £24950 30.9%

58 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Denbighshire £24,700 31.6% Flintshire £28,300 26.4% Wrexham £25850 30% Wales £24750 28%

A further analysis of CACI Paycheck Data in 2009 showed the following key results: • 64.8% of the county’s households had a household income of less than £30K. 14.6% of Gwynedd households had a household income which is less than £10K. • 35.2% of Gwynedd households had a household income of £30K or more. • The ward with the highest mean household income is ward name missing? (£33,947) and the ward with the lowest mean household income is Marchog (£22,773) • The ward with the highest median household income is Cwm y Glo (£31,800) and the ward with the lowest median household income is Hirael (£17,700)

Ward Mean Household Income (2009)

59 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Industry Some industries are more prevalent in Gwynedd than others. In 2008, public administration, education and health were the The agriculture, greatest single employer of people in Gwynedd (32.9%). The second highest was distribution, hotels and restaurants (23.0%), hunting, forestry which also reflects the pattern in Wales as a whole. For the same period, energy and water (0.5%) and agriculture and fishing and fishing, and (1.5%) were industries employing the least proportion of people in Gwynedd.7 the production industry has Industry by sector in Gwynedd and Wales (2008) declined over the Industry Gwynedd Wales past decade or Number % Number % so. There is, Agriculture and therefore a need 300 0.6 18,300 1.5 fishing to support the Energy and water 600 1.2 6,400 0.5 appropriate Manufacturing 3,700 7.6 161,500 13.7 regeneration of Construction 2,200 4.5 61,000 5.2 these industries Distribution, hotels 15,000 31.2 272,500 23.0 and restaurants Transport and 1,700 3.6 50,600 4.3 communications Banking, finance 4,100 8.6 166,500 14.1 and insurance Public administration, 17,900 37.3 389,600 32.9 education and health Other services 2,600 5.3 56,600 4.8

There are significant variations in the GVA performance of different industry sectors between 1996 and 2008 as % of all industries:

• Agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing decreased by 78.4% • Production decreased by 19% • Distribution, transport and communication increased by 68.2% • Business services and finance increased by 64.8% • Public administration, education, health and other services increased by 110%

60 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy

GVA by industry, 1996-20088

1 800

1 600

1 400

1 200

1 000

800

600

400

200

0 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Agriculture, forestry and fishing Production Construction Distribution, transport and communication Business services and finance Public administration, education, health and other services Total GVA

Occupations The structure of Gwynedd's economy will favour certain types of jobs more than others. In July 2009-2010, the three occupations most likely to be found in Gwynedd were:

• Skilled trade occupations - generally manual work, these trades are mainly associated with men and see a difference of +5% compared to the figure for Wales. • Elementary occupations - unskilled occupations such as plant and storage occupations, elementary and service occupations such as filing and cleaning. This occupation sees a difference between Gwynedd and Wales of +1.0%. • Managers and senior officials – comparable to Wales as a whole with only +1% difference between Gwynedd and Wales figures.

61 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy The 3 types of occupation less likely to be found in Gwynedd are:

• Process, plant and machine operatives – entirely manual, semi-skilled often involving routine work, mainly in factories. Gwynedd’s lack of manufacturing activities accounts for the relatively low incidence of occupations of this type compared with Wales as a whole (-1.5%).

• Sales and customer service occupations – a marginal difference between Gwynedd and Wales of -1.1%.

• Administrative and secretarial occupations – a marginal difference between Gwynedd and Wales of -2.5%.

Occupations in Gwynedd and Wales (Jul 09-Jun 10)9

Occupation Gwynedd Wales Number % Number % Managers and senior 7,400 14% 169,500 13% officials Professional occupations 6,100 11.6% 162,700 12.5% Associate professionals & 6,100 11.6% 189,300 14.5% technical occupations Administrative and 4,400 8.3% 140,200 10.8% secretarial occupations Skilled trades occupations 9,100 17.2% 158,200 12.2% Personal service 6,300 11.9% 127,200 9.8% occupations Sales and customer 3,400 6.5% 99,100 7.6% service occupations Process, plant and 3,100 5.9% 95,000 7.3% machine operatives Elementary occupations 6,700 12.8% 153,200 11.8%

62 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Registered Businesses by Industry (March 2010)10 As can be seen in the table, the Businesses proportion of industries in the % of all local Anglesey Gwynedd Wales agricultural, forestry and fishing; business units and accommodation and food Agriculture, Forestry 21.1 19.7 12.4 services are significantly higher & Fishing than in Wales overall. Production 5.0 5.0 6.0 Construction 11.5 9.8 10.5 Motor Trades 3.0 2.6 3.4 Wholesale 3.4 3.0 3.9 Retail 11.5 12.6 12.1 Transport & Storage 3.4 2.7 3.5 Accommodation and 8.7 10.9 8.1 Food Services Information and 1.8 2.9 3.3 Communication Finance and 1.2 1.4 2.0 Insurance Property 1.9 1.7 2.5 Professional, 6.0 5.4 8.4 Scientific & technical Business Admin & 6.0 5.2 6.6 Support Services Public 1.8 1.8 1.4 Administration & Defence Education 3.0 3.2 2.9 Health 5.1 5.4 6.4 Arts, Entertainment, 5.7 6.7 6.7 Recreation & Other Services

63 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Businesses by Size11

Education and A higher proportion of pupils in their final year of compulsory education achieved 5 or more GCSEs at grades A*-C in Gwynedd Skills compared to the figure for Wales – 63.8% in Gwynedd compared to 57.7% in Wales (2009-2010).12

In 2006/07, a lower proportion of pupils left full-time education with no qualifications in Gwynedd compared to Wales – 0.5% in Gwynedd compared to 1.7% in Wales13.

Education and lifelong learning in Gwynedd, Anglesey and Wales (2009-2010)14

Anglesey Gwynedd Wales Pupil teacher ratio (09-10): LEA 19.5 19 20.1 maintained primary schools

64 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Pupil teacher ratio (09-10): LEA 16.2 15.6 16.5 maintained secondary schools % achieving the expected level – key 83.2 84.9 81.6 stage 1 (L2+) (09-10) % achieving 5+ GCSE A*-C (09-10) 57.9 63.8 57.7 % of adult population with no 18.4 14.6 16.2 qualifications, 2006

Percentage of pupils achieving 5 or more GCSE grades A*-C

There are

considerable

geographical There is considerable variation in qualifications of residents of different parts of Gwynedd as illustrated in the table below. variation within

65 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Qualifications at ward level in Gwynedd, 2001 (Source: 2001 Census) the county in terms of % of the education population aged No qualifications attainment which 16 - 74 suggests that Highest Peblig (50.3) workers from the Second highest Marchog (42.0) disadvantaged Third highest Cadnant (39.1) areas will need Third lowest Deiniol (15.1) training Second lowest Garth (11.5) opportunities to Lowest Menai Bangor (5.3) adapt to a changing and diversifying local economy. Tourism Analysis by Sector of Expenditure In response to (£’s millions) 2007 2006 % change the recent Accommodation 90.1 97.6 -8 decline in some Food & Drink 113.1 116.2 -3 sectors of the Recreation 41.0 42.8 -4 tourism industry Shopping 155.1 158.8 -2 there is a need to Transport 54.8 56.5 -3 facilitate the Indirect 179.6 186.2 -4 improvement in Expenditure the variety and VAT 79.4 82.6 -4 quality of tourist Total 713.0 740.6 -4 facilities, tourist accommodation

and attractions. Revenue by Category of Visitor

(£’s millions) 2007 2006 % change

Serviced 115.1 122.5 -6 Accommodation Non-serviced 447.9 466.1 -4 Accommodation

66 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy SFR 10.9 10.8 0 Day Visitors 139.1 141.2 -1 Total 713.0 740.6 -4

Tourist Days Thousands 2007 2006 % change Serviced 1,449 1,493 -3 Accommodation Non-serviced 13,557 13,971 -3 Accommodation SFR 435 434 0 Day Visitors 4,004 4,065 -1

Total 19,445 19,963 -3

Tourist Numbers

Thousands 2007 2006 % change Serviced 815 841 -3 Accommodation Non-serviced 2,057 2,116 -3 Accommodation SFR 183 182 0 Day Visitors 4,004 4,065 -1 Total 7,059 7,204 -2

Sectors in which employment is supported (FTEs) 2007 2006 % change Accommodation 3700 3694 0 Food & Drink 2746 2821 -3 Recreation 1208 1260 -4 Shopping 3432 3515 -2 Transport 594 613 -3 Total Direct 11680 11903 -2

67 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Employment Indirect 2877 2984 -4 Employment Total 14,556 14,886 -2

The total tourist expenditure in Gwynedd in 2007 was £713 million whilst the number of tourists that visited the local authority area was 815,000.

In 2007, 14,556 were employed in the tourism industry. The sector which employed the most was the accommodation sector which employed 25.4% of the total in the industry, followed by the shopping sector (23.6%) and the food and drink sector (18.9%).

Tourism expenditure and tourist numbers in Gwynedd (£millions) There has been an overall 1000 increase of 13% in tourism 900 expenditure in Gwynedd between 1999 and 2007, 800 although since 2004, this 700 increase has slowed. 600 Tourist numbers increased 500 between 1999 and 2005, but 400 have since declined.

300

200 Of all the tourism sectors, it is 100 the accommodation sector

0 which has suffered most since 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 1999. The accommodation sector is the only sector which Total Tourist Expenditure (millions) Tourist Numbers (thousands) has seen employment levels fall

since 1999 – a 4.6% decrease since 1999.

68 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Total in employment in the tourist industry in Gwynedd and Anglesey16

7000

6000

5000 There has been a recent decline

4000 in the number of people employed in the tourism 3000 industry. The industry has seen

Employee jobs Employee an annual decrease in 2000 employment since 2003.

1000

0 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Year

Anglesey Gwynedd

Agriculture People employed in Agriculture (2001)17 Gwynedd Wales All People 46,907 1,186,256 Agriculture, hunting, 2234 29,125 forestry Percentage 4.8 2.5

Gwynedd has a higher percentage of people working in the agriculture industry than the national average. Employment in Agriculture drops sharply in the more urban settlements such as Bangor and Caernarfon. The highest areas of agricultural employment tends to be situated away from major settlements.

Number of people employed in Agriculture, Forestry and Hunting (2001)18 Ward Number Ward Number Garth 0 Llanberis 27

69 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Cwm-y-Glo 3 Tregarth & Mynydd 27 Llandygai Diffwys and 3 Bethel 28 Maenofferen Hendre 4 Gerlan 28 Glyder 6 Llanbedr 29 Hirael 6 Waunfawr 29 Menai (Caernarfon) 6 Penisarwaun 30 Deiniolen 8 Groeslon 33 Dewi 8 Abermaw 34 Ogwen 8 Pentir 34 Deiniol 9 Llanaelhaearn 36

Menai (Bangor) 9 Porthmadog-Tremadog 37

Bowydd and Rhiw 10 Llanengan 40

Peblig (Caernarfon) 11 Corris/Mawddwy 41

Marchog 12 Morfa Nefyn 43 Dolgellau South 13 Clynnog 44 Porthmadog East 13 Harlech 44 Bontnewydd 14 Llanwnda 44 Cadnant 15 Tudweiliog 44 Abersoch 15 Arllechwedd 46 Seiont 15 Penrhyndeudraeth 46 Llanbedrog 16 Abererch 50 Talysarn 16 Tywyn 51 Llanrug 17 Bryncrug/Llanfihangel 52 Penygroes 19 Dyffryn Ardydwy 57 Aberdyfi 20 Dolbenmaen 63 Porthmadog West 21 Trawsfynydd 70 Teigl 21 Botwnnog 72 Y felinheli 21 Llanystumdwy 72 Criccieth 23 Efailnewydd/Buan 73 Nefyn 23 Aberdaron 78

70 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Pwllheli North 23 Llanuwchllyn 80 Llanllyfni 24 Brithdir and 83 Llanfachraeth/Ganllwyd Pwllheli South 25 Llangelynin 87 Bala 26 Llandderfel 137 Dolgellau North 27

The wards with the highest levels of employment in the agricultural industry are Llandderfel, Llangelynin, Brithdir and Llanfachraeth/Ganllwyd and Llanuwchllyn. These are all wards with relatively low populations and contain relatively small settlements.

In the agricultural sector there have been significant changes between 2002 and 2007 in the number of full time farmers; a small increase in the number of part time farmers; a substantial increase in the number of regular workers and a small decrease in the number of seasonal workers as shown in the table below.

Welsh Agricultural Census – Small Agricultural Areas in Gwynedd, 2002 to 200719 The recent Year and European Land Main Main Regular Casual decline in the Change sized farmed farmers – farmers – workers workers agricultural Units full time part time industry 2002 44,640 191,578 1,896 1,983 504 510 suggests that 2007 45,558 187,230 1,722 2,081 790 486 there is a need to Change 918 -4,349 -174 98 286 -24 promote and 2002-07 support the rural economy of % change 2.1 -2.3 -9.2 4.9 56.7 -4.7 Gwynedd. 2002-07

71 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy 20 Employment6000 by category in the Anglesey LPA area (2002-2008)

5000

4000

Casuals 3000 Regular workers Part time main farmers Workers Full time main farmers 2000

1000

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 0 Year

Between 2002 and 2008, the number of regular workers and part time farmers increased whilst the number of casual workers and full time main farmers decreased.

In 2008 53% of active holdings supported a full-time farmer, although only 23% of holdings hired regular workers. Both the number of regular workers and holdings increased steadily between 2002 and 2008. The number of active holdings in the study decreased during this period from 2272 to 2206.

Livestock

The table below shows that while the number of active holdings in Gwynedd with sheep, goats, beef and pigs have decreased since 2002, the number of holdings with poultry and dairy has increased.

72 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Economy Livestock holdings in Gwynedd21

Active With With With With With Pigs With Holdings Sheep Goats Dairy Beef Poultry 2002 2272 1799 38 180 1067 34 441 2003 2200 1734 30 182 1035 20 428 2004 2115 1646 31 169 983 7 427 2005 2178 1703 32 177 992 17 462 2006 2169 1712 29 167 971 21 461 2007 2227 1698 27 205 1048 23 458 2008 2206 1699 28 190 992 25 493 % -2.9 -5.5 -26 5.5 -7 -26 11.8 change

Arable Land

The table below shows that the total area farmed in Gwynedd has slightly decreased since 2002. Despite this, there has been a significant increase in the hectares of permanent pasture being farmed and a significant decrease in the area of new grassland being farmed. According to the survey data the average farm size in the Gwynedd LPA area increased from 84 to 86 hectares per holding between 2002 and 2008.

Agricultural land use (Hectares) – Gwynedd LPA Area22 Year Area Grassland Permanent Rough New Crops and Farmed Pasture Grazing Grassland Horticulture 2002 191,578 182,804 87,694 82,355 10,801 1,871 2003 185,649 175,961 98,249 68,126 9,591 2,080 2004 178,022 168,317 97036 63,488 7,792 2,153 2005 184,705 174,642 100,387 64,443 9,810 1,808 2006 193,001 182,732 105,834 68,840 8,063 1,569 2007 187,230 166,393 102,403 63,990 8,227 1,861 2008 189,294 177,459 107,565 62,598 7,296 2,089 % -1.2 -2.9 +22.7 -24 -32.4 +11.7 change

73 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

1 WAG : www.statswales.gov.uk 2 NOMIS 3 NOMIS 4 InfoBase Cymru 5 NOMIS 6 CACI Paycheck 7 Welsh Assembly Government www.statswales.gov.uk 8 Welsh Assembly Government www.statswales.gov.uk 9 Annual Population Survey, NOMIS

10 InfoBase Cymru 11 InfoBase Cymru 12 InfoBase Cymru 13 Welsh Assembly Government: Key Statistics for Gwynedd 14 InfoBase Cymru 15 InfoBase Cymru 16 Gwynedd STEAM Report 2008 17 2001 Census 18 2001 Census 19 Welsh Agricultural Small Areas Statistics (WAG) 20 Source: Welsh Agricultural Small Areas Statistics (WAG) 21 Source: Welsh Agricultural Small Areas Statistics (WAG) 22 Source: Welsh Agricultural Small Areas Statistics (WAG)

74 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Housing

Housing deprivation is a major issue in Gwynedd and is linked with the age of dwellings. A large proportion of older dwellings in Gwynedd, particularly those built before 1919 are deemed unfit. Gwynedd, like the rest of the UK, has seen a dramatic rise in house prices over recent years, although house prices are now beginning to slowly decrease. However, house prices remain significantly higher than the Welsh average. The high proportion of vacant and/or second/holiday homes as well as the provision of affordable housing are also key issues in the county and is particularly problematic in some coastal and rural areas.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing House There are 49,237 households in the whole of Gwynedd, 66.6% of which are owner occupied compared to 71.3% in Wales. There has been Tenure1 a marked Housing Tenure in Gwynedd and Wales increase in the proportion of 5.0% Other rented 3.3% rented homes in Gwynedd. Rented from private 10.0% Nevertheless, landlord or letting agency 7.4% the proportion is Rented from Housing 3.6% still relatively low Association/Registered 4.2% Social Landlord when compared to the high 14.7% Rented from Council 13.7% proportion of owner occupied 0.3% Shared ownership 0.5% housing. There is a need Owns with a mortgage or 28.1% therefore, to loan 36.8% facilitate the 38.2% Owns outright development of 34.0% affordable

0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% housing for those

Wales Gwynedd who need it most.

75 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Housing tenure – Key Changes

Tenure 1991 2001 Increase/ Decrease Totals 44,951 49,237 +9.5 Owner Occupied 30,911 32,660 +5.7 Rented Privately 4,300 4,927 +14.6 Rented from LA 7,917 7,235 -8.6 Housing Association 766 1,789 +133.6 rented Other rented 1,057 2486 +135.1

On a ward level, Bethel has the highest proportion of housing which are owner occupied with 83.5%. Deiniol ward has the lowest proportion in this respect with only 27.4% of housing being owner occupied – less than half the county average.

Gwynedd has the 2nd highest proportion of rented homes of all the unitary authorities in Wales (33.4% of all households), and of these, 44% are rented from the local authority. With 55.4% of all housing, Peblig ward has the highest percentage which is rented from the Council.

Gwynedd had the highest overall number of terrace sales compared to other local authority areas in 2003-2006. This corresponds with Gwynedd having the highest number of this housing stock type.

Household In 2001, 34.3% of households in Gwynedd housed married couples, which was slightly Composition lower than the 37.22% figure for Wales.

Household Composition2

The relatively All All lone Married with Pensioner Cohabiting high proportion Households parent and without with and of lone parent children without households in children some areas Highest Marchog, Bethel (49.7%) Morfa Nefyn Gerlan, means that more

76 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Bangor (38.9%) Bethesda single person (22.4%) (11.7%) households will Second Peblig Llandderfel Aberdyfi Deiniolen need to be highest Caernarfon (45%) (38.3%) (10.8%) accommodated (18.9%) along with Third highest Cadnant Groeslon Llanbedr (38%) Y Felinheli housing Caernarfon (44.2%) (10.5%) designed (15.7%) specifically for Third lowest Menai, Bangor Hirael (19.5%) Gerlan Llanbedrog the increasing (5%) Bethesda (4.4%) elderly (16.5%) population. Second lowest Aberdyfi (4.9%) Menai, Bangor Marchog, Tudweiliog (16%) Bangor (4%) (15.7%) Lowest Abersoch Deiniol (11.8%) Bethel (15.4%) Llanbedr (3.8% (4.7% Gwynedd 9.8% 34.3% 27.5% 7.7% Wales 10.7% 37.2% 25.1% 7.5%

Lone parent households are much more significant in parts of Bangor, e.g. Marchog, as a percentage of all households than in towns on the Meirionnydd and Dwyfor coasts, such as Aberdyfi and Abersoch. These places have a much higher proportion of their populations in pensioner households, reaching almost 4 in 10 households (38.9%) in Morfa Nefyn, Dwyfor.

By comparing the number of rooms and the number of occupants, the 2001 Census provides a score to represent overcrowding or under-occupancy. A value of -1 implies that there is overcrowding in the household, whilst an occupancy rating of +2 or more suggests there are 2 or more rooms more than are 'required' according to the definition. Within Gwynedd, 4.2% of households are living in overcrowded conditions. This is marginally lower than the national figure of 4.4% (table below).

77 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Occupancy rating in Gwynedd and Wales3 Overcrowding is an issue in some % all Occupancy Rating parts of the households +2 or more +1 0 -1 or less county, whilst Gwynedd 58.9 24.2 13 4.2 there is a Wales 56.4 24.7 14.5 4.4 relatively high proportion of On a ward level, Menai (Bangor) has the highest proportion of households which have an households living occupancy rating of -1 or less (11.7% compared to the county average of 4.2%). The in houses which average number of rooms per household in Gwynedd is 5.74 – the 8th highest of all have more room unitary authorities in Wales and slightly higher than the national average (5.59). than is required also. Household Based on past trends, then number of private households in Gwynedd is projected to increase by 6,600 or 5.7% to 122,100 The projected Projections4 between 2008 and 20333. This is lower than the projected increase in Wales of 11% overall. increase in the number of Projected households in Gwynedd 2008-2033 households

124 means that appropriate housing 122 development should be 120 facilitated to accommodate

118 this increase. Thousands

116

114

112 2008 2013 2018 2023 2028 2033 Year

78 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing In comparison, Ynys Môn and Conwy are expected to see a 5% increase in the number of households, and Denbighshire a 14% increase over the same period.

Despite the projected increase in the number of households between 2008 and 2033, the projected average household size is expected to decrease from 2.23 in 2006 to 2.03 in 2003 – a 9% decrease. By comparison, the average household size in Wales is projected to decrease from 2.27 in 2006 to 2.02 by 2031.

Housing In 2001, it was estimated that there were 56,786 household spaces in Gwynedd, just less than 5% of Wales' total dwelling stock. The high Stock More than 80% were with residents whilst 7.8% were holiday or second homes and 5.5% were vacant. proportion of vacant and Household Spaces (1991 and 2001)5 second/holiday homes is a Household spaces 1991 2001 Increase/Decrease problem in Total Spaces 55,670 56,786 +2% certain parts of Occupied 45,327 49,237 +8.6% Gwynedd and households limits the choice Unoccupied 3,475 3,112 -10.4% of houses for household spaces local people Not used as main 6,868 4,437 -35.4% which in turn can residence have a detrimental effect

on the 7549 of all dwellings in Gwynedd were classified as not occupied by permanent residents, being either vacant properties or sustainability of second homes/holiday accommodation – the highest rate of vacant housing space (13.3% of all household spaces) in Wales in communities. 2001.

On a ward level, Aberdyfi (in the National Park, outside the JLDP area) has the highest proportion of unoccupied second/holiday homes in Gwynedd (45.6% of dwellings), closely followed by Abersoch (44.9% of dwellings) and Llanengan.

Condition of Gwynedd has the second highest proportion of pre-1919 dwellings as a percentage of the occupied housing stock in Wales Housing Housing (1998). 46.9% in Gwynedd compared to 32% in England and Wales.6 deprivation is a Stock major issue in

79 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing % unfit dwellings by date of construction in UA (1998) Gwynedd. Housing Pre1919 1919-44 1945-64 Post All deprivation is 1964 linked with the Anglesey 8.9 7.3 2.8 0.9 4.4 age of dwellings Conwy 12.7 2.9 2.8 0.2 4.8 and a large Denbighshire 17.5 7.5 3.2 2.0 7.2 proportion of Gwynedd 16.9 5.5 7.4 2.6 10.5 older dwellings in Wales 14.9 9.3 8.0 2.4 8.5 Gwynedd, particularly those In 1998, 4800 dwellings or 10.5% of the estimated dwelling stock in Gwynedd were categorised as being unfit – the 6th highest built before 1919 rate amongst Welsh Unitary Authorities. The rate of unfitness was more than double the rate of the adjoining authorities of the are deemed Isle of Anglesey (4.4%) and Conwy (4.8%).7 Gwynedd has the highest proportion of housing without central heating of all unitary unfit. There is authorities in Wales. In 2001, 21.6% of dwellings in Gwynedd did not have central heating (highest in Wales) compared to 7.5% therefore a need in Wales.8 to provide a % of all households with no central heating range of appropriate 25 housing which 21.6 will satisfy the 20 19.1 needs of all types of 14.6 15 14.5 households so 12.7 12.6 11.7 that everyone 10 8.5 has the 7.5 6.8 6.7 6.6 opportunity to 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.2 4.0 4.0 5 3.9 3.6 live in a decent 2.6 2.6 2.5 and affordable

0 home either through new Wales Powys Cardiff Conwy Torfaen

Newport build by Bridgend Swansea Flintshire Gwynedd Wrexham Caerphilly Ceredigion

Denbighshire facilitating the Merthyr Tydfil Merthyr Pembrokeshire Monmouthshire Blaenau Gwent Blaenau Isle of Anglesey of Isle Carmarthenshire Neath Port Talbot Port Neath improvement in

Rhondda; Cynon; Taff Cynon; Rhondda; existing housing. The Vale of Glamorgan Vale of The

80 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Of all the unitary authorities in Wales, at 0.46% of all households, Gwynedd has the 2nd highest proportion of households without central heating nor the sole use of bath, shower or a toilet. This is more than double the proportion of households in Wales as a whole (0.16%). On a ward level, Aberdaron has the highest proportion of households with no central heating (37.1%) – almost double the national average. At 10.4% of all households, Glyder ward has the lowest proportion without central heating.

House House Completions by Local Authority9 An average Completions annual house 2001- 2002- 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2007- 2008- 2009- Ave.Annual completion range 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 07 2008 2009 2010 Completions that may not Anglesey 188 223 160 126 226 255 281 296 226 220 deliver the trend Gwynedd 203 151 210 292 196 164 250 187 149 158 based requirement. House Prices Average House Prices Gwynedd, like the rest of the UK, saw a 180,000 dramatic rise in

160,000 house prices over recent 140,000 years, although 120,000 house prices are now beginning to 100,000 slowly decrease. 80,000 There is a need

Average Price (£) Price Average 60,000 to facilitate the development of 40,000 affordable 20,000 housing in the

0 county. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Year

Gwynedd Wales

81 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing The average price of all houses sold in Gwynedd between 1997 and 2006 rose by 213% - higher than the 173% increase recorded for homes in Wales as a whole. Since 2006, however, there has been a gradual decrease in prices. The average house price in Gwynedd in 2006 was £159,452 - £7,275 higher than the comparative figure for Wales. 955 terrace properties were sold in 2003 in Gwynedd which was the highest number of terrace sales in Gwynedd, and in all the local authorities between 2003-2006. In 2003 the highest proportion of terrace sales sold in Gwynedd and Denbighshire were in the £50-£60k range. The former saw nearly 160 (16%) sold and the latter over 100 (20%).10

House Prices by Tenure11

House Type Date Gwynedd Wales Detached 2006 £227,427 £226,460 2005 £215,080 £212,411 2003 £148,833 £158,186 1997 £70,049 £81,815 Semi-detached 2006 £151,222 £140,930 2005 £134,771 £130,296 2003 £93,233 £90,576 1997 £47,872 £50,629 Terraced 2006 £120,032 £111,879 2005 £112,112 £103,481 2003 £69,891 £70,774 1997 £36,871 £39,451 Flats and maisonettes 2006 £111,743 £130,146 2005 £114,473 £129,335 2003 £64,323 £95,784 1997 £32,377 £43,899 All Types 2006 £159,452 £152,177 2005 £148,845 £141,560 2003 £100,335 £102,932 1997 £50,954 £55,688

82 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing

Volume of Sales12

Date Volume of sales – all house types 2006 1931 2005 1673 2004 1892 2003 2201 2002 2596 2001 2308 2000 2343 1999 2040 1998 1927 1997 1875

The table above shows that peak house sales occurred in 2002 whilst the least number of sales took place in 2005.

Housing Using average house prices and median income details, it s possible to establish which Affordable Affordability areas that it was possible to for people to buy in. The table below shows the housing housing is a key affordability ratio of selected wards in Gwynedd compared to the county overall and issue in Wales. Gwynedd although Affordability Ratios (Jan 2010-Dec 2010)13 affordability does vary Affordability geographically Area Ratio with some Abersoch (Highest) 13.02 coastal and rural Llanbedrog (2nd highest) 10.72 areas having high affordability Llanengan (3rd highest) 10.55

83 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Aberdaron (4th highest) 10.38 ratios. Criccieth (5th highest) 8.76 Teigl (5th lowest) 4.06 Penisarwaun (4th lowest) 3.95 Trawsfynydd (3rd lowest) 3.49 Bowydd a Rhiw (2nd lowest) 3.34 Diffwys and Maenofferen (lowest) 2.52 Gwynedd 5.79 Wales 5.01

The five wards with the least affordable housing are located in the Llyn Peninsula where affordability problems have long been an issue.

Housing The table below shows details of applicants on the Gwynedd housing register: Register Housing Register14 Town/ No of Number Number of Number of Community Council applicants of long purchases applicants on on LA term under current Housing empty Homebuy Homebuy list waiting props scheme (administered lists since by CTEryri and 1999 based on home address of applicants) Aberdaron 57 13 Nil 1 Aberdyfi 79 28 Nil 1 Abergwyngregyn 15 4 Nil Nil Abermaw 190 36 3 6 Arthog 45 5 Nil 3 Y Bala 77 15 1 3

84 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Bangor 694 79 14 39 Beddgelert 13 7 Nil 1 Bethesda 241 40 18 24 Betws Garmon 6 7 Nil 1 Bontnewydd 164 6 1 2 Botwnnog 24 11 Nil 1 Brithdir, Llanfachreth a 29 6 Nil 1 Rhydymain Bryncrug 75 6 Nil 1 Buan 15 3 1 1 Caernarfon 519 98 38 26 Clynnog 9 17 3 3 Corris 22 12 1 1 Criccieth 128 37 3 8 Dolbenmaen 32 13 2 4 Dolgellau 159 37 9 8 Dyffryn Ardudwy a 101 23 2 4 Thalybont Ffestiniog 104 106 10 26 Ganllwyd 13 4 Nil Nil Harlech 91 17 2 2 Llanaelhaearn 24 13 6 4 Llanbedr 80 12 1 1 Llanbedrog 62 3 Nil 3 Llanberis 166 30 1 8 Llandderfel 34 9 Nil Nil Llandygai 130 14 2 7 Llandwrog 55 19 5 8 Llanddeiniolen 192 32 9 16 Llanegryn 35 5 Nil 4 Llanelltyd 49 7 Nil 3

85 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing Llanengan 58 19 1 4 Llanfair 45 1 Nil Nil Llanfihangel y Pennant 13 6 Nil 1 Llanfrothen 19 5 Nil 1 Llangelynnin 20 12 1 4 Llangywer NIL 5 Nil Nil Llanllechid 125 6 Nil 3 Llanllyfni 129 53 14 10 Llannor 115 22 2 4 Llanrug 137 22 12 10 Llanuwchllyn 75 9 Nil 2 Llanwnda 74 18 3 10 Llanycil 3 6 Nil Nil Llanystumdwy 75 24 3 2 Maentwrog 27 5 2 Nil Mawddwy 11 12 Nil Nil Nefyn 68 33 6 7 Pennal 21 4 Nil Nil Penrhyndeudraeth 114 20 6 9 Pentir 190 17 Nil 8 Pistyll 6 4 3 Nil Porthmadog 233 41 16 15 Pwllheli 276 39 20 18 Talsarnau 16 3 1 2 Trawsfynydd 21 15 3 1 Tudweiliog 22 17 Nil Nil Tywyn 180 27 10 15 Waunfawr 93 13 5 8 Y Felinheli 178 10 3 9 TOTAL 1,242 243 units 364 applicants units

86 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing

Homelessness decisions, 2005-06 (Eligible, unintentionally homeless and in priority need:

Gwynedd - 7.1 per 1,000 households ; Wales - 6.3 per 1000 households

Housing Land At the base date of the Joint Housing Land Availability Study , 1 April 2009, the total land The findings of Availability15 supply on sites of 5 or more units within the Gwynedd LPA could accommodate 1301 the Joint Housing dwellings. With the inclusion of sites of under 5 units, the total land supply in the Gwynedd Land Availability LPA area increased by 506 dwellings to 1807. Study will need to be considered The 5-year supply totalled 1296 dwellings, an increase on the figure in the 2008 study of during the 1207 dwellings. The five year supply figure comprised 790 units on large sites and 506 on formulation of the small sites. LDP.

Five Year Supply in Gwynedd

1400

1200

1000

800

Dwellings 600

400

200

0 2005 2007 2008 2009 Year

Outside the 5 year supply, category 3 contained 357 units, with a further 154 units in

87 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Housing category 3.

A total of 135 units were under construction on large sites at 1st April 2008. This compares to a figure of 108 units under construction on large sites in the 2008 study.

Sites allocated in the Gwynedd UDP added a further 1049 units to the land supply of which 1068 units were anticipated as likely to contribute to the five year supply.

1 Focus on Gwynedd 2007 – Gwynedd Council based on the 1991 and 2001 Census 2 2001 Census Table KS20 3 Focus on Gwynedd 2007” – Gwynedd Council based on the 2001 Census 4 Household Projections for Wales (2008-based)” (Welsh Assembly Government) 5 1991 & 2001 Census 6 Focus on Gwynedd 2007 – Gwynedd Council 7 Focus on Gwynedd 2007 – Gwynedd Council 8 2001 Census Table KS19 9 Gwynedd Council 10 North West Wales Local Housing Market Assessment : Baseline Report 2008 11 North West Wales house prices, 2006 : Gwynedd Council 12 North West Wales house prices, 2006 : Gwynedd Council 13 Hometrack 14 Gwynedd Council 15 Housing Land Availability Joint Study (April 2009) Gwynedd Council

88 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Landscape

Gwynedd has a valued landscape resource which includes numerous designated areas including landscape conservation areas, historic landscapes and the AONB. However, these landscape features are under pressure from numerous factors related to development. These include new buildings and alterations, caravan and camping sites, roads, communication and telecommunication, quarrying and mineral workings, forestry, waste and waste disposal, natural processes and farming. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape Areas of In 1956, a large part of the Llŷn Peninsula was designated an Area of Outstanding LANDMAP has confirmed that overall, the A need to protect Outstanding Natural Beauty under the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949. AONB is of a ‘high’ standard with some and enhance Natural Beauty The AONB encompasses around one quarter of the peninsula - a total of 15,500 areas being classed as ‘outstanding’. landscapes 1 (AONB) hectares, mostly along the coast, but it also extends inland and includes through prominent igneous protrusions. appropriate high quality design and Llŷn, whose complex geology includes ancient pre-Cambrian rock formations, is a development natural extension of the Snowdonia massif. The geology is typified by the wide which variation of coastal landscapes, ranging from the steep cliffs of Aberdaron Bay compliments local and promontories to the sand dune systems in the Abersoch area. The highest character and point in Llŷn is the Eifl (564m) mountain range which levels out to a plateau that distinctiveness. extends towards the sea and the black rocks of Mynydd Mawr at the tip of the

Peninsula. The area is typified by narrow and winding roads, farms and whitewashed cottages and also includes open areas of ancient common land.

The peninsula itself also boasts a rich heritage, with ancient monument sites dating from the Mesolithic and Iron Age era, such as the hill fort at Tre’r Ceiri. Tourism is vital to the local economy; the southern coastline has one of the prime yachting centres in the UK. Many of the coastal villages such as Abersoch and Nefyn are now popular tourist destinations. The area is also very popular for camping and caravanning.

89 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape

Heritage The Llŷn Heritage Coast mostly covers the same section of coastline as the Nearly half the coast of Wales has been Coasts AONB. Special status was given to 55 miles the shoreline in 1974 to protect the identified as Heritage Coast. This historical, geographical, ecological, and geological richness of the area. The includes 14 different stretches of coastline protected coastal link stretches from Penrhyn Du, Abersoch, around Ynys Enlli and 11 of these are within National Parks (Bardsey), northwards to Yr Eifl (Rivals) onto Aberdesach. This status is aimed at or Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty. creating a balance between the tourism interest and that of the local Six of the Welsh Heritage Coasts are in communities.2 Pembrokeshire, three are on Anglesey and the rest are in the Vale of Glamorgan, on the Gower peninsula, the Llŷn peninsula, on the Great Orme near Llandudno and in Ceredigion3.

90 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape

(Source: Britain Express (Accessed on 07/04/11) Heritage Coasts. Available online: http://www.britainexpress.com/countryside/coast/index.htm )

Historic Landscapes included in Part 2.1 of the Register of Landscapes of Outstanding Landscapes Interest in Wales located entirely or partly within the Gwynedd LPA Area: • Blaenau Ffestiniog • Dinorwig • Aberglaslyn • Llŷn and Bardsey Island • Nantlle Valley • Ogwen Valley • Northern Archellwedd • Mawddach

91 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape

Landscapes that are on Part 2.2 of the Register of Landscapes of Special Historic Interest in Wales: • Bala and Tegid Shores • Dysynni Valley

Historic Landscapes in the Plan Area

Landscape LConA’s are locally valued landscapes in the Plan Area designated by the New development Conservation 4 Council, and which have additional protection to ‘normal planning policies’ for the needs to be Areas (LConA) protection of the countryside. There are 11 Landscape Conservation Areas in the sympathetic to the Plan Area: existing landscape. • Western Area of Llŷn (outside the AONB) • Porthmadog and surrounds • Porthmadog-Penrhyndeudraeth • Rhosgadfan-Llanberis-Mynydd Llandygai

92 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Landscape • Bethesda-Rachub • Cwm Bowydd • Cwm Teigl • Penrhyn Estate • Vaynol Estate and surrounds • Country Park to the west of Groeslon • Area along the Menai Straits

1 Gwynedd Council 2 Gwynedd Council 3 CCW (Accessed on 07/04/11) Heritage Coasts – Wales’ Unspoilt Coastline. Available online: http://www.ccw.gov.uk/landscape--wildlife/protecting-our-landscape/special- landscapes--sites/protected-landscapes/heritage-coasts.aspx

93 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Soils, Minerals and Waste

Gwynedd has a high soil carbon density. However, there has been a gradual loss of carbon from soils in England and Wales which can be attributed to many factors including climate change. The amount of municipal waste throughout the UK is increasing year by year, and figures show that Gwynedd is no exception to this trend. Despite the fact that a high proportion of waste is being landfilled, the county is meeting Landfill Allowance Scheme Targets set by the government. However, recycling/composting rates in Gwynedd has been consistently lower than the Welsh average since 1998. (Note: ‘Gwynedd’ in this baseline refers to the county as a whole unless otherwise stated).

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste Agricultural Agricultural Land Classification across Wales1 20% of the agricultural land in Gwynedd There is a need to Land falls into category 1,2 or 3 (1 being the direct best land) whilst 80% of agricultural land development to falls into category 4 and 5 (5 being the brownfield sites 2 poorest). as much as possible so as to conserve high grade agricultural land.

94 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste

Soil Quality Soil Carbon Density per 1km in Wales3 Loss of soil organic matter can lead to soil erosion, loss of fertility, compaction and general land degradation.

There is a need to protect and manage soil including maintaining soil carbon and should aim to avoid causing additional risk from pollution and contamination.

The above map illustrates the carbon density in Welsh soils. The distribution depends on soil type, with over 50% of total soil carbon located in an area equivalent to 23% of the total land surface. The majority of Welsh soil carbon is associated with upland soils and is particularly prevalent in Gwynedd.

95 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste

Wales’ landscape and geology is extremely diverse, and contains a wide range of soil types that are reflected in land use throughout the country. Hard sedimentary rocks underlie the majority of Wales, which are then overlain by a characteristic suite of acid soils, characterised by a peaty surface horizon. Less than 5% of Wales’ land area is covered by thicker peat, organic material of at least 40cm in depth.

Soil Types in England and Wales4

96 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste

Major soil groups and their extent in Wales5 Major Soil Group Extent in Wales (%) Description Terrestrial raw soils <0.1 Very young soils with only a superficial organomineral layer Raw gley soils 0.2 Unripened young soils of saltmarshes Lithormorphic soils 2.2 Shallow soils without a weathered subsoil Pelosols 0.1 Clayey ‘cracking’ soils Brown Soils 30.2 Loamy permeable soils with weathered subsoil Podzolic soils 32.3 Acid soils with brightly coloured iron enriched subsoil Surface-water gley soils 24.7 Loamy and clayey seasonally waterlogged soils with impermeable subsoil Groundwater gley soils 3.4 Soils associated with high seasonal groundwater Man-made soils 0.4 Restored soils of disturbed ground Peat soils 3.4 Soils in deep peat. Unclassified land 3.0

Waste As of 2008, there were 33 Active Waste Management Licences in the whole of Maintain a Facilities in Gwynedd. This includes sites in the Snowdonia National Park as waste is network of waste Gwynedd transferred across LPA boundaries. These consist of 18 Transfer Sites, 6 Landfill management Sites, 8 MRS Sites and 1 Treatment Site.6 facilities to deal

97 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste Active Waste Management Licenses with the waste that is produced in the county in a sustainable manner.

The Gwynedd UDP safeguards/allocates 13 sites shown on the map below. Possible elements of infrastructure on these sites include: • Material recycling facility • In-vessel composting • Civic amenity site • Residual waste treatment facility (e.g. energy from waste facility) • Composting facility • Waste transfer facility • Landfill / landraise • Expanded C&D facility and waste transfer facility • Waste composting facility including in-vessel and open windrow

98 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste Waste Arisings Regional Waste Arisings in Wales 2007 (thousands of tonnes)7 There are a range of factors that can Waste Type North Wales South-East Wales South West Wales affect the growth Chemical wastes 26.29 29.08 33.16 in the amount of Metallic wastes 44.65 176.65 45.33 waste produced Health care wastes 0.77 2.67 0.20 including, Non-metallic 114.66 127.70 65.08 population wastes changes, changes Discarded 0.63 1.92 0.66 to the number and equipment size of Animal and 135.11 194.32 20.61 households, vegetable wastes consumer Mixed ordinary 67.99 99.21 88.97 behaviour, wastes effectiveness of Common sludges 38.78 18.37 12.87 waste Mineral wastes 51.13 388.52 110.84 minimisation strategies, and

changes in the Since 2000 there has been an increase in the amount of municipal waste generated in Gwynedd. In 2005/06 a little more than economic 80,500 tonnes of municipal waste was generated in the county, equivalent to over 2/3rds of a tonne of waste per person in prosperity of a Gwynedd per year. It is recognised that municipal waste arisings throughout the UK are increasing year by year, with current region. There is a annual growth for the UK as a whole put at 2.7% per annum. The figures on the following page depict waste arisings for 8 need to reduce Municipal Waste and Household Waste, respectively, up to the year 2020 for a number of growth rate scenarios. waste arisings

from all sectors so • Current growth rate for Gwynedd, calculated at approximately 2.2%; that targets set by • 6% growth rate (average of last 5 years); Europe and the • 3.8% declining growth rate (TAN21) ; Welsh Assembly • 1% growth rate. Government are met. Both figures depict a ‘Meet WAG Targets growth rate’ which aims to comply with the waste reduction and stabilisation targets, for household waste only, set out in ‘Wise about Waste’. These targets are:

• by 2009/10 waste arisings per household should be no greater than those in 1997/98; and • by 2020 waste arisings per person should be less than 300 kg/annum.

99 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste

Predicted Municipal Waste Arisings in Gwynedd

Predicted Household Waste Arisings in Gwynedd

100 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste The figure above indicates considerable variances between the projected household waste arisings and the maximum tonnage to comply with the waste stabilisation targets noted above. In fact to achieve the waste stabilisation targets it will be necessary to reverse the growth trend, and achieve a decline in waste arisings of approximately 2.2% per annum.

The ‘3.8% declining growth’ scenario is considered to be the most realistic, taking into account recent/current growth rates and the probability that growth is likely to decline over the strategy period due to the impact of waste minimisation strategies and the likelihood that current economic growth is unlikely to be sustained over the next 20 years. This is identical to the growth rate scenario used in the development of the North Wales Regional Waste Plan (TAN 21).

The North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review (2009) forecast the following waste quantity arisings in North Wales by 2013.

Current and Forecast Waste Arisings for North Wales (2004-2013)

The figure below shows how the relative proportion of each principal waste stream is forecast to change between the years 2004 and 2013. Comparison of this data indicates that:

• Construction & demolition and Commercial & Industrial make up the majority of arisings in the region;

101 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste • MSW will continue to be the fastest growing principal waste stream; and • The proportion of agricultural waste requiring external management remains insignificant compared to the other principal waste streams.

Current and Projected Proportional Waste Split (2004/5 and 2012/13) in North Wales

The Consultation on a New Waste Strategy for Wales (‘Towards Zero Waste’ (2009)) notes the following targets for waste in Wales:

102 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste Minimum levels of composting (or AD) of - 12% 14% 16% 16% source separated food waste from kitchens as part of the combined recycling/ composting target above. Maximum level of residual household - 295kg 258kg 210kg 150kg waste per inhabitant per annum Maximum level of landfill - - - 10% 5% Maximum level of energy from waste - - 42% 36% 30% Recycling There are 6 recycling centres or banks in Gwynedd. These are Caergylchu, Trends show that the recycling/ There is a need to Caernarfon, Y Bala Recycling Centre, Bangor Recycling Centre, Harlech composting rate of municipal waste in contribute Recycling Centre, Pwllheli Recycling Centre, Rhwngddwyryd Recycling Centre, Gwynedd has been consistently lower towards reducing Garndolbenmaen. Around 26% of municipal waste was recycled or composted in than the Welsh average since 1998. the amount of 2006-07. The percentage for Wales over the same period was slightly higher at municipal waste 30%. that is landfilled by facilitating in Percentage municipal waste recycled or composted 1998-99 to 2007-089 the provision of a comprehensive, 40 integrated and 35 sustainable

30 network of new waste 25 management

% 20 facilities for

15 treating and disposing of 10 waste as an 5 alternative to

0 landfill. 1998-99 1999- 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2000 Year

Gwynedd Wales

103 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste Municipal recycling/composting rates by unitary authority 2008-09 & 2009/10

The figure above shows that in 2009/10, the percentage of municipal waste arisings recycled or reused in Wales ranged from 29.2% in Blaenau Gwent to 52.5% in Denbighshire. The percentage for waste recycled or reused in Gwynedd was approximately 42.7% of municipal waste arisings – the 7th highest of all unitary authorities in Wales.10

The Welsh Assembly Government have set targets for the recycling and composting of municipal waste: • By 2003/04 at least 15% of waste to be recycled and composted. Gwynedd achieved 17.7%.

104 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste • By 2006/07 at least 25% of waste to be recycled and composted. Gwynedd achieved 25%. • By 2009/10 the target for the amount of waste to be recycled or composted is 40%.

Municipal Active Landfill Sites in Gwynedd (3/2/2009) (Environment Agency) Some of the Waste - waste which is Landfilled landfilled is capable of being re-used, recycled, composted or treated in different ways to produce energy derived fuel.

Following the closure of Cilgwyn Landfill Site, from January 2009, the Gwynedd Waste Authority began disposing residual municipal waste from Arfon and north Dwyfor at the Llwyn Isaf site which has planning permission for landfill and associated operations which expires in 2013. The residual municipal waste from Meirionnydd and south Dwyfor will continue to be disposed of at Ffridd Rasus for the foreseeable future.

105 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste the amount of biodegradable municipal waste (BMW) going to landfill sites.

Comparison of percentage of LAS Allowances used for last 3 years of the LAS scheme11

Local Total BMW LAS Total BMW LAS Total BMW LAS Authority landfilled in Allowance landfilled in Allowance landfilled in Allowance 2006/7 used in 2007/8 used in 2008/9 used in (tonnes) 2006/7 (%) (tonnes) 2007/8 (%) (tonnes) 2008/09 (%) Isle of 22,471 93.4 17,027 78.1 12,865 65.8 Anglesey Gwynedd 35,588 91.7 31,808 89.6 28,920 89.7 Wales Total 754,582 79.9 680,912 78.6 599,703 76.1

Landfill Allowance Scheme Targets12

2010-11 2011- 2012- 2013- 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018- 2019- 12 13 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Isle of Anglesey 15,938 13,914 11,890 11,384 10,879 10,373 9,867 9,361 8,855 8,349

Gwynedd 28,909 25,238 21,567 20,649 19,731 18,814 17,896 16,978 16,060 15,143

Gwynedd achieved its Landfill Allowance Scheme target for 2008/09 but with a slightly reduced margin compared to 2006/07.

In 2006/07, 73% of municipal waste arisings was landfilled compared to the Welsh average of 68.6%. This was the joint 3rd highest percentage of all Local Authorities in Wales.

The statutory targets in the Landfill Directive relate to the reduction in the volumes of Biodegradable Municipal Waste (BMW) which is sent to landfill. The statutory targets set by the EU Landfill Directive include: • By 2010 no more than 75% of the BMW can be landfilled • By 2013 no more than 50% of the BMW generated can be landfilled • By 2020 no more than 35% of the BMW generated can be landfilled

106 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste

Current The performance of the north Wales region against the NWSW targets has been The need to Performance closely monitored throughout the review process. Whilst both the availability and contribute Against quality of data across the various waste streams has improved over time, there towards reducing Targets13 remains a lack of data to fully establish the performance against a number of the the amount of targets. Of the targets for which sufficient regional data is available, the data municipal waste shows a variety of significant challenges and met targets: that is landfilled by facilitating in • Stabilisation and reduction of household waste – the latest figures the provision of a show that household arisings per household in the region remains above comprehensive, that of the 1997/98 target figure for Wales. In addition, the region also integrated and faces the significant challenge of reducing household waste per person by sustainable approximately 40% per annum; network of new waste • Recycling and Composting of Municipal Waste – all North Wales management authorities achieved the combined recycling and composting target for facilities for 2006/0736. treating and disposing of • Landfilling of Biodegradable Municipal Waste – the data shows that for waste as an the 2006/07 Scheme Year all authorities in the region achieved their alternative to respective landfill allowances. Powys was one of the top performing landfill. authorities, and Flintshire also performed well, remaining well below its allowance.

• Landfilling of Industrial & Commercial Waste – the data shows that the region is already achieving the 2010 diversion target;

• Hazardous Waste Arisings – whilst acknowledging that in relation to the latest available data the target date is still 6 years away, the figures show that the region is generating approximately 30,000 tonnes over and above the 2010 target; and

• Facilities for Hazardous Household Waste – even though there has

107 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/ Constraints/ Opportunities Soils, Minerals and Waste been significant improvement with regard to the wastes specified in the target, the region is still failing to meet the target for providing facilities for the improved segregation of hazardous household waste.

1 Welsh Assembly Government 2 Gwynedd Council: ‘State of the Environment Report 2004’ 3 Bradley, R.I., Milne,R., Bell J., Lilly, A., Jordan C. and Higgins, A. (2005) A soil carbon and land use database for the United Kingdom. Soil Use and Management, 21, 4, 363- 369. 4 National Soil Resources Institute 5 CCW : Startegic Environmental Assessment – A Guidance for Practioners 2007 6 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 7 North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009) 8 Draft Gwynedd Waste Strategy 2004 9 WAG: StatsWales 10 WAG: StatsWales 11 North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009) 12 North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009) 13 North Wales Regional Waste Plan 1st Review Core Document (2009)

108 Transport

The amount of private cars is increasing on the county’s roads. However, the use of private cars by residents to travel to work is lower in Gwynedd than the national average as is the use of public transport. Lack of public transport for communities in rural areas makes access to private transport essential. The percentage of households with more than one car is significantly higher in rural areas than in urban wards.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport The transport characteristics of North Wales are diverse - whilst it is largely rural, the larger population centres tend to be located along the coastal strip (Caernarfon, Bangor, Llandudno, Conwy, Colwyn Bay) and to the north east of the region (Mold, Flint, the Queensferry/ Connah’s Quay area, Wrexham).

The A55 across North Wales forms the major strategic highway route linking the Port of Holyhead on Anglesey (and Ireland beyond) in the west, with the motorway network in North West England and is part of Euro Route E22. It has average daily traffic flows of up to 46,000 vehicles on sections of its length. Other key routes in terms of loading, are the A483 (south of the A55) with average daily flows of up to 48,000 vehicles and the A494 (through Queensferry) with average daily flows of 49,000 vehicles. (TAITH)

Transport Routes1

109 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Principal Transport Networks and Infrastructure in North Wales

Rail services operate along the North Wales Coast Line with services operating from Holyhead and Llandudno. Services operate to London, Cardiff, Manchester and Birmingham, with the majority of the Cardiff and Birmingham services operating via Wrexham. Services from Holyhead operate hourly as do services from Llandudno which gives a 30 minute frequency East of Llandudno Junction. Additional trains operate to London over and above this mainly standard pattern timetable.

Despite this reasonably frequent level of service, there are times when capacity is an issue on

110 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport this line and overcrowding can be encountered. Journey times of the London services are much improved particularly between Chester and London, but the running time of services to Cardiff, Manchester, and Birmingham are constrained by single track section between Chester and Wrexham and low line speeds in the case of the Cardiff and Birmingham services and by an intensive stopping pattern between Chester and Manchester. The Birmingham trains extend to Birmingham International, but there are no direct rail services from North Wales to Manchester Airport.

The Cambrian Coast line which links Pwllheli via Barmouth and Dovey Junction to Machynlleth has an infrequent service (approximately two hourly), which is slow and severely constrained by pathing requirements at key stations in England.

Access to stations by other modes of public transport and by foot and cycle is poor at many stations, with lack of secure cycle storage deterring cyclists from leaving their bikes at stations without such facilities. Limited availability of car parking spaces at many key stations including Bangor and in some cases such as Flint where unmanaged parking at the station results in usage of spaces which could potentially be used by rail users, being used for non rail use.

Collisions on our roads are a problem that needs constant attention. In North Wales there is a good record of accident reduction and the Region is on track to exceed Government Road Safety targets for the year 2010 compared to the 1994-98 average. These are shown below:

♦ a 40% reduction in the number of people killed or seriously injured in road Road Safety2 casualties - Achieved 39.9% by end 2006 ♦ a 50% reduction in the number of children killed or seriously injured - Achieved 69% by end 2006 ♦ a 10% reduction in the slight casualty rate expressed as the number of people slightly injured per 100 million vehicle kilometres - Achieved 33.9% by end 2006 The figure below illustrates the progress being made with a clear downward trend across the

111 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport range.

The proportion of households with more than one car or van is significantly higher in many rural The need to facilitate the areas which means extra fuel costs. development of an improved sustainable transport network In 2007 the cost of fuel to travel to and from work (rather for any other trip purpose) was which will improve the Travel to Work calculated at ward level using data from the Census 2001.The table below shows that highest accessibility of rural areas by costs are incurred by those living in Pen Llŷn – a generally rural area of Gwynedd. In monetary different modes of transport. This terms this amounts to £43.02 per month for a person travelling to work in a vehicle with a would facilitate development that consumption rate of 45 miles per gallon. Given the recent rises in fuel costs, the costs per enables residents to live and work month in 2011 will be considerably higher. locally, particularly in the more remote rural areas.

112 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport Travel to work distance and the associated cost of fuel (based on 2007 prices)3 Average distance to Cost of fuel per month and from work (miles (45mpg) per day) Abermaw 14.28 £27.84 Blaenau 15.08 £29.30 Ffestiniog Caernarfon 11.96 £23.00 Pen Llŷn 22.40 £43.02 Pwllheli 12.62 £25.12

The figure below demonstrates how drive times to populated settlements are generally higher in more rural areas such as Pen Llŷn.

Drivetimes to settlements of at least 10,000 persons (2001)4

113 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

The proportion of households with no car decreased from 29% in 1991 to 23.9% in 2001, whilst the number of households with two or more cars increased from 23.6% to 29.3% in the same period.

In 2001 63.7% of 16-74 year olds in employment travelled to work by car compared to 70.7% in Wales. The proportion of 16-74 year olds in employment who travel to work by public transport was much lower than the average for Wales – 4.7% compared to 6.5% in Wales overall.5

The figure below shows that there is less reliance on cars for journeys to work in Gwynedd compared to Anglesey and Wales.

Travel to Work

50 Anglesey 40 Gwynedd Wales 30 % people aged 16-74

0 Work from Bus Motorcycle Car Bicycle On foot Other home Mode of Transport

114 Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Transport

Commuting to and from Gwynedd to Work (2001)6

Gwynedd Residents Number of People Number of working residents 45,164 Working on Anglesey 1,569 Working in Gwynedd 40,907 Working in Conwy 1108 Working elsewhere in Wales 1540

1 Taith (Sept 2009) North Wales Regional Transport Plan 2 Taith (Sept 2009) North Wales Regional Transport Plan 3 ‘Living in Gwynedd’ – Gwynedd Council (March 2008) 4 Wales Rural Observatory) 5 2001 Census (Table KS15). 6 Detailed commuting patterns in Wales, by Welsh local authority (NS) (Welsh Assembly Government)

115 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Water

Overall, river quality in Gwynedd is good. In 2006, for example, the proportion of river lengths in Gwynedd which recorded significant failure was lower in 2006 than in the previous 9 years and the proportion of river lengths categorised as being Grade A higher in 2006 than in previous 12 years. Whilst trends show an improvement in overall bathing water quality, with a number of beaches and coastal areas achieving awards for quality and cleanliness it is also clear that there is a requirement for the overall standards of bathing water to be raised in order to ensure compliance with the revised Bathing Water Directive. The North Eryri-Ynys Môn, Tywyn-Aberdyfi and Bala Water Resource Zones have been identified as being in deficit by the Water Resource Management Plan (WRMP) produced by Welsh Water - principally due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change. There are numerous populated areas in the county which are susceptible to flooding including populated areas of Bangor, Caernarfon, Porthmadog, Tywyn and Pwllheli. Between 10 and 20% of properties in Gwynedd are assessed as being at risk of flooding, which is likely to increase as a result of climate change.

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water River Water Current Ecological Status/ Potential of Surface Waters in the North West Wales Catchment1 A need to maintain and Quality improve water quality by reducing the risk of pollution entering river watercourses.

Incorporating Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems into new developments.

116 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water General Quality Assessment (GQA) – Chemistry

Chemical river quality in Gwynedd and Wales (2006)2

Grade % Length of River in Each Grade Gwynedd Wales A – Very Good 93.78 77.87 B – Good 3.3 17.47 C - Fairly Good 2.38 2.13 D – Fair 0.54 0.64 E – Poor 0 1.64 F - Bad 0 0.21

Chemical river quality in Gwynedd (1990-2009)3

117 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water The trends show an overall increase in the percentage of ‘grade A river lengths in terms of chemical river quality. The proportion of river lengths categorised as being Grade A was higher in 2006 than in the previous 12 years.

Chemical Quality of Rivers in Gwynedd 20094

General Quality Assessment (GQA) – Biology

GQA Biology compares the number and variety of macro-invertebrates present on the riverbed compared to what would be expected for that type of physical environment. This can give an indication of pollution from a wide range of sources, including intermittent problems. The 2006 figures show that 79.7% of river lengths in Gwynedd have a ‘very good’ or ‘good’ biological river quality. This compares to the average in Wales of 80%.

118 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Biological river quality in Gwynedd and Wales.5 Grade % Length of River in Each Grade Gwynedd Wales A – Very Good 11.35 28.71 B – Good 68.35 51.25 C - Fairly Good 20.29 14.29 D – Fair 0 1.94 E – Poor 0 0.83 F - Bad 0 0

Biological river quality in Gwynedd remained largely similar since 2000. The trends, however, do show an overall increase in the percentage of ‘good’ biological river quality from 75.4% in 1990 to t 80.2% in 2006.

Biological river quality in Gwynedd 1990 - 20096

119 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Biological Quality of Rivers in Gwynedd 20097

GQA Biology and Chemistry Recent Year Summary Table (2009)8

120 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

The above table shows that 98.7% of river length in Gwynedd was of good or very good quality in terms of chemistry compared to 94.9% in Wales and 84% of rivers were of good or very good biological quality compared to 83.57% in Wales.

Nitrates and Phosphates

GQA Assessment – Nitrates (2009)9

121 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Phosphates trends in Gwynedd rivers (2009)10

GQA Nitrate and Phosphate Trends in Gwynedd11

122 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Trends show that Phosphate and Nitrate levels in Gwynedd rivers have remained largely the same since 2000.

GQA Nitrates and Phosphates Recent Year Summary Table (2009)12

In the North West Wales catchment there are 202 river water bodies and 33 lakes in the catchment. 26 rivers and 20 lakes are artificial or heavily modified. 25 per cent of rivers (350km or 31 per cent of river length) currently achieve good or better ecological status/potential, including the Dyfi upstream of Afon Twymyn, the Dwyfach and the Braint. 64 per cent of rivers assessed for biology are at good or high biological status now, with 27 per cent at moderate biological status. 27 per cent of lakes assessed currently achieve good or better ecological status/potential including Llyn Ogwen and Llyn Idwal. 30 per cent of lakes assessed currently achieve good or better biological status, with 43 per cent moderate and 26 poor biological status.13

Indicator 35a: River water quality - biological and chemical14

Key points: • The percentage of river lengths in Wales of good or fair chemical quality has been consistently higher than 98 per cent since 1994. The percentage of river lengths of good chemical quality has remained fairly stable over the same period, peaking at 95.4 per cent in 2007.

123 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water • The percentage of river lengths in Wales of good or fair biological quality has consistently been 99 per cent or higher since 2002. The percentage of river lengths of good biological quality has generally increased over the same period, from 78.5 per cent in 2002 to 87.1 per cent in 2009.

Indicator 35c: Compliance with 'good status' under the Water Framework Directive15

Key points: • 75 per cent of coastal waterbodies assessed were given a good or better ecological status in 2008. • 35 per cent of transitional waterbodies, 29 per cent of rivers and canals and 20 per cent of lakes assessed were given a good or better ecological status in 2008.

Bathing The current Bathing Water directive specifies a range of water quality standards that should be achieved in Promote activities which Water designated bathing waters. These standards fall into two categories: mandatory and guideline (G) standards. are likely to sustain the high Quality Compliance with the guideline standards is not mandatory but the directive states that member states should quality of bathing water. ‘endeavour’ to observe them as guidelines. Guideline water quality is a requirement for Blue Flag and Green Coast beach awards. Compliance in one particular in one particular year is an unreliable indication of trends. Variation in compliance from year to year does not necessarily indicate genuine improvement or deterioration, owing to the statistical limitations of using such a small data set. There will always be some beaches that change their status as a result of marginal failures or passes.

The revised Bathing Water Directive (rBWD) entered into European Law in March 2006 and was translated into UK Bathing Water regulations in April 2008. The new features of the revised directive will take longer to come into effect. The revised directive should be fully in operation by 2015. The figure below shows the predicted classification of designated bathing waters under the revised Bathing Water Directive, based on 2006 to 2009 dataset.

124 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Risk of Future Non Compliance with Guideline Standards of Current Bathing Water Directive16

Predicted classification under the revised bathing water directive

125 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Blue Flag Awards 17

The European Blue Flag Campaign recognises those beaches and marinas which are clean, well managed and promote care for the environment. In order to be considered, a beach must have attained the guideline standard of the European Community Bathing Water Directive before being assessed on 24 other criteria. A marina must fulfil a similar range of criteria but does not have to fulfil the Bathing Water Directive Standards. Six of Gwynedd’s beaches had reached the required standard to receive this award in 2008: Abersoch, Barmouth, Dinas Dinlle, Friog, Pwllheli and Tywyn. Two marinas in Gwynedd were also awarded the European Blue Flag in 2008 Pwllheli Yacht Harbour and Victoria Dock, Caernarfon.

Blue Flag Award Beaches and Marinas in Gwynedd 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Beaches 6 7 9 9 6 6 Marinas 3 3 2 2 2 2

Seaside Award Beaches

In March each year, the distinctive yellow and blue flag is awarded to beaches that meet mandatory standard water quality and are clean, safe and well-managed. In 2009, 11 of Gwynedd’s beaches won this award.

Green Coast Awards 2006 - 2007

• Porth Neigwl/Hell’s • Machroes Mouth • Harlech • Abererch, Glan Don • Bennar, Llanenddwyn • Llandanwg

126 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Water Environment Agency Wales is responsible for managing water resources in Wales. One of the ways this is done is A need to promote the Resources through licensing water abstraction. CAMS are 6 year plans detailing how water resources in an area will be sustainable use of water as managed. a natural resource.

CAMS relevant to Gwynedd Local Authority are: Conwy, Dee, Llyn and Eryri, Meirionnydd. The CAMS area consists of numerous independent rivers which flow directly to sea. In terms of catchment area, the largest rivers are the Afon Ogwen, Seiont, Dwyfor and Prysor. The map below shows the resource availability of water resources in Gwynedd.

CAMS Resource Availability Status18

127 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Water There are over 300 surface abstraction points in Gwynedd licensed by the Environment Agency Wales. Potential for reduced Supply availability of water The key water resources in Gwynedd are Lake Cwellyn, Lake Marchlyn Bach, Lake Ffynnon Llugwy, Lake resources as a result of Cwmystradllyn, River Dwyfor (Dolbenmaen), Lake Cwm Dulyn, Lake Tecwyn Uchaf, Lake Eiddew Mawr, Lake climate change. Bodlyn, Lake Cynwch, Lake Morwynion, Lake Arenig Fawr, River Fathew (Bryncrug, Tywyn), River Gwril and River Calettwr (Llwyngwril). There are no public drinking water supply sources abstracted from groundwater within the Ensure that new 19 Authority. development incorporates water efficiency measures. Welsh Water Resources Zones

North Eryri - Ynys Mon

The zone is in deficit under both the Annual Average and Critical Period planning scenarios principally due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change which has been incorporated into the Target Headroom component. Both planning scenarios are in surplus until approximately 2017/18. From that point onwards the deficit increases under the Annual Average scenario to a maximum of 1.63 Ml/d in 2024/35 and under the Critical Period scenario to a maximum of 3.19 Ml/d in 2029/30.

128 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

To resolve the deficits in both the planning scenarios, the following Options have been selected: • Enhanced leakage detection • Upgrade of Mynydd Llandegai WTW with increased abstraction at Marchlyn Bach reservoir.

Bala

Only the Annual Average planning scenario is reported for this WRZ. The zone drops into deficit in 2010/11 reaching a maximum deficit of 0.19 Ml/d in 2019/20. This is as a combined result of lower deployable output, since PR04, and an increase in demand forecast.

129 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

To resolve the deficit in the Annual Average planning scenario, the following Option has been selected: • Enhanced leakage detection The Leakage option would be implemented in 2010/11 to save a maximum of 0.19 Ml/d by 2019/20.

Tywyn – Aberdyfi

The zone is in deficit under both the Annual Average and Critical Period planning scenarios. Under the Annual Average scenario the zone is currently in deficit and reaches a maximum deficit of 0.48 Ml/d by 2034/35. Under the Critical Period scenario the zone drops into deficit in 2012/13 reaching a maximum of 0.44 Ml/d by 2034/35. The increase in deficit since AMP 4 has been driven by a general increase in demand, but also due to the large uncertainty in the supply and demand balance resulting from climate change which has been incorporated into the Target Headroom component.

130 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

To resolve the deficits, the following Options have been selected: • New groundwater abstraction to feed Penybont WTW • Enhanced leakage • Water efficiency – non-household capacity buy back

Due to uncertainty around the options, the Target headroom component in the final planning scenario increased the deficits above those shown for the baseline scenario. Consequently, the new groundwater abstraction is not due to be implemented until 2012/13 and will deliver a maximum of 0.6 Ml/d from 2017/18 onwards. The leakage option will be implemented in 2017/18 and will deliver 0.055 Ml/d from 2018/19 onwards. The water efficiency scheme will be implemented in 2018/19 and deliver a maximum of 0.09 Ml/d in 2019/20.

Although this zone is currently in deficit, because of the lead time associated with the new groundwater abstraction scheme it will not be implemented immediately to meet the deficit. However Welsh Water are planning to begin this scheme early and begin the investigation phase in AMP 4 so that it can start to deliver water earlier than 2012/13. The deficit cannot be met by any leakage or efficiency option or combination of these and only a resource option can deliver the required volumes of water.

Blaenau Ffestiniog

Only the Annual Average planning scenario is reported for this WRZ and it is in surplus throughout the whole planning period, reaching a maximum of 0.84 Ml/d in 2034/35.

131 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Barmouth

As can be seen from the plots below, both the Annual Average and Critical Period planning scenarios are not in deficit as supply is equal to demand throughout the planning period. This zone has moved out of deficit as Welsh Water have been funded in AMP 4 to complete a mains infrastructure scheme to link Lleyn-Harlech to Barmouth WRZ.

132 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Lleyn – Harlech

Both the Annual Average and Critical Period planning scenarios are in surplus throughout the planning period. The maximum surplus under the Annual Average scenario is 4.29 Ml/d in 2008/09 and 5.41 Ml/d under the Critical Period scenario in 2008/09.20

Groundwate The aquifers within the County require protection in terms of both the quantity and quality of water entering them. A need to mitigate against r The figures below show the dominance of minor and ‘non’ aquifers across the County, other than the Carboniferous Limestone in the contamination of the Bangor and Felinheli area, which constitutes a major aquifer. However it should be noted that even nominal ‘non’ aquifers may groundwater resources and contain enough water to support small domestic well supplies and are therefore equally sensitive to pollution. drinking water supplies.

133 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Groundwater Vulnerability (2008)21

134 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

Groundwater Vulnerability Drift Map

135 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Flood Risk Potential for increased Areas at risk from flooding in Gwynedd22 flood risk as a result of climate change.

Ensure that new development is directed away from high flood risk areas.

A need to introduce flood minimisation or mitigation measures to reduce the volume and rate of run-off in new development.

Key to Legend:

It appears from the figure above that the main areas at most risk of flooding are located in areas of Bangor, Caernarfon, Porthmadog, Tywyn and Pwllheli. Wards in Gwynedd with the highest resident population at risk from flooding are Porthmadog East, Porthmadog West, Llanberis and Porthmadog-Tremadog.

136 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water Population at risk from flooding23

Percentage of properties in each Local Authority in a Flood Zone

137 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

138 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

139 Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan: SA/SEA Baseline

Indicator Current Data Comparators and targets Status/ Trend Issues/Constraints/ Opportunities Water

1 Environment Agency Western Wales RBMP Available online: http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/planning/125095.aspx 2 DEFRA 3 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 4 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 5 DEFRA 6 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 7 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 8 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 9 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 10 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 11 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 12 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 13 Environment Agency Wales (December 2009) Western Wales River Basin Management Plan. 14 WAG (July 2010) State of the Environment (Accessed on 06/04/11) Available online: http://wales.gov.uk/topics/statistics/headlines/environment2010/100722/?lang=en 15 Ibid 16 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 17 Keep Wales Tidy www.keepwalestidy.org 18 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 19 Environment Agency 20 Welsh Water (2008) Water Resource Management Plan Main Report

21 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 22 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package 23 Environment Agency Local Evidence Package

140 The Anglesey and Gwynedd Joint Local Development Plan

Sustainability Appraisal (SA) incorporating Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)

Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report

Non-Technical Summary

July 2011

Introduction

• This document is the non-technical summary of the Sustainability Appraisal (SA) Scoping report produced as part of the Sustainability Appraisal for the Anglesey and Gwynedd’s Joint Local Development Plan (JLDP). The SA Scoping Report identifies the key sustainability issues for Anglesey and Gwynedd and how the remaining stages of the appraisal will be undertaken.

Background

• Anglesey County Council and Gwynedd Council are currently preparing a new JLDP. The requirement for each Local Planning Authority (LPA) to produce a Local Development Plan (LDP) is set out in Part 6 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004.

• A LDP is a land use plan that is subject to independent examination, which will form the statutory development plan for a local authority area for the purposes of the Act. It includes a vision, strategy, area-wide policies for development types, land allocations, and where necessary policies and proposals for key areas of change and protection. Policies and allocations are shown geographically on the Proposals Map forming part of the plan.

Sustainability Appraisal (SA) and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)

• Sustainability Appraisal for LDPs is mandatory under the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004. SA covers social and economic effects of the LDP as well as environmental ones.

• In addition to the requirement to undertake a SA of the LDP, under European Directive 2001/42/EC, which is implemented in the UK via the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004, Local Development Plans should also be subject to a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA). SEA is a process to ensure that the significant environmental effects arising from plans and programmes are identified, assessed, mitigated, communicated to decision makers and monitored.

The Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report

• The SA Scoping Report is the first document to be produced for the SA/SEA process. It describes the current environmental and socio-economic situation in both local planning authorities, and sets up a framework of sustainability objectives for testing how both Councils will deliver sustainable development through future stages of LDP preparation. The SA Scoping Report involves the following tasks:

Task A1 - Identify other relevant plans, programmes and environmental protection objectives Task A2 – Collecting baseline information Task A3 - Identifying sustainability issues and problems

Task A4 – Developing SA objectives Task A5 - Preparing and consulting on the SA Scoping report

Key Sustainability Issues

• The current sustainability issues that will affect the Plan Area have been identified through a review of plans and programmes and through the collection of baseline data. A summary of these issues is provided below:

TOPIC AREA KEY ISSUES Biodiversity • Threats to the integrity and continuity of biodiversity features • The need to preserve Semi-Natural Woodlands

Communities • An ageing population • Out-migration of young people • A relatively healthy and safe population but variations apparent within the JLDP area • Social deprivation inequalities

Climatic Factors • Maintaining good air quality overall • Greenhouse gases and the threat of climate change

Cultural Heritage • Recent decline in the proportion of Welsh speakers • A rich and diverse cultural heritage and historic environment

Economy • Relatively low GVA particularly in Anglesey • Relatively high economic activity rate in the JLDP area but above average unemployment in Anglesey • Decline in land based industries • Lower than average earnings • Education attainment • Improving the tourism industry

Housing • Housing deprivation particularly in Gwynedd • Affordability and lack of affordable housing • Vacant homes and second homes

Landscape • Pressures upon important landscape designations

Soils, Minerals, • Maintaining soil carbon density in Gwynedd Waste • Limited amount of the best and most versatile quality of agricultural land • Growth in Municipal Waste • Reducing reliance on landfill sites

Transport • Limited transport choices • High reliance on the private car for transportation

TOPIC AREA KEY ISSUES

Water • Maintaining good river quality and improving standards where necessary • Maintaining clean bathing waters and improving others • Numerous populated areas at risk from flooding. • Reduced availability of water resources.

Sustainability Objectives and Indicators

• A key output of the SA Scoping Report is the development of an appraisal framework of proposed objectives, sub-objectives and indicators that will be used to identify, describe and evaluate the positive and negative environmental effects of a plan or programme. In all there are 11 proposed SA objectives covering environmental, social and socio-economic aspects:

Proposed SA Framework Objectives:

OBJECTIVE SEA TOPICS Maintain and enhance biodiversity interests and Biodiversity, Flora, Fauna, connectivity Soil

Promote community viability, cohesion, health Human Health, Population and well being Manage and reduce the impacts of climate Climatic change by promoting and supporting mitigation Factors, Air and adaptation measures

Conserve, promote and enhance the Welsh Cultural Heritage language

Conserve, promote and enhance cultural Cultural Heritage resources and historic heritage assets

Support economic growth and facilitate a Population vibrant, diversified economy providing local employment opportunities

Provide good quality housing, including Population, Human Health affordable housing that meets local needs

Value, conserve and enhance the plan area’s Landscape rural landscapes and urban townscapes

Use land and mineral assets efficiently and Material Assets, Soil promote mechanisms for waste minimisation,

re-use and recycling

Promote and enhance good transport links to Population, Human Health support the community and the economy

Safeguard water quality, manage water Water, Biodiversity resources sustainability and minimise flood risk

• Each sustainability objective is supported by a number of sub-objectives which will facilitate the assessment of the JLDP's policies and proposals and assist in the interpretation of the overall main objective. A proposed set of indicators has been derived to monitor the performance of the LDP and these have also been included in the framework. These indicators are selected to focus on the key issues arising. The proposed indicators should be viewed as an evolving list that is focused on the key / significant environmental and socio-economic effects that are identified as the appraisal process proceeds.

Consultation

• Anglesey County Council and Gwynedd Council are consulting on the Scoping Report for a period of 7 weeks (between 21/7/11 and 8/9/11). The Councils will be consulting the three environmental bodies – Cadw, Environment Agency and Countryside Council for Wales, as well as other key stakeholders. We also welcome views from the general public on the document.

• The full SA Scoping Report can be viewed on the Councils’ websites at www.gwynedd.gov.uk and www.anglesey.gov.uk or copies are available from the Joint Planning Policy Unit. Consultation response forms are available from the same source.

Next Steps

The next stage of the SA/SEA process is the assessment stage of the plan (Stage B). During this stage, the predicted effects of the plan will be evaluated. The results of the SA/SEA will be used to inform the development of the plan to remove or minimise any adverse predicted environmental effects but also to maximise opportunities for environmental improvements. Strategic Options and alternatives for development will be tested against the Sustainability Appraisal Framework and the preferred strategic spatial options and site allocations for the JLDP will be informed by outcomes of the appraisal process.